Skip to main content

Full text of "End of life issues and implementation of advance directives under health care reform : hearing before the Committee on Finance, United States Senate, One Hundred Third Congress, second session, May 5, 1994"

See other formats


\^ 


S.  Hrg.  103-1008 

END  OF  UFE  ISSUES  AND  IMPLEMENTATION  OF 
ADVANCE  DIRECTIVE  UNDER  HEALTH  CARE 
REFORM 


Y  4.F  49:  S.  HRG,  103-1008 

End  of  Life  Issues  ind  Inplenentati. 


HEARING 

BEFORE  THE 

COMMITTEE  ON  FINANCE 
UNITED  STATES  SENATE 

ONE  HUNDRED  THIRD  CONGRESS 

SECOND  SESSION 


MAY  5,  1994 


'■•      "^-^Wf 


f^:. 


y  n 


Printed  for  the  use  of  the  Committee  on  Finance 


U.S.  GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 
85-568— CC  WASHINGTON   :  1994 


For  sale  by  the  U.S.  Government  Printing  Office 
Superintendent  of  DociiinL-nts.  Congressional  Sales  Office,  Washington,  DC  20402 
ISBN   0-16-046916-3 


p 


S.  Hrg.  103-1008 

END  OF  UFE  ISSUES  AND  IMPLEMENTATION  OF 
ADVANCE  DIRECTIVES  UNDER  HEALTH  CARE 
REFORM 


Y  4.  F  49:  S.  HRG,  103-1008 

End  of  Life  Issues  and  Inplenentati. 


HEARING 

BEFORE  THE 

COMMITTEE  ON  FINANCE 
UNITED  STATES  SENATE 

ONE  HUNDRED  THIRD  CONGRESS 
SECOND  SESSION 


MAY  5,  1994 


/  0  ms 


Printed  for  the  use  of  the  Committee  on  Finance 


U.S.  GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 
85-568— CC  WASHINGTON  :  1994 


Tor  sale  by  the  U.S.  Go\cnimeni  Printing  Office 
Superintendent  of  Documents,  Congressional  Sales  Office,  Washington,  DC  20402 
ISBN   0-16-046916-3 


COMMITTEE  ON  FINANCE 
DANIEL  PATRICK  MOYNIHAN,  New  York,  Chairman 


MAX  BAUCUS,  Montana 

DAVID  L.  BOREN,  Oklahoma 

BILL  BRADLEY.  New  Jersey 

GEORGE  J.  MITCHELL,  Maine 

DAVID  PRYOR,  Arkansas 

DONALD  W.  RIEGLE,  Jr.,  Michigan 

JOHN  D.  ROCKEFELLER  IV,  West  Virginia 

TOM  DASCHLE,  South  Dakota 

JOHN  B.  BREAUX,  Louisiana 

KENT  CONRAD,  North  Dakota 


BOB  PACKWOOD,  Oregon 
BOB  DOLE,  Kansas 
WILLIAM  V.  ROTH,  Jr.,  Delaware 
JOHN  C.  DANFORTH,  Missouri 
JOHN  H.  CHAFEE,  Rhode  Island 
DAVE  DURENBERGER,  Minnesota 
CHARLES  E.  GRASSLEY,  Iowa 
ORRIN  G.  HATCH,  Utah 
MALCOLM  WALLOP,  Wyoming 


Lawrence  OT)onnell,  Jr.,  Staff  Director 
LiNDY  L.  Paull,  Minority  Staff  Director  and  Chief  Counsel 


(II) 


CONTENTS 


OPENING  STATEMENTS 

Page 

Moynihan,  Hon.  Daniel  Patrick,  a  U.S.  Senatx)r  from  New  York,  chairman. 

Committee  on  Finance  1 

Danforth,  Hon.  John  C,  a  U.S.  Senator  from  Missouri  2 

COMMITTEE  PRESS  RELEASE 
Finance  Committee  Sets  Hearing  on  Health  Care  at  the  End  of  Life  1 

PUBLIC  WITNESSES 

Cassel,  Christine  K.,  M.D.,  chief,  section  of  general  internal  medicine,  direc- 
tor. Center  on  Aging,  Health,  and  Society,  director.  Center  for  Health 
Policy  Research,  and  professor  of  medicine.  University  of  Chicago,  Chicago, 
IL  5 

Cassell,  Eric  J.,  M.D.,  clinical  professor  of  public  health,  Cornell  University 
Medical  College,  and  member,  board  of  directors,  the  Hastings  Center, 
New  York,  NY  9 

Emanuel,  Ezekiel  J.,  M.D.,  Ph.D.,  medical  oncologist,  Dana-Farber  Cancer 
Institute,  and  assistant  professor  of  medicine,  Harvard  Medical  School, 
Boston,  MA  11 

Konner,  Melvin  M.D.,  Ph.D.,  Samuel  Candler  Dobbs  Professor  of  Anthropol- 
ogy, and  associate  professor  of  psychiatry  and  neurology,  Emory  University, 
Atlanta,  GA 16 

Lynn,  Joanne,  M.D.,  professor  of  medicine,  and  of  community  and  family 
medicine,  Dartmouth  Medical  School,  Hanover,  NH  18 

ALPHABETICAL  LISTING  AND  APPENDIX  MATERIAL  SUBMITTED 

Cassel,  Christine  K.,  M.D.: 

Testimony  5 

Prepared  statement  47 

Cassell,  Eric  J.,  M.D.: 

Testimony  9 

Prepared  statement  50 

Danforth,  Hon.  John  C: 

Opening  statement  2 

Emanuel,  Ezekiel  J.,  M.D.,  Ph.D.: 

Testimony  11 

Prepared  statement  54 

Konner,  Melvin  M.D.,  Ph.D.: 

Testimony  16 

Prepared  statement  67 

Lynn,  Joanne,  M.D.: 

Testimony  18 

Prepared  statement  72 

Moynihan,  Hon.  Daniel  Patrick: 

Opening  statement  1 

(III) 


IV 

Page 

Communications 

American  Bar  Association  76 

Annenberg  Washington  Program  and  the  American  Association  of  Critical- 
Care  Nurses  82 

English,  David  M 86 

Mezey,  Mathy,  et  al 99 


END  OF  LIFE  ISSUES  AND  IMPLEMENTATION 
OF  ADVANCE  DIRECTIVES  UNDER  HEALTH 
CARE  REFORM 


THURSDAY,  MAY  5,  1994 

U.S.  Senate, 
Committee  on  Finance, 

Washington,  DC. 

The  hearing  was  convened,  pursuant  to  notice,  at  10:00  a.m.,  in 
room  SD-215,  Dirksen  Senate  Office  Building,  Hon.  Daniel  Patrick 
Moynihan  (chairman  of  the  committee)  presiding. 

Also  present:  Senators  Rockefeller,  Conrad,  Dole,  Danforth, 
Chafee,  Durenberger,  and  Grassley. 

[The  press  release  announcing  the  hearing  follows:] 

[Press  Release  No.  H-32,  May  4,  1994] 

Finance  Committee  Sets  Hearing  on  Health  Care  at  the  End  of  Life 

Washington,  DC — Senator  Daniel  Patrick  Moynihan  (D-NY),  Chairman  of  the 
Senate  Committee  on  Finance,  announced  today  that  the  Committee  will  continue 
its  examination  of  health  care  issues  with  a  hearing  on  health  care  at  the  end  of 
life  and  implementation  of  advance  directives  such  as  living  wills. 

The  hearing  will  begin  at  10:00  A.M.  on  Thursday,  May  5,  1994,  in  room  SD-215 
of  the  Dirksen  Senate  Office  Building. 

"Most  medical  care  is  received  at  the  end  of  one's  life,"  Senator  Moynihan  said 
in  announcing  the  hearing.  "Often  such  care  involves  very  expensive  and  invasive 
procedures.  The  Committee  will  examine  questions  as  to  the  appropriateness  of  ag- 
gressive treatments  that  have  little  chance  of  success  for  dying  patients,  and  the  ef- 
ficacy of  living  wills." 

OPENING  STATEMENT  OF  HON.  DANIEL  PATRICK  MOYNIHAN, 
A  U.S.  SENATOR  FROM  NEW  YORK,  CHAIRMAN,  COMMITTEE 
ON  FINANCE 

The  Chairman.  A  very  good  morning  to  our  most  distinguished 
panel  and  to  our  most  welcome  guests.  This  is  the  latest  in  the  se- 
quence of  hearings  on  health  care  issues  which  the  Committee  on 
Finance  has  been  conducting  for  the  better  part  of  a  year  now. 

In  this  instance  we  return  to  a  subject  which  has  been  of  great 
concern  to  a  number  of  Senators  and  in  particular  to  Senator  Dan- 
forth. We  have  held  hearings  in  the  previous  Congress,  we  have 
considered  legislation,  and  we  continue  to  do  so  with  the  extra  em- 
phasis that  we  are  going  to  have  some  general  health  care  legisla- 
tion this  year.  There  ought  to  be  a  place  in  it  for  the  issues  that 
Senator  Danforth  terms  the  end  of  life  issues.  This  is  something 
that  has  concerned  us  in  a  whole  manner  of  ways,  not  the  least  is 
the  extraordinary  advances  in  technology  that  keep  intruding  on 

(1) 


what  had  been  thought  to  be  a  life  span,  such  that  the  issue  has 
been  hugely  transformed  in  the  course  of  a  single  generation. 

There  is  not  a  day  goes  by  we  do  not  encounter  some  phenome- 
non on  which  we  would  not  have  been  able  to  compose  a  sentence 
very  effectively  30  years  ago,  but  one  reads  this  morning  that  sev- 
eral doctors  have  determined  what  precise  form  of  cancer  Hubert 
Humphrey  died  from,  simply  by  analyzing  a  urine  sample  that  has 
been  preserved  from  20  years  past. 

I  mean  that  sort  of  technology  just  did  not  exist.  Now  it  does.  It 
has  consequences.  We  are  here  to  learn  from  some  very  experienced 
and  learned  practitioners  what  advice  they  have  for  us. 

Might  I  say  on  a  happy  note  that  Senator  Packwood  is  in  Oregon 
today  for  the  wedding  of  his  daughter  and  will  not  be  in  attend- 
ance, but  will  be  attentive  to  what  the  record  shows. 

Good  morning  to  you  all.  The  Republican  Leader  is  here  and  as 
is  the  courtesy  of  the  committee  we  would  like  to  ask  if  you  would 
like  to  make  an  opening  statement. 

Senator  Dole.  No,  I  do  not  have  a  statement.  I  just  walked  in 
and  I  said,  gee,  I  do  not  see  anybody  in  the  hall.  They  said,  well, 
lobbyists  are  not  concerned  with  dying.  [Laughter.] 

Senator  Dole.  So  I  came  on  in  anyway. 

The  Chairman.  It  was  you  who  named  it  Gucci  Gulch  and  not 
without  reason. 

As  I  observed.  Senator  Danforth  has  had  a  particular  interest  in 
this  matter.  Senator  Danforth? 

OPENING  STATEMENT  OF  HON.  JOHN  C.  DANFORTH,  A  U.S. 
SENATOR  FROM  MISSOURI 

Senator  Danforth.  Mr.  Chairman,  thank  you  very  much  for 
holding  this  hearing.  We  have  had  a  long  series  of  hearings  on  var- 
ious aspects  of  health  care  under  your  chairmanship  and  I  do  not 
think  that  any  series  of  hearings  on  this  general  subject  of  health 
care  would  be  complete  without  getting  into  the  whole  issue  of  the 
end  of  life  problem. 

In  1990,  Mr.  Chairman,  with  your  co-sponsorship  the  Congress 
enacted  the  Patient  Self-Determination  Act.  And  the  theory  of  the 
Patient  Self-Determination  Act  was  very  simple.  It  is  that  with  the 
advances  in  technology  there  are  going  to  be  more  and  more  cir- 
cumstances where  it  will  be  possible  to  keep  people  going,  breath- 
ing and  yet  not  in  a  position  where  they  can  think  or  speak  or 
make  decisions. 

Often  times  people  are  kept  going  under  these  circumstances  in 
a  condition  which  they  would  never  choose  for  themselves.  It  is  a 
basic  right.  It  is  recognized  in  every  State  in  the  union  that  if  a 
person  does  not  want  a  kind  of  medical  treatment,  then  that  person 
cannot  be  treated  against  his  or  her  will. 

In  fact,  it  would  give  rise  to  a  lawsuit  to  treat  somebody  against 
that  person's  stated  will.  It  will  be  a  common  law  battery.  So  a  per- 
son who  is  conscious  and  a  person  who  is  able  to  make  a  statement 
can  just  say  to  the  medical  professionals  do  not  treat  me.  But  a 
person  who  is  comatose  cannot  say  such  a  thing. 

So  we  have  this  situation  now  where  people  who  are  comatose 
can  be  kept  going  under  circumstances  which  they  would  never 
have  permitted  for  themselves.  They  would  have  said  no,  it  is  un- 


thinkable.  It  is  totally  unthinkable  to  treat  me  that  way.  Do  not 
do  it.  But  they  did  not  think  about  it.  And  they  were  involved  m, 
say,  a  car  wreck  and  their  brains  are  gone;  and  yet  they  are  kept 
alive. 

So  we  have  had  these  dreadful  situations.  Several  of  them  hap- 
pen to  have  been  in  my  State,  which  have  been  litigated  where  the 
families  and  have  tried  to  stop  it  and  there  is  no  basis  for  stopping 
it.  So  we  got  into  the  issue,  you  and  I,  Mr.  Chairman,  and  back  in 
the  1990  the  Patient  Self-Determination  Act  was  passed  and  it  was 
a  very  simple  premise.  It  did  not  force  anybody  to  do  anything,  ex- 
cept that  it  asked  the  hospitals,  it  did  require  the  hospitals  and  the 
health  care  providers,  to  give  people  information  when  they 
checked  into  the  hospital  that  they  had  a  right  to  make  their  wish- 
es known  in  advance  of  getting  in  a  position  where  they  can  no 
longer  convey  their  wishes.  That  was  the  Patient  Self— Determina- 
tion Act. 

It  said  simply  that  when  you  check  in  the  hospital  you  are  sim- 
ply given  the  information.  That  you  can  execute  a  living  will  or  you 
can  provide  a  durable  Power  of  Attorney  so  that  people  can  make 
decisions  for  you  if  you  are  no  longer  able  to  make  them  yourself. 

This  legislation  was  very  largely  the  work  of  a  wonderful  staff 
person  in  my  office  at  that  time  named  Liz  McCloskey.  She  is  now 
raising  her  two  sons  and  working  for  an  organization  that  deals  in 
questions  of  medical  ethics.  But  she  really  conceived  of  this  idea 
and  had  the  perseverance  to  get  it  through  the  legislative  process. 

All  of  the  indications  that  I  have  had  from  the  hospitals  is  that 
it  really  is  a  terrific  blessing  to  have  this,  that  it  really  has  worked 
very  well,  not  perfectly.  There  are  questions  as  to  when  people 
should  be  given  this  information.  I  mean,  obviously  there  are  prob- 
lems when  somebody  is  admitted  to  a  hospital  and  given  a  stack 
of  forms. 

And  if  a  person  is  in  desperate  condition  and  you  are  giving  a 
person  a  form  while  on  the  gurney,  I  mean,  that  clearly  is  a  prob- 
lem. Maybe  there  are  better  ways  of  providing  the  information.  But 
the  basic  point  is  to  create  the  knowledge  that  people  have  this 
kind  of  decision  that  they  can  make  for  themselves. 

There  are  a  lot  of  organizations  that  have  been  active  in  trying 
to  provide  this  knowledge  in  addition  to  the  form  that  is  made 
available  under  the  Patient  Self — Determination  Act — an  organiza- 
tion called  Choice  in  Dying,  the  American  Association  of  Retired 
Persons,  the  American  Bar  Association's  Commission  on  Legal 
Problems  for  the  Elderly,  the  American  Hospital  Association,  the 
American  Medical  Association,  the  people  who  are  here  today. 

All  of  these  organizations  and  individuals  have  been  very  instru- 
mental in  creating  the  kind  of  public  attention  so  that  people  know 
that  this  is  their  right  and  it  is  something  that  they  can  do.  And 
it,  in  fact,  is  a  fairly  simple  matter  to  do  it. 

So  the  point  of  this  hearing  is  to  find  out  how  the  patient  Self- 
Determination  Act  is  working,  how  it  can  be  improved,  and  also 
what  I  would  like  to  get  into  is  a  question  that  you  and  I,  Mr. 
Chairman,  and  Dr.  Marks  of  Memorial  Sloan-Kettering  spoke 
about  a  couple  of  weeks  ago — that  is  whether  there  is  any  possibil- 
ity on  a  more  systematic  basis  of  dialogue  between  patients  and 
their  physicians. 


Because  it  is  one  thing  to  be  given  a  form,  but  the  health  care 
people,  doctors,  are  trained  to  keep  people  alive.  Sometimes  they  do 
not  do  a  terribly  good  job  of  really  communicating  the  real  choices 
that  are  available  to  human  beings. 

So  one  thing  that  I  would  appreciate  hearing  from  the  panel  is 
the  views  of  the  people  present  today  as  to  what,  if  anything,  could 
be  done  to  encourage  real  communications. 

I  know  that  Dr.  Marks  sent  me,  in  fact,  the  forms  that  are  used 
at  Memorial  Sloan-Kettering.  One  of  the  forms  that  they  already 
use  is  a  very  simple  acknowledgement  of  discussion  between  pa- 
tients and  physicians,  just  a  little  simple  one-page  piece  of  paper. 

The  Chairman.  Why  do  we  not  place  that  in  the  record? 

Senator  Danforth.  All  right.  I  appreciate  that  and  that  will  be 
submitted  for  the  record. 

[The  information  follows:] 

[SAMPLE  OF  PATIENT  ACKNOWLEDGEMENT  OF  DISCUSSIONl 


I  have  discussed  with  my  physician,  my  diagnosis,  prognosis  and  treatment  options.  My 
physician  has  communicated  the  expected  risks  and  benefits  of  my  treatment  options  to  me 
and  the  advantages  and  disadvantages  of  the  proposed  plan  of  care.  I  have  been  given  the 
opportunity  to  ask  questions  about  all  of  the  foregoing  and  my  questions  have  been 
answered  satisfactorily. 


Signature  of  Patient  or  Agent  Date  Signature  of  Physician 


I  choose  not  to  discuss  my  diagnosis,  prognosis  or  treatment  options  and  hereby  designaje 
the  person  named  below  to  have  these  discussions,  on  my  behalf,  with  my  physician. 


Name  of  Person  Designated  as  Agent: 


Signature  of  Patient  Signature  of  Witness  (over  the  age  of  18) 

Senator  Danforth.  So,  again,  Mr.  Chairman,  I  appreciate  all  of 
the  members  of  the  panel  for  being  here,  their  work  on  this  subject, 
and  your  holding  the  hearing. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you,  Senator  Danforth. 

Senator  Grassley? 

Senator  Grassley.  Mr.  Chairman,  no  opening  statement. 


The  Chairman.  Good.  There  will  be  no  flashing  hghts  up  here. 
We  might  ask  our  panelists  to  be  fairly  concise  so  that  we  can  ask 
questions,  which  is  what  we  are  here  for.  We  are  here  to  learn  and 
we  are  very  happy  to  have  you. 

We  will  start  with  Dr.  Cassel,  who  is  the  Professor  of  Medicine 
at  the  University  of  Chicago  and  Director  of  the  Center  on  Aging, 
Health  and  Society. 

All  statements  will  be  placed  in  the  record  as  if  read.  Just  pro- 
ceed exactly  as  you  wish. 

STATEMENT  OF  CHRISTDSfE  K.  CASSEL,  M.D.,  CHIEF,  SECTION 
OF  GENERAL  INTERNAL  MEDICINE,  DIRECTOR,  CENTER  ON 
AGING,  HEALTH,  AND  SOCIETY,  DIRECTOR,  CENTER  FOR 
HEALTH  POLICY  RESEARCH,  AND  PROFESSOR  OF  MEDI- 
CINE, UNIVERSITY  OF  CHICAGO,  CHICAGO,  IL 

Dr.  Cassel.  Thank  you.  Senator  Moynihan,  and  members  of  the 
committee.  I  would  like  to  say  in  spite  of  the  absence  of  lobbyists 
in  the  hallway,  I  think  this  is  probably  one  of  the  most  important 
issues  that  you  face,  particularly  in  the  context  of  health  care  re- 
form. 

I  have  been  asked  to  present  an  overview  of  what  some  of  those 
issues  are  and  some  of  the  specific  aspects  of  those  will  be  gone 
into  in  more  detail  by  some  others  on  the  panel. 

I  am  Chief  of  the  Section  of  General  Internal  Medicine  at  the 
University  of  Chicago  and  am  also  Chairman  of  the  Health  and 
Public  Policy  Committee  of  the  American  College  of  Physicians  and 
a  member  of  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  American  Board  of  Inter- 
nal Medicine. 

So  in  these  various  capacities  I  am  aware  that  this  issue  is  an 
issue  whose  time  has  come.  I  think  the  passage  of  the  patient  Self- 
Determination  Act  began  and  was  one  of  the  many  events  that 
started  to  get  people  in  medicine  as  well  as  people  in  public  policy 
to  take  this  issue  seriously.  It  has  been  too  long  neglected. 

Some  examples  of  what  I  mean.  Just  within  the  past  year  the 
American  Board  of  Internal  Medicine  has  constituted  a  committee 
to  define  the  areas  of  clinical  competence  that  it  will  require  of 
residents  in  internal  medicine  around  the  care  of  dying  patients. 
They  have  never  done  that  before.  So  this  is  a  new  set  of  require- 
ments for  internal  medicine  trainees. 

The  Institute  of  Medicine  just  completed  a  feasibility  study  in 
which  they  recommended  a  major  research  program  about  the 
quality  of  care  and  the  process  of  decision  making  around  the  end 
of  life.  I  was  asked  last  week  to  chair  a  project  on  the  policy  dimen- 
sions of  improving  the  care  of  terminally  ill  patients  that  will  be 
launched  by  the  Millbank  Fund  in  New  York. 

It  seems  to  me  that  these  are  indications  that  major  groups  con- 
cerned with  medicine  and  health  care  are  turning  their  attention 
to  this  area.  So  it  is  very  timely.  The  entire  nation  learned  an  im- 
portant lesson  about  this  from  former-President  Richard  Nixon  two 
weeks  ago. 

As  his  last  days  were  reported  in  the  press,  it  was  one  of  the 
most  important  efforts  in  public  education  about  what  death  with 
dignity  can  mean.  It  was  widely  known  that  President  Nixon  had 
a  living  will,  that  he  did  not  want  heroic  measures  if  his  life  was 


not  going  to  be  meaningful  on  his  own  terms.  He  was  never  placed 
on  a  ventilator  and  when  his  heart  did  stop  beating,  no  resuscita- 
tion was  attempted. 

So  this  was  an  important  example,  I  think,  that  really  all  of 
America  looked  to.  Unfortunately,  there  are  many  and  increasing 
numbers  of  people  who  would  prefer  to  exit  this  world  with  the 
same  kind  of  dignity  that  President  Nixon  did,  but  somehow  the 
system  prevents  this  from  happening. 

As  we  move  into  an  era  of  health  care  reform,  we  have  an  oppor- 
tunity to  improve  this  situation.  This  requires  widespread  changes 
in  medical  practice,  in  medical  education  and  training  and  in 
health  care  financing. 

Dr.  Lewis  Thomas,  who  preceded  Dr.  Marks  as  President  of  the 
Memorial  Sloan-Kettering  Cancer  Research  Center,  and  was  a 
noted  author  on  medicine  in  society  also  died  this  year.  And  he  was 
one  of  many  who  eloquently  pointed  out  that  progress  of  medical 
technology  in  medical  science  has  led  to  a  culture  of  medicine 
where  the  death  of  a  patient  is  seen  as  a  failure,  a  personal  and 
professional  failure  of  the  physician,  leading  to  attempts,  often  fu- 
tile attempts,  which  are  made  to  prolong  life  in  the  face  of  common 
sense  evidence  that  these  attempts  are  futile. 

And  in  the  process,  and  this  is  what  I  think  we  really  ought  to 
concentrate  on,  patient  suffer  needlessly  pain,  discomfort  and  fear. 

The  health  care  environment  is  part  of  society.  So  it  is  the  result 
not  only  of  the  culture  within  medicine  but  also  the  culture  within 
which  we  all  live,  where  there  is  a  great  deal  of  denial  of  mortality, 
denial  of  aging,  and  I  think  an  overly  strong  belief  in  the  miracles 
that  modern  medicine  can  produce. 

It  is  also  the  case  that  patients  too  often  are  made  to  feel  that 
their  only  choice  in  the  face  of  critical  illness  is  intensive  care  or 
abandonment.  And,  indeed,  in  most  of  our  major  hospitals  we  do 
not  offer  a  real  alternative.  We  do  not  offer  comfort  care  in  every 
sense  of  that  word. 

What  we  should  instead  offer  is  something  like  what  the  hospice 
movement  has  done  so  well.  But  unfortunately  hospice  has  not  in- 
filtrated the  mainstream  of  medical  practice.  It  is  still  the  case  that 
the  majority  of  people  die  in  hospitals,  in  nursing  homes,  where  it 
is  rare  that  true  hospice  care  is  being  delivered. 

So  I  think  some  requirements  for  optimal  care  at  the  end  of  life 
include  the  following.  One,  that  medical  professionals  understand 
the  limits  of  medicine  and  learn  to  view  death  when  it  is  appro- 
priate as  an  inevitable  and  personally  meaningful  chapter  in  the 
life  of  their  patients. 

Second,  that  the  knowledge  of  the  principles  and  scientific  basis 
of  palliative  medicine  be  widespread  among  physicians  and  nurses. 
Palliative  medicine  is  indeed  a  medical  specialty  focused  on  comfort 
care  and  relief  of  suffering  rather  than  on  the  prolongation  of  life. 

We  have  made  important  steps  at  limiting  the  use  of  unwanted 
and  unnecessary  medical  technology  at  the  end  of  life.  But  that  is 
only  the  first  step.  We  have  a  much  more  in  some  ways  difficult 
and  important  job  in  providing  adequate  comfort  care  to  those  pa- 
tients. 

Hospitals,  including  emergency  rooms  and  nursing  homes  should 
be  structured  to  make  this  kind  of  palliative  care  available  to  a  pa- 


tient  wherever  he  or  she  may  be.  It  should  not  be  necessary,  for 
example,  to  transfer  a  patient  to  hospice  in  order  to  get  this  kind 
of  care.  You  ought  to  be  able  to  do  it  everywhere. 

And  related  to  this  reimbursement  for  services  should  not  be  de- 
pendent on  acute  curative  care  being  offered,  which  is  too  often 
now  the  case.  The  hospitals  will  say,  we  cannot  afford  to  provide 
comfort  care  because  it  is  not  reimbursed. 

I  think  to  deliver  on  the  promise  of  the  Patient  Self — Determina- 
tion Act  we  should  emphasize  the  necessity  for  primary  care  physi- 
cians to  be  the  major  source  of  this  communication  between  doctor 
and  patient  about  end  of  life  care.  It  is,  in  fact,  as  Senator  Dan- 
forth  said,  not  the  optimal  time  to  have  this  conversation  when  you 
are  first  coming  in  to  an  acute  care  hospital. 

So  as  we  think  about  health  care  reform,  we  must  not  construct 
a  situation  in  which  the  doctor/patient  relationship  is  going  to  be 
disrupted,  for  example  as  employers  change  plans  1  year  or  an- 
other and  then  destroys  the  continuity  in  which  that  relationship 
is  so  important. 

A  couple  of  suggestions  in  terms  of  health  care  reform  along 
these  lines.  One,  payment  for  health  care  services  needs  to  be  flexi- 
ble enough  to  allow  palliative  care  to  occur  wherever  the  patient 
is  being  cared  for.  We  also  need  to  put  in  place  numbers  of  ways 
to  reenforce  this  need  for  better  training  and  understanding  of  pal- 
liative medicine. 

Federal  initiatives  could  help  here,  for  example,  to  encourage  and 
examine  innovative  approaches  to  the  delivery  of  end  of  life  care, 
to  the  measurement  of  quality  of  care  at  the  end  of  life  which  we 
now  do  very  little  of  and  then  to  the  clinical  use  of  those  measures 
so  that  patients  know  what  they  should  expect  as  they  die. 

We  need  much  more  extensive  training  of  physicians,  especially 
those  in  primary  care,  in  both  the  science  and  the  art  of  palliative 
medicine  and  we  need  to  encourage  hospitals  and  physicians  to  talk 
more  openly  about  death  and  dying  and  the  approaches  to  setting 
limits  on  life  sustaining  treatment. 

Here  I  want  to  make  two  final  points.  The  physician  needs  to  be 
comfortable  taking  back  some  of  the  burden  of  decision  making  on 
his  or  her  own  shoulders.  As  I  have  traveled  in  Europe,  in  Scan- 
dinavia, for  example,  where  they  have  a  very  good  health  care  sys- 
tem and  spend  a  lot  of  money  on  it,  but  they  do  not  use  all  this 
unneeded  and  unwarranted  technology  at  the  end  of  life. 

If  you  ask  one  of  the  physicians  about  how  do  they  make  these 
decisions,  they  will  say,  well,  it  is  just  common  sense.  So  there  is 
a  sense  that  the  physician  has  and  exercises  some  common  sense 
judgment  in  interacting  with  the  patient  about  these. 

I  think  that  the  tremendously  adversarial  environment  that  the 
current  malpractice  crisis  in  our  profession  has  created  makes 
American  physicians  want  to  get  a  contract  from  their  patients.  So 
they  turn  the  whole  decision  over  to  the  family  or  the  patient, 
which  then  makes  the  family  feel  like  it  is  their  fault  that  the  pa- 
tient died,  rather  than  the  more  comforting  notion  of  a  physician 
who  is  brave  enough  to  put  her  arm  around  somebody's  shoulder 
and  say,  medical  science  cannot  keep  your  mother  alive  much 
longer,  but  she  will  not  suffer  and  we  will  take  good  care  of  her. 


8 

This  would  be  much  more  comforting  to  famiUes  and  I  think 
much  more  keeping  in  the  traditional  and  important  role  that  phy- 
sicians can  offer. 

Finally,  let  me  just  say  a  few  words  about  this  brave  new  world 
of  managed  care,  which  most  health  care  reform  initiatives  are 
heading  towards  and  which  even  as  we  speak  health  care  itself  is 
changing  to,  regardless  of  what  happens  with  health  care  reform, 
I  think. 

Now  I  am  a  big  fan  of  managed  care.  I  think  prepaid  approaches 
to  health  care  have  been  shown  to  be  ways  of  providing  more  com- 
prehensive services  with  more  accountability  for  cost  containment 
in  areas  where  they  have  had  long  experience  with  this,  where 
there  are  stable  and  large  organizations.  But  that  still  is  not  most 
of  the  United  States. 

As  we  move  into  what  will  be  a  new  world  for  most  health  care 
providers  in  the  United  States,  we  need  to  be  cautious  and  aware 
of  the  tremendous  differences  in  the  ethical  context  that  managed 
care  presents  to  the  physician.  The  traditional  role  of  the  physician 
is  to  do  whatever  is  the  right  thing  for  the  patient  regardless  of 
cost. 

All  too  often  it  has  been  easier  to  substitute  more  ineffective 
technology  for  the  much  tougher  task  of  sitting  down  and  really 
facing  the  limits  with  the  patient  and  their  family. 

Now  that  we  are  putting  an  additional  responsibility  in  front  of 
the  patient,  the  fiduciary  responsibility  of  practicing  medicine  pru- 
dently in  order  to  conserve  resources  for  all  the  beneficiaries  in 
that  plan,  we  still  do  not  have  an  ethical  and  legal  environment 
which  really  supports  the  physician  in  doing  that. 

So  I  think  this  is  not  an  insoluble  problem,  but  requires  that  we 
explicitly  define  these  new  rules  that  we  are  asking  physicians  to 
take  and  support  them  with  some  clear  standards  and  relief  again 
from  unnecessary  legal  threats. 

So  in  conclusion  I  want  to  point  out  perhaps  something  which  is 
obvious,  which  is  that  the  end  of  life  is  something  all  of  us  will 
face,  and,  therefore,  interest  in  improving  the  quality  of  care  at  this 
time  is  not  the  province  of  any  particular  interest  group,  any  par- 
ticular medical  specialty  or  any  particular  disease  advocates. 

Every  aspect  of  our  health  care  system,  including  medical  edu- 
cation and  training,  structures  of  systems  of  care  and  approaches 
to  financing  and  reimbursement,  as  well  as  the  agendas  of  our  re- 
search institutions  ought  to  be  included  in  this  vitally  important  ef- 
fort. 

Thank  you. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you,  Doctor.  That  was  hugely  helpful.  We 
have  come  upon  this  question  of  the  changed  sets  of  incentives  that 
managed  care  brings  about  in  ways  that  are  not  always  reassuring. 
We  appreciate  your  term,  palliative  medicine. 

We  have  got  to  deal  with  this.  You  have  given  us  a  context  in 
which  to  think  about  malpractice  that  I  do  not  think  we  have  had, 
this  adversarial  culture  which  is  associated  with  this  subject,  which 
is  a  new  one. 

[The  prepared  statement  of  Dr.  Cassel  appears  in  the  appendix.] 

The  Chairman.  And  now.  Dr.  Eric  Cassell,  a  good  friend.  Profes- 
sor of  Public  Health  at  Cornell  University  and  a  member  of  the 


Board  of  Directors  of  the  Hastings  Center  in  New  York,  who  comes 
to  us  in  both  capacities.  We  welcome  you,  Doctor. 

STATEMENT  OF  ERIC  J.  CASSELL,  M.D.,  CLINICAL  PROFESSOR 
OF  PUBLIC  HEALTH,  CORNELL  UNIVERSITY  MEDICAL  COL- 
LEGE,  AND  MEMBER,  BOARD  OF  DIRECTORS,  THE  HASTINGS 
CENTER,  NEW  YORK,  NY 

Dr.  Cassell.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman,  Senator  Danforth.  I  did 
testify  30  years  ago  in  the  Senate  in  a,  if  you  will  excuse  the  ex- 
pression, previous  incarnation  and  at  that  time 

The  Chairman.  Well,  would  you  define  that?  [Laughter.] 

Dr.  Cassell.  It  was  in  air  pollution  in  those  days  and  the  halls 
were  also  empty.  But  look  what  happened  in  the  30  years  that 
have  followed  that.  So  although  the  halls  may  be  empty  now,  I 
think  that  what  we  are  talking  about  brings  us  to  a  changing  un- 
derstanding of  medicine. 

We  are  at  an  ultimate  of  high  technology,  high  specialty  medi- 
cine. We  are  beginning  to  see  a  change,  however.  That  is  really 
what  underlines  one  of  the  things  we  are  talking  about.  What 
brings  it  to  the  floor  is  the  fact  that  there  are  three  groups  of  pa- 
tients in  the  United  States  who  die  nothing  less  than  bad  deaths. 

One  group  is  patients  who  are  inappropriately  resuscitated  and 
maintained  on  life  support.  Those  are  people  who  would  have  died 
without  the  resuscitation  anyway.  Their  disease  is  progressive.  Re- 
suscitation offers  them  nothing  except  to  extend  their  dying. 

The  second  group  of  patients  are  those  with  late  stage  dementias, 
like  Alzheimers  Disease,  and  the  inevitable  physical  decline  that 
comes  with  that  disease.  They  enter  hospitals  unable  to  talk  to 
anybody,  to  make  contact,  to  interact  and  are  treated  for  one  infec- 
tion after  another  until  they  finally  peter  out,  d3dng  a  death  that 
no  one  would  choose  for  themselves — no  one  would  choose  for  them- 
selves. 

And  the  final  group  are  patients  who  die  suffering  in  pain, 
unrelieved  pain  and  other  symptoms  from  diseases — cancer  is  the 
one  we  talk  about  the  most,  but  it  is  not  the  only  one — and  whose 
care  is  inadequate  for  what  their  problem  is. 

Now  the  first  two  groups,  people  who  are  inappropriately  resusci- 
tated and  the  end  stage  dementias,  the  problem  with  their  deaths 
could  be  or  can  be  resolved  in  part  by  advanced  directives.  When 
the  Patient  Self — Determination  Act  came  along,  I,  along  with  a  lot 
of  other  people  thought  this  is  the  push  we  needed.  This  is  going 
to  make  a  huge  difference.  Unfortunately  it  has  not  made  as  big 
a  difference  as  we  wanted  it  to. 

Patients  are  coming  onto  the  floors  of  the  New  York  Hospital, 
unlike  Mr.  Nixon,  they  do  not  all  have  advanced  directives  and 
that  piece  of  paper  that  they  get  as  they  come  in  the  front  door  is 
one  of  100  other  pieces  of  paper  and  it  is  too  often  not  signed. 

Now  there  are  some  reasons  for  this — why  they  do  not  tell  us 
what  they  do  not  want  done  and  why  they  do  not  tell  us  who 
should  speak  for  them  when  they  no  longer  have  a  voice.  For  one 
thing,  there  is  inertia,  inevitable  inertia.  There  is  apathy.  They 
have  other  things  on  their  mind.  They  are  indifferent  to  this  con- 
cern. They  are  also  frightened,  like  people  who  do  not  write  wills 
because  they  do  not  want  to  talk  about  death  in  the  first  place  and 


10 

they  do  not  want  to  consider  their  death  coming  into  a  hospital,  so 
they  do  not  want  to  sign  a  document  that  appears  to  be  a  document 
directed  only  at  their  death. 

There  are  lack  of  incentives.  There  are  ways  of  making  people  do 
things  that  they  otherwise  would  not  do  and  there  are  some  direct 
incentives.  I  just  might  say  one  of  them — that  if  Medicare  reim- 
bursed physicians  for  the  visit  in  which  an  advanced  directive  is 
signed  and  that  had  a  code,  we  would  have  more  advanced  direc- 
tives signed. 

There  is  ignorance  by  both  physicians  and  patients  about  what 
this  whole  thing  is  really  about.  There  are  administrative  difficul- 
ties. In  the  New  York  Hospital,  as  I  say,  the  piece  of  paper  is  pre- 
sented as  part  of  the  admission  procedure.  It  ought  to  be  on  the 
chart.  It  ought  to  be  in  the  front  of  the  chart.  And  it  ought  to  stay 
on  the  front  of  that  chart  until  it  is  either  signed  or  declined  and 
so  it  has  impact. 

But  there  is  one  final  thing  that  gets  in  the  way,  and  that  is  the 
wrong  idea  of  what  an  advanced  directive  should  do.  I  would  like 
to  concentrate  on  that  if  I  could  for  the  moment. 

The  widespread  idea  that  people  have  is,  and  it  is  a  wrong  one, 
that  an  advance  directive  is  meant  to  exercise  the  patient's  right 
to  refuse  treatment.  As  we  know,  this  started  out  in  the  age  where 
autonomy  was  coming  up  as  a  major  issue — patient's  autonomy — 
in  the  face  of  an  aggressive  and  imperialistic  medicine  so  that  it 
looked  like  the  thing  to  do  was  to  be  able  to  refuse  treatment. 

Doctors  pursue  disease  and  hold  off  death  at  all  costs,  grinding 
patients  under  their  goals  and  patients  defend  themselves  by  exer- 
cising their  right  to  refuse  treatment.  Well,  that  is  a  strange  pic- 
ture of  the  care  of  the  sick,  that  there  is  an  aggressive  doctor  here 
and  you  defend  yourself  unless  you  happen  to  be  lucky  enough  to 
have  shared  goals. 

And  despite  the  fact  that  I  have  exaggerated  somewhat  to  make 
the  point,  it  is  too  often  true.  I  think  we  must  change  the  focus  of 
our  advanced  directives  from  refusing  treatment  to  choosing  treat- 
ment. 

The  purpose  of  an  advanced  directive  is  to  move  away  from  an 
adversarial  stance  between  patients  and  doctors  to  an  active  in- 
volvement of  the  physician  with  the  patient  on  the  patient's  mak- 
ing a  choice  about  what  is  important  to  that  patient  in  his  or  her 
care.  Not  merely  if  they  are  going  to  die,  but  in  any  case. 

Now  we  say  the  patient  chooses  their  treatment  when  they  can 
and  they  have  a  voice.  But  we  really  want  their  doctor  and  them 
involved  at  all  times  in  the  evolution  of  care.  People  die  and  so  in 
choosing  treatment  we  are  also  choosing  how  we  want  to  die.  It 
should  be  something  over  which  we  have  considerable  choice. 

The  ability  to  do  it  is  there.  It  is  not  really  either  advanced  tech- 
nological medicine  or  palliative  care.  They  are  all  part  of  a  seam- 
less continuum  of  medicine  when  medicine  is  practiced  to  meet  the 
needs  of  sick  persons. 

What  kind  of  an  end  of  life  best  meets  the  patients  needs,  as  the 
patient  knows  those  needs,  is  a  concern  of  physicians  and  patients 
together.  It  requires  an  enhanced  relationship  between  doctor  and 
patient.  It  requires  a  shift  in  the  orientation  of  the  physician  from 


11 

a  primary  concern  with  diseases  and  technology  to  a  primary  con- 
cern with  sick  persons. 

Whatever  health  care  law  is  enacted  in  relationship  to  any  aspect 
of  health  care,  even  patient  self-direction — I  mean  patient's  ad- 
vanced directive — has  an  impact  on  the  doctor/patient  relationship. 
It  either  encourages  it  or  it  discourages  it.  There  is  no  neutral 
stance. 

It  is  only  by  a  return  to  the  historical  basis  of  medicine — that  the 
relationship  between  doctor  and  patient — that  we  can  help  patients 
make  meaningful  choices  and  make  physicians  aware  of  their  re- 
sponsibilities for  the  quality  of  living  as  well  as  the  quality  of 
dying. 

Only  here  will  we  be  able  to  resolve  the  third  kind  of  bad  death, 
a  death  of  suffering,  and  again  make  appropriate  care  of  the  d3dng 
and  relief  of  suffering  one  of  the  fundamental  goals  of  medicine. 

Thank  you. 

[The  prepared  statement  of  Dr.  Cassell  appears  in  the  appendix.] 

The  Chairman.  We  thank  you.  Dr.  Cassell,  most  emphatically. 
The  notion  that  the  advance  directive  needs  to  shift  from  being 
seen  as  a  matter  of  refusing  treatment  to  a  matter  of  choosing  it 
is  very  helpful,  at  least  to  this  Senator.  I  appreciate  that  very 
much. 

We  welcome  Senator  Chafee  this  morning. 

Dr.  Ezekiel  Emanuel  is  a  Medical  Oncologist  at  the  Dana-Farber 
Cancer  Institute  and  a  Professor  of  Medicine  at  Harvard  Medical 
School.  We  welcome  you.  Doctor. 

STATEMENT  OF  EZEKIEL  J.  EMANUEL,  M.D.,  PH.D.,  MEDICAL 
ONCOLOGIST,  DANA-FARBER  CANCER  INSTITUTE,  AND  AS- 
SISTANT PROFESSOR  OF  MEDICINE,  HARVARD  MEDICAL 
SCHOOL,  BOSTON,  MA 

Dr.  Emanuel.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman.  Thank  you.  Senators, 
for  having  me.  I  am  an  oncologist  and  I  take  care  of  mainly  breast 
cancer  patients.  I  am  also  a  medical  ethicist.  Last  spring  I  worked 
as  an  ethicist  on  President  Clinton's  health  care  task  force  and 
have  been  interested  in  the  area  of  advanced  directives  for  about 
the  last  8  or  10  years,  and  with  my  wife  created  The  Medical  Direc- 
tive, which  is  a  kind  of  advanced  care  directive  that  combines  pre- 
cisely the  wishes  of  whether  you  actually  want  treatment  and  prox- 
ies. 

I  am  going  to  talk  to  you  today  for  a  moment  about  the  wide- 
spread perception  in  our  society  on  the  part  of  doctors,  health  pol- 
icymakers, the  media,  the  public,  may  I  even  say  Senators,  that 
were  spending  too  much  money  on  the  care  of  dying  patients.  We 
find  this  view  almost  everywhere. 

Recently  there  was  an  Op.  Editorial  in  the  Washington  Post  enti- 
tled "Final  Savings  from  Living  Wills,"  which  promulgated  this 
idea. 

I  want  to  ask  first  the  question,  where  does  this  perception  come 
from.  I  think  it  rests  on  three  ideas.  The  first  idea  is  from  very 
good  data  from  the  Medicare  system  provided  by  HCFA  that 
shows — and  it  is  actually  illustrated  on  this  poster  here — that 
around  5  percent  of  Medicare  beneficiaries  each  year  die.  Those  5 
percent  consume  about  27  percent  of  the  Medicare  budget. 


12 

That  proportion  has  stayed  the  same  from  1976  to  1988.  1988, 
by  the  way,  is  the  last  year  for  which  we  have  statistics  available. 
That  is  6  years  ago. 

The  Chairman.  That  is  a  stable  ratio,  is  it  not? 

Dr.  Emanuel.  Yes.  And  actually,  that  ratio  can  be  shown  to 
project  back  into  the  early  1960's — the  same  ratio. 

So  it  appears  that  we  are  spending  a  huge  amount  of  money  on 
the  care  of  dying  patients.  Second,  it  is  claimed  that  the  vast  ma- 
jority of  Americans  do  not  want  aggressive  end  of  life  care.  They 
would  rather  refuse  treatments,  just  as  President  Nixon  did. 

We,  like  many  of  the  people  at  this  table,  have  conducted  a  num- 
ber of  studies  of  patients  and  the  general  public  and  have  substan- 
tiated that  when  asked  73  percent  of  patients  and  members  of  the 
public  did  not  want  a  respirator  at  the  end  of  life  and  74  percent 
did  not  want  artificial  feeding  and  nutrition  at  the  end  of  life. 

If  you  portray  the  most  extreme  scenarios,  if  patients  are  in  a 
persistent  vegetated  state,  the  number  goes  to  80  percent  who  do 
not  want  these  aggressive  treatments.  Thus,  many  people  take  a 
look  at  that  28  percent  and  they  say,  well,  70  percent  of  people  do 
not  want  aggressive  treatments.  Well,  27  percent  of  the  health  care 
budget  this  year  is  around  $230  billion.  If  we  assume  we  can  save 
70  percent  of  that,  maybe  we  can  save  about  $110  billion  on  end 
of  life  care. 

Such  calculations  have  been  made.  They  have  been  made  by  phy- 
sicians in  the  literature  and,  dare  I  say,  they  have  been  made  by 
senior  advisers  to  our  President  who  have  been  quoted  and  I  have 
heard  make  such  statements. 

The  Chairman.  We  have  heard  that,  too,  actually. 

Dr.  Emanuel.  Are  these  estimates  true?  And  do  they  reflect  re- 
ality? I  want  to  suggest  for  three  reasons  I  do  not  think  they  are 
true.  In  fact,  I  do  not  think  we  are  actually  spending  that  much 
on  health  care  at  the  end  of  life. 

The  first  point  I  would  make  to  you  is  that  while  the  Medicare 
data  is  very  good  data,  it  distorts  reality.  Five  percent  of  the  Medi- 
care beneficiaries  die  each  year.  But  in  America  only  2.2  million  or 
so  people  die  each  year,  less  than  1  percent  of  the  population  dies. 

It  is  highly  unlikely  that  that  1  percent  is  going  to  consume  27 
percent  of  the  whole  national  health  care  budget.  As  a  matter  of 
fact,  our  calculations,  which  are  on  the  high  end,  suggest  that 
dying  patients  in  America  consume  only  around  10  percent  of  the 
total  national  health  care  expenditures. 

As  a  matter  of  fact,  the  HCFA  data,  the  people  I  have  talked 
with  in  HCFA,  suggest  that  it  may  be  lower,  at  7  or  8  percent.  I 
think  the  reason  we  have  that  distortion  is  because  two-thirds  of 
people  who  die  in  America  die  on  Medicare.  So  there  are  very  few 
other  people  dying. 

Second,  the  idea  that  most  Americans  want  to  refuse  treatment 
I  think  is  true.  But  we  cannot  extrapolate  the  data  so  easily.  For 
one  thing  we  know  as  a  result  of  many  studies  now  that  despite 
the  fact  that  there  has  been  a  lot  of  media  publicity  to  advance  care 
directives,  despite  the  fact  that  they  are  widely  available,  despite 
the  fact  that  you  now  have  to  get  them  in  hospitals,  despite  the 
fact  that  they  are  cheap,  only  around  25  percent  of  Americans  have 
ever  completed  an  advanced  care  directive. 


13 

Indeed,  as  I  think  Dr.  Cassell  has  mentioned,  there  are  enormous 
barriers,  not  just  practical,  but  actually  psychological,  for  complet- 
ing advance  care  directives.  When  you  consider  that  only  half  of 
Americans  have  ever  filled  out  a  regular  estate  will,  you  can  realize 
what  the  barriers  are. 

More  importantly  I  think,  we  need  to  remember  that  from  survey 
after  survey  roughly  20  percent  of  Americans  want  everything  done 
for  them  no  matter  what.  They  are  very  committed  to  getting  ev- 
erything modern  medicine  has  to  offer,  even  at  the  end  of  life. 

There  are  also  important  segments  of  our  population  who  want 
lots  of  medical  treatment.  AIDS  patients,  very  costly  patients,  rep- 
resent such  a  group.  Many  surveys  have  shown  that  around  50  per- 
cent of  AIDS  patients  want  ever5dhing  done,  including  intensive 
care  units,  if  in  fact  they  still  have  a  low  chance  of  survival. 

I  was  recently  reading  my  alumni  book  from  Amherst  College 
and  happened  to  look  at  an  obituary  of  a  classmate  of  mine  from 
the  Class  of  1979  who  died  of  AIDS.  Here  is  what  it  said.  "He  told 
his  family  he  wanted  them  to  take  whatever  measures  were  avail- 
able to  sustain  his  life.  He  told  me  he  felt  robbed  of  the  virus  and 
refused  to  succumb.  Until  the  very  end,  he  stubbornly  clung  to  life 
and  tried  to  hang  on  as  long  as  possible". 

I  am  sure  he  does  not  represent  a  majority  of  Americans.  But  I 
am  sure  he  does  represent  a  significant  minority.  That  is  one  rea- 
son again  that  we  cannot  necessarily  reduce  medical  care  costs  at 
the  end  of  life. 

Finally,  I  want  to  suggest  the  idea  that  we  can  save  a  lot  of 
money  through  the  use  of  advanced  directives,  hospice  and  other 
things  does  not  have  a  lot  of  empirical  support. 

If  you  can  flip  to  the  third  poster  there.  I  have  summarized  on 
this  poster  for  you  many  of  the  recent  studies  about  the  use  of  ad- 
vanced directives  and  hospice  to  save  money.  In  the  top  panel  are 
the  three  studies  that  exist  about  saving  money  through  advanced 
care  directives.  The  first  one  is  from  California.  The  second  one  is 
from  five  places  around  the  country;  and  the  third  one  is  from 
Philadelphia. 

The  first  two  suggest  that  you  cannot  save  any  money  from 
greater  use  of  advanced  care  directives.  And,  in  fact,  the  very  first 
one  looked  not  just  at  the  final  hospitalization  but  the  last  6 
months  of  life  and  suggested  that  there  was  not  a  significant 
amount  of  money  to  be  saved  by  patients  who  used  advanced  care 
directives  in  California. 

The  last  one  is  the  most  recent  study  that  showed  we  could  save 
68  percent,  but  they  were  looking  at  only  the  terminal  hospitaliza- 
tion. I  do  not  think  any  of  these  studies  are  definitive.  I  do  not  be- 
lieve that  they  show  you  can  save  anything.  But  I  do  think 

The  Chairman.  That  last  one  is  Chambers,  474  Medicare  pa- 
tients in  Philadelphia. 

Dr.  Emanuel.  Correct.  Over  3  years. 

But  I  think  the  important  point  is,  it  is  not  obvious  you  can  save 
a  lot  of  money.  I  think  that  they  suggest  there  is  less  to  be  saved 
than  we  believe. 

Another  place  that  we  have  good  data  on  is  in  the  whole  area  of 
hospice  care.  That  is  the  bottom  panel  here.  In  the  early  1980's 


14 

there  was  a  big  push  before  Medicare  fully  covered  hospice  to  study 
the  use  of  hospice  in  this  country. 

There  was  a  VA  study  which  randomized  patients  either  to  hos- 
pice or  not,  patients  who  had  cancer.  It  showed  that  you  could  not 
save  any  money  by  using  home  hospice.  Then  there  was  a  very  big 
national  hospice  study  between  1980  and  1983  in  cooperation  with 
the  HCFA  and  the  Robert  Wood  Johnson  Foundation  and  it  showed 
that  in  the  last  month  of  life  you  could  save  40  percent  by  having 
people  in  hospice. 

But  as  people  stayed  in  hospice  longer  and  longer  the  savings  de- 
creased, such  that  in  the  last  6  months  of  life  you  could  only  save 
27  percent  of  the  end  of  life  care  cost  by  using  hospice. 

Now  I  would  remind  you  of  current  statistics.  In  1992  now  the 
average  length  of  stay  of  a  Medicare  patient  on  hospice  has  risen 
to  57  days.  That  is  about  the  break  even  point. 

Also  importantly,  more  than  a  quarter  of  patients  on  hospice  still 
require  hospitalization  for  treatment  of  complications  and  other 
problems. 

In  addition  to  these  studies  there  are  other  studies  among  cancer 
patients,  for  example,  showing  that  if  you  give  patients  with  meta- 
static lung  cancer  either  chemotherapy  or  best  supportive  care  and 
no  chemotherapy,  you  do  not  save  a  whole  lot  of  money  either.  So 
I  think  the  idea  that  we  are  going  to  save  a  lot  of  money  is  doubt- 
ful. 

I  have  made  sort  of  a  wild  estimate  of  how  much  could  we  save 
if  every  American  executed  an  advanced  directive,  every  American 
accepted  palliative  care  in  hospice  and  wanted  to  die  at  home  rath- 
er than  get  aggressive  care.  That  is  the  next  panel. 

I  am  not  going  to  go  through  the  details  of  it,  since  as  you  might 
imagine  there  are  a  lot  of  assumptions  and  complicated  calcula- 
tions. But  we  can  show,  I  think,  that  assuming  you  can  save  27 
percent  of  the  health  care  dollar  by  using  these  services,  the  most 
you  are  going  to  save  is  3.3  percent  of  health  care  spending  and 
6  percent  of  Medicare. 

From  one  perspective  these  figures  might  seem  trivial,  fi-om  an- 
other perspective  they  represent  $30  billion.  And  dare  I  say  in  the 
Everett  Dirksen  Building,  I  should  not  trivialize  a  few  billion  dol- 
lars here  and  a  few  billion  dollars  there. 

But  the  fact  of  the  matter  is  that  it  is  highly  dubious  all  Ameri- 
cans are  going  to  use  those  interventions — living  wills  and  hospice. 
More  importantly,  as  I  am  sure  you  appreciate,  you  cannot  flip  a 
switch,  such  that  tomorrow  we  can  collect  the  $30  billion.  It  will 
dribble  in  over  time  and  it  to  actually  get  it  represents  a  huge  shift 
in  the  practice  of  American  care.  Probably  a  shift  that  would  re- 
quire almost  a  decade  to  accomplish. 

Finally,  let  me  address  myself  to  why  I  think  the  total  savings 
are  probably  less  than  we  anticipate.  First,  I  want  to  reemphasize 
the  point  that  Medicare  gives  us  an  inflated  view  of  how  much  we 
are  actually  spending  on  the  dying  people.  If  we  spend  10  percent 
of  national  health  care  expenditures  on  dying  patients  we  simply 
cannot  save  that  much  on  such  a  small  percentage. 

Second,  and  very  importantly,  I  want  to  emphasize  to  you  that 
we  already  are  doing  a  lot  to  stop  aggressive  end  of  life  care.  Many 
studies  can  show  you  now  that  80  percent  of  Americans  who  die 


15 

in  big  hospitals  do  not  get  resuscitated  anymore.  And  if  it  is  cancer 
patients  we  are  talking  about,  a  recent  study  from  the  Cleveland 
Clinic  demonstrates  that  97%  of  patients  do  not  get  resuscitated  at 
the  end  of  life. 

Doctors  in  the  last  10  years  have  had  a  dramatic  shift  in  the  way 
they  treat  patients.  Importantly,  I  also  think  if  you  found  other  sta- 
tistics, we  are  withdrawing  a  lot  of  other  treatments,  not  just 
cardiopulmonary  resuscitation.  The  idea  that  we  do  everything,  I 
think,  is  old.  It  is  certainly  a  decade  out  of  date. 

Fourth,  I  would  emphasize  that  we  cannot  predict  who  is  going 
to  die.  So  it  is  hard  to  decide  from  which  patients  we  should  with- 
draw care.  Until  the  very  last  moments. 

The  only  cases  where  we  really  have  good  predictability  are  can- 
cer and  AIDS,  but  they  account  for  only  about  a  quarter  of  all 
deaths.  That  means  three-quarters  of  the  dying  patients  we  do  not 
have  an  ability  to  predict  when  the  death  will  occur  with  any  preci- 
sion. 

Who  would  have  known  that  Richard  Nixon  would  have  died  in 
April  1994?  It  might  have  been  1995.  It  might  have  been  1996.  If 
some  illness  would  have  come  up,  would  we  have  withheld  treat- 
ment from  him? 

Finally,  I  want  to  emphasize  one  very,  very  important  point.  We 
talk  about  palliative  care.  Even  if  we  stop  aggressive  end  of  life 
care  it  does  not  mean  the  patient  immediately  dies  and  we  do  not 
provide  good  medical  care.  Providing  good  palliative  care  is  still  ex- 
pensive. It  is  labor  intensive.  You  need  to  provide  someone  who 
turns  a  patient,  who  can  adjust  the  pain  medications,  maybe  gives 
them  radiation  therapy  to  a  painful  bone  metastasis  or  other 
things.  That  kind  of  care  is  not  cheap. 

If  we  are  going  to  urge  doctors  to  provide  high  quality  end  of  life 
care  then  we  have  to  recognize  it  does  not  come  for  free,  even  if 
it  is  not  high  tech.  Therefore,  I  think  we  are  not  going  to  save  near- 
ly as  much  on  this  to  finance  universal  coverage  as  many  people 
would  anticipate.  I  do  not  think  there  is  nearly  as  much  waste  in 
the  system  as  we  might  believe. 

Thank  you. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you.  Dr.  Emanuel. 

[The  prepared  statement  of  Dr.  Emanuel  appears  in  the  appen- 
dix.] 

The  Chairman.  Once  again,  to  say,  as  Dr.  Cassel  observed,  that 
nothing  has  been  more  emphatic  in  our  hearings  than  the  repeated 
reports  of  how  medicine  is  changing  right  before  us.  To  some  extent 
we  have  to  watch  that  we  do  not  repair  a  system  that  no  longer 
exists.  But  that  has  happened  before. 

Welcome,  Senator  Rockefeller.  It  is  good  to  see  you  here. 

Senator  ROCKEFELLER.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

The  Chairman.  Dr.  Melvin  Konner  is  one  of  those,  I  dare  not  say 
over  educated,  but  superbly  educated  persons,  who  is  both  a  profes- 
sor  

Dr.  Konner.  Over  educated  is  fine. 

The  Chairman.  A  Professor  of  Anthropology  and  of  Psychiatry 
and  Neurology  at  Emory  University,  an  absorbing  and  rare  com- 
bination. We  welcome  you,  Dr.  Konner. 


16 

STATEMENT  OF  MELVIN  KONNER,  M.D.,  PH.D.,  SAMUEL  CAN- 
DLER DOBBS  PROFESSOR  OF  ANTHROPOLOGY,  AND  ASSOCI- 
ATE PROFESSOR  OF  PSYCHIATRY  AND  NEUROLOGY,  EMORY 
UNIVERSITY,  ATLANTA,  GA 

Dr.  KONNER.  Thank  you  very  much.  It  is  a  privilege  to  be  here. 
My  name  is  Melvin  Konner  and  I  hold  Ph.D.  and  M.D.  degrees.  To 
my  mother's  disappointment,  I  do  not  practice  medicine  but  teach 
and  write  about  medicine  in  society.  I  sympathize  with  the  practic- 
ing physician,  but  I  get  no  part  of  my  income  from  the  delivery  of 
care. 

Due  to  several  serious  illnesses  in  my  family  I  also  know  how  it 
feels  to  be  at  the  other  end  of  the  stethoscope. 

Robert  Frost  is  known  for  many  serious  works,  but  my  favorite 
may  be  the  following  two-line  poem.  "Forgive  oh  Lord  my  little 
jokes  on  thee  and  I  will  forgive  thy  great  big  one  on  me."  The  big 
joke  is  mortality.  And  although  the  almighty  may  sometimes  find 
it  funny,  we  humans  rarely  do.  In  fact,  we  spend  our  lives  in  a 
massive  effort  to  postpone  them  in  denial. 

Certainly  in  medicine  the  assault  on  mortality  is  our  mission,  ob- 
session and  dream.  But  what  happens  when  we  have  so  much  con- 
trol that  the  idea  of  natural  order  loses  its  meaning? 

There  is  agreement  that  competent  adults  may  refuse  treatment 
and  a  growing  acceptance  of  advanced  directives.  Activists  have 
tried  to  extend  patient  rights  to  encompass  a  right  to  die  and  even 
a  right  to  a  physician's  help  in  dying. 

A  series  of  average  Americans,  most  recently  this  week,  have  re- 
fused to  punish  such  acts  when  they  seem  human.  And  only  yester- 
day a  Federal  Judge  in  Washington  State  ruled  a  ban  on  assisted 
suicide  unconstitutional. 

But  as  Dr.  Christine  Cassel  has  said,  it  is  one  thing  to  let  people 
die  because  their  lives  are  an  inconvenience  to  them.  Quite  another 
to  let  them  die  because  they  are  an  inconvenience  to  us.  Surely  we 
do  not  want  to  create  a  moral  realm  in  which  seriously  ill  people, 
guilty  over  the  burden  they  cause,  choose  death  when  life  still  ap- 
peals to  them. 

Dr.  Carlos  Gomez  studied  youth  in  Asia  in  the  Netherlands  and 
found  inadequate  treatment  of  pain  and  depression.  Before  we  help 
people  die  we  had  better  be  sure  we  have  done  enough  to  help 
them  want  to  live.  Yet,  a  rational  fatally  ill  person  may  choose 
death  and  leaders  of  medicine  recognize  that  assisted  suicide  does 
and  probably  should  sometimes  happen. 

We  owe  it  to  physicians,  patients  and  families  to  share  the  bur- 
den of  this  secret.  But  the  ethics  of  the  ice  flow  also  evokes  the 
specter  of  explicit  rationing.  Nobody  wants  it,  but  in  fact  we  have 
rationing  now. 

The  Chairman.  Did  we  hear  you  sir?  The  ethics  of  the  ice  flow. 

Dr.  Konner.  The  ethics  of  the  ice  flow,  yes. 

Nobody  wants  rationing,  but  in  fact  we  have  rationing  now.  As 
a  medical  student  in  some  of  our  Nation's  best  hospitals,  I  saw  it 
in  action  as  poor  people  waited  in  pain  for  so  many  hours  that  they 
left  without  treatment. 

We  saw  rationing,  too,  when  thousands  of  children  contracted 
measles  in  a  completely  unnecessary  epidemic  a  few  years  ago  and 


17 

some  died  of  it  because  of  the  shameful  inadequacy  of  our  vaccina- 
tion programs.  This  is  simply  irrational  rationing. 

We  accept  the  process  of  triage  and  war  or  disaster  when  we 
must  choose  whom  we  will  treat.  We  may  be  facing  triage  as  a  na- 
tion. Americans  say  that  we  spend  too  much  on  health,  yet  35  mil- 
lion people  have  been  left  out. 

The  people  of  Oregon  have  tried  to  set  priorities  and  a  bipartisan 
plan  designed  by  physician  legislators  after  countless  town  meet- 
ings and  with  the  Governor's  support,  they  ranked  medical  treat- 
ments by  value  and  effectiveness.  They  did  not  find  this  easy,  nor 
did  they  think  they  had  done  it  perfectly.  They  can  be  criticized  for 
singling  out  people  on  Medicaid,  but  their  plan  should  be  studied 
by  all  who  care  about  health. 

If  we  set  priorities,  how  do  we  view  the  end  of  life.  To  focus  on 
the  last  year  misses  the  point  in  two  ways.  First,  there  are  wasted 
treatments  throughout  life.  Tens  of  thousands  of  unwarranted  coro- 
nary bypasses,  hysterectomies,  prostatectomies,  caesarean  sections, 
the  list  goes  on.  These  treatments  may  be  wanted  but  that  does  not 
make  them  good  medicine  and  the  money  they  waste  is  drawn  fi-om 
other  needed  treatments. 

Second,  the  last  year  does  not  exhaust  the  end  of  life  issues.  Con- 
sider my  mother's  final  illness.  A  large  stroke  left  her  bedridden 
and  unable  to  speak.  She  had  made  it  clear  that  she  would  not 
want  to  live  in  such  a  condition.  Still,  we  fought  to  give  her  every 
chance  of  recovery.  But  after  a  second  stroke  we  faced  a  sad  choice. 

Specialists  wanted  to  implant  a  gastric  feeding  tube.  Her  family 
doctor,  a  friend,  advised  against  it.  It  could  have  kept  her  alive  for 
years  in  a  very  grim  condition.  We  knew  what  she  would  have 
wanted.  No  tubes  she  had  said  again  and  again.  Still,  we  agonized 
about  it  and  even  consulted  a  lawyer.  We  decided  not  to  place  the 
tube  and  her  doctor  discharged  her  to  hospice  care  at  home  where 
she  died  gently  a  few  weeks  later. 

With  the  tube  she  might  have  survived  for  years  of  indignity  and 
distress  without  hope  of  improvement.  She  would  have  also  in- 
curred many  medical  expenses,  most  of  which  would  not  have  been 
in  the  last  year  of  her  life.  But.of  course,  we  were  not  trying  to  save 
money. 

Indeed,  while  we  were  aiming  for  recovery,  we  spent  Medicare's 
money  with  impunity  and  so  I  hope  with  everyone.  I  call  this  the 
what  if  it  is  your  mother  rule. 

As  awareness  of  new  technology  spreads,  the  what  if  it  is  your 
mother  rule  will  continue  to  drive  up  costs.  Only  a  broad  social  con- 
sensus eventually  embodied  in  law  can  slow  down  this  process.  Not 
all  treatments  of  patients  demand  have  equal  value  and  some  have 
none.  Courts  have  ordered  hospitals  to  provide  against  their  best 
judgment  expensive  treatments  with  no  proven  merit  in  a  vain  at- 
tempt to  control  what  cannot  be  controlled.  We  sorely  need  more 
and  better  outcome  studies  to  give  us  practice  guidelines. 

If  we  do  not  set  priorities,  then  our  effort  for  denial  of  death  will 
come  back  to  haunt  our  children  as  they  struggle  to  find  the  values 
that  we  lack  the  courage  to  bequeath  them. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you  very  much.  Dr.  Konner. 

[The  prepared  statement  of  Dr.  Konner  appears  in  the  appendix.] 


18 

The  Chairman.  That  was  very  moving.  Of  course,  we  are  not 
going  to  change  the  advance  of  that  technology,  are  we? 

Dr.  KONNER.  Certainly  not. 

The  Chairman.  Although  that  is  one  of  the  dilemmas  we  deal 
with.  We  will  get  to  that  in  general  questioning. 

Dr.  Lynn,  good  morning.  Professor  Joanne  Lynn,  a  Professor  of 
Medicine  at  the  Dartmouth  Medical  School.  We  welcome  you. 

Dr.  Lynn.  Thank  you. 

The  Chairman.  I  think  I  am  going  to  ask  that  those  somewhat 
intimidating  charts  be  taken  away.  They  seem  from  the  perspective 
of  the  camera  and  the  light — no,  we  will  do  it  for  you — we  do  not 
want  to  have  you  sitting  there  with  those  charts  glaring  at  you. 

Good  morning. 

STATEMENT  OF  JOANNE  LYNN,  M.D.,  PROFESSOR  OF  MEDI- 
CINE, AND  OF  COMMUNITY  AND  FAMILY  MEDICINE,  DART- 
MOUTH MEDICAL  SCHOOL,  HANOVER,  NH 

Dr.  Lynn.  Good  morning.  Much  to  the  surprise  of  most  Ameri- 
cans, dying  is  not  optional.  It  is  the  one  minority  group  to  which 
we  can  all  aspire — to  be  very  old,  very  sick,  and  dying.  And  not 
only  that,  we  will  mostly  get  the  chance.  It  is  the  case  that  most 
of  us  who  are  alive  long  enough  to  be  in  this  room  will  spend  time 
seriously  ill  with  an  illness  that  will  eventuate  in  our  death.  The 
major  success  of  modern  medicine  can  be  said  to  be  the  creation  of 
serious  chronic  disease  eventuating  in  death,  but  later — not  at  the 
time  when  it  would  have  killed  us  in  an  earlier  era. 

The  usual  person  dying  of  illness  in  the  United  States  faces  an 
extraordinarily  high  likelihood  of  dying  in  pain,  alone,  isolated,  at 
great  expense,  devoid  of  meaningfulness,  without  grace  or  dignity. 

My  background  in  this  regard  arises  mainly  from  having  been  a 
physician  to  some  2,000  patients  who  have  died,  mostly  in  this  city. 
I  was  the  main  hospice  physician  for  Washington,  D.C.  for  more 
than  a  dozen  years  and  I  have  served  a  number  of  patients  in  nurs- 
ing homes  and  in  home  care.  I  also  have  worked  a  great  deal  with 
ethics,  having  been  a  part  of  the  President's  Commission  on  Ethics 
in  Medicine  when  it  was  alive  and  well  in  the  early  1980's,  and  I 
have  worked  with  a  number  of  legal  organizations  in  trying  to  work 
on  these  issues. 

It  is  striking  that,  at  least  in  this  arena,  there  are  not  adversar- 
ial groups.  We  all  can  see  where  we  ought  to  end  up.  The  struggle 
is,  how  can  we  get  there?  It  is  not  really  that  there  are  parties  in 
opposition.  This  ought  to  give  us  tremendous  opportunities  for 
achieving  what  we  hope  to  achieve. 

But  we  have  a  long  history  to  live  down.  Modern  medicine  has 
almost  completely  lost  even  basic  descriptive  knowledge  of  how  it 
is  that  we  die.  The  last  sequential  study  of  dying  patients  in  hos- 
pitals was  done  by  Sir  William  Osier  at  the  turn  of  the  centuiy. 
You  cannot  say  with  any  authority  today  how  many  people  die  in 
a  hospital.  Although  I  have  helped  create  some  of  the  estimates,  it 
is  still  the  case  that  we  do  not  have  even  that  basic  information. 

We  do  not  know  how  many  people  die  unconscious,  how  many 
people  have  seizures,  how  many  have  pain,  how  many  have  family 
in  attendance,  how  many  are  abandoned.  The  basic  work  of  under- 


19 

standing  what  it  is  to  die  has  been  abandoned  by  modern  medicine 
and  by  the  culture  that  modern  medicine  serves. 

If  you  look  at  a  textbook  of  modern  medicine  at  the  turn  of  the 
century,  you  will  find  virtually  every  disease  described  in  its  gory 
detail  through  to  death,  with  advice  to  the  practitioner  as  to  how 
they  will  recognize  that  things  are  getting  worse  and  what  small 
things  can  be  done  to  try  to  assuage  the  pain  and  suffering  that 
is  thereby  entailed. 

In  a  modern  medical  textbook  you  are  lucky  to  find  acknowledge- 
ment that  the  disease  vdll  eventuate  in  death.  You  can  go  hun- 
dreds of  pages  in  descriptions  of  congestive  heart  failure  or  cancer 
without  noting  that  these  are  the  diseases  that  take  most  of  us. 

That  sort  of  reorientation  is  going  to  take  substantial  sea  change 
in  how  it  is  that  we  view  ourselves,  our  lives,  and  our  lives  coming 
to  a  close.  People  routinely  think  that  doctors  know  how  to  prog- 
nosticate, how  to  assuage  pain,  and  generally  how  to  serve  dying 
persons.  Nothing  could  be  farther  from  the  truth. 

This  culture  has  been  so  thoroughly  death-denying  that  we  have 
not  even  described  our  course  to  death,  nor  have  we  developed  the 
professional  skills  to  provide  service  to  these  patients.  It  is  prob- 
ably true  that  we  are  gradually  learning  how  to  forego  inflicting 
unjustified  technology  upon  dying  persons,  but  we  clearly  do  not 
know  how  to  see  to  it  that  most  of  us — and  most  of  our  parents — 
will  get  excellent  care  shaped  to  our  needs  and  responsive  to  our 
s5rmptoms. 

The  care  system  that  we  have  developed  has  serious  barriers  to 
adequate  care  of  the  dying.  Reimbursement  is  not  regularly  avail- 
able for  services  that  merely  mitigate  suffering.  An  automatic  de- 
nial of  a  hospital  stay  happens  if  you  are  not  doing  something  more 
aggressive  than  merely  to  have  somebody  be  comfortable.  And  yet 
that  is,  after  all,  what  one  most  hopes  for  as  one  comes  close  to 
dying. 

Even  hospice  is  really  available  only  to  the  middle  class  with 
solid  cancers  and  predictable  courses  to  death.  It  is  not  regularly 
available  to  the  poor,  the  homeless,  persons  without  adequate 
wealth  and  families. 

The  usual  person  dying  and  in  need  is  not  in  the  same  condition 
as  was  probably  the  case  in  1950  or  1955  when  we  really  shaped 
the  current  health  care  system.  The  usual  patient  is  not  the  55- 
year-old  male  legislator  who  is  worried  about  a  heart  attack.  The 
usual  person  dying  now  is  an  elderly  person  with  multiple  ill- 
nesses, most  commonly  afraid  of  bankruptcy,  most  commonly  vdth 
very  little  family  resources,  with  no  regular  physician  who  is  fol- 
lowing through  to  death,  and  whose  fears  are  homelessness,  hun- 
ger, pain,  and  isolation,  not  the  absence  of  access  to  coronary  ar- 
tery bypass  grafts. 

All  of  these  terrors  can  be  mitigated.  We  do  know  how  to  do  this. 
But  doing  so  will  require  substantial  reorientation  of  the  care  sys- 
tem so  that  continuity  and  support  become  priorities.  And  to  that 
end,  what  is  done  in  regard  to  the  end  of  life  must  be  integrated 
completely  into  the  reforms  now  being  considered  for  the  care  sys- 
tem as  a  whole. 

In  regard  to  the  Patient  Self-Determination  Act,  I  think  that  the 
Patient  Self-Determination  Act  has  done  a  great  deal  of  good.  I  was 


20 

something  of  a  skeptic  at  the  time  it  was  enacted.  I  think  that,  as 
it  has  played  itself  out,  it  has  done  a  great  deal  of  good. 

I  want  to  review  just  briefly  some  of  the  things  it  has  done.  One 
of  the  small  provisions  of  the  Act  which  has  received  very  little  at- 
tention was  that  the  Act  required  that  States  say  what  their  law 
was.  Now  that  sounds  fairly  simple.  It  turned  out  to  be  enormously 
complicated. 

I  brought  along  some  examples  of  what  Vermont  did,  for  exam- 
ple, in  putting  together  an  intelligible  way  of  patients  and  doctors 
understanding  what  it  is  they  could  and  were  free  to  do.  And,  in 
doing  that,  cosortiums  had  to  develop  in  every  State,  involving  peo- 
ple from  quite  diverse  fields,  who  had  to  try  to  make  sense  of  what 
were  ordinarily  quite  a  disparate  and  incoherent  set  of  statutes. 

Thirty-three  States  enacted  legislation  to  improve  their  statutes 
out  of  that  endeavor.  Forty-eight  States  developed  intelligible 
consumer  oriented  information  that  is  now  in  use  in  those  States 
to  try  to  make  clear  what  you  can  do  with  regard  to  medical  deci- 
sion making,  including  using  advance  directives,  but  not  limited  to 
advance  directives.  That  provision  of  the  PSDA  was  stunningly  ef- 
fective and  with  very  little  cost. 

There  is  perhaps  a  more  checkered  balance  sheet  in  regard  to  the 
mandatory  notice.  The  centerpiece  of  the  PSDA  is  that  patients 
must  be  told  at  various  points  as  they  come  in  and  out  of  the 
health  care  system  about  their  opportunities  to  make  advanced  di- 
rectives and  to  control  their  care. 

In  the  support  project,  which  I  am  one  of  the  co — leaders  of,  we 
have  had  the  opportunity  to  study  advanced  directive  use  among 
very  seriously  ill  patients  in  five  U.S.  hospitals  before  and  after  im- 
plementation of  the  PSDA.  Before  the  PSDA  about  one  in  five  of 
our  patients  said  they  had  an  advanced  directive.  There  were  few 
that  were  mentioned  in  the  medical  records — on  the  order  of  80  out 
of  400 — and  there  were  none  that  were  recorded  in  the  medical 
charts.  Advance  directives  themselves — there  were  none  at  all. 

After  the  PSDA,  the  proportion  of  patients  who  have  an  advance 
directive  has  gone  up  almost  not  at  all,  only  a  very  small  amount. 
But  now  one  in  three  are  mentioned  in  the  records  and  almost  all 
of  those  actually  have  the  document.  Our  experiences  are  echoed 
in  the  work  of  others,  who  are  finding  many  more  advance  direc- 
tives showing  up  in  the  charts  and  being  discussed  there. 

However,  the  evidence  that  advanced  directives  are  changing 
how  patients  are  cared  for  is  less  clear.  In  support,  we  can  find  vir- 
tually no  effect  of  having  a  living  will  or  a  durable  power  of  attor- 
ney. You  are  equally  as  likely  to  have  a  "do  not  resuscitate"  order 
with  or  without  one.  You  are  equally  likely  to  have  the  timing  of 
your  "do  not  resuscitate"  order  at  a  certain  date  with  or  without 
a  durable  power  of  attorney  or  a  living  will. 

Even  among  patients  who  have  living  wills  and  who  have  ex- 
pressed a  preference  not  to  be  resuscitated,  only  half  have  an  order 
or  a  discussion  of  an  order  documented  in  the  chart.  So  there  is  a 
staggering  inability  of  the  care  system  still  to  deal  with  this  issue. 
We  have  patients  who  are  very  sick — in  our  study  all  the  patients 
are  very  sick  and  most  will  die  within  6  months — and  they  have 
a  living  will.  Furthermore,  they  tell  us  in  an  interview  that  they 
do  not  want  to  be  resuscitated.  Yet,  the  care  system  is  only  ad- 


21 

dressing  that  in  less  than  half  of  the  cases.  So  there  are  still  miles 
to  go. 

I  think  as  Ezekiel  has  already  said,  the  evidence  that  we  have 
a  substantial  effect  on  costs  with  advance  directive  is  fairly  small. 
On  the  other  hand,  we  are  early  in  this  process.  This  is  a  C  change. 
This  requires  a  lot  of  changes  down  the  line  and  maybe  over  time 
we  will  really  see  some  substantial  effects.  This  is  very  early  in  the 
process.  There  are  lots  of  things  yet  to  be  done. 

One  of  the  more  striking  changes  which  may  or  may  not  have  to 
do  with  the  Patient  Self-Determination  Act  is  the  enormous  in- 
crease in  do  not  resuscitate  orders  and  in  orders  against  hos- 
pitalization in  nursing  homes.  That  may  have  as  much  to  do  with 
the  OBRA  regulations  requiring  that  those  be  documented.  But  in 
either  case,  those  have  gone  up  enormously,  on  the  order  of  tripling 
in  many  States. 

But  advance  directives  have  not  delivered  on  the  promise  that  we 
thought  they  would  have  in  1990  of  a  blossoming  affect  of  commu- 
nication, a  burgeoning  of  advanced  care  planning  for  seriously  ill 
patients  and  a  curtailing  of  worthless  and  desired  life  prolonging 
care  for  dying  persons  in  hospitals. 

Why  is  this?  I  think  it  is  for  three  reasons.  One  is  that  most  ad- 
vance directives  just  say  to  do  what  it  is  you  would  already  be 
doing.  That  is,  turning  to  the  next  of  kin  in  the  case  of  a  durable 
power  of  attorney  or  stopping  at  some  point  for  almost  everybody 
else — and  that  is  what  almost  everybody  wants.  In  those  cases  you 
would  not  expect  an  advanced  directive  to  change  much. 

A  second  reason  is  that  patients,  doctors,  and  the  patients'  fami- 
lies do  not  really  understand  when  these  should  be  used  and  have 
the  sense  they  should  be  used  essentially  as  the  patient  is  dying, 
as  their  blood  pressure  is  sinking,  not  two  or  3  months  or  6  months 
or  2  years  earlier  when  they  really  could  have  a  substantial  impact 
on  the  shaping  of  a  long  plan  of  care. 

This  may  have  to  do  also  with  the  fact  that  patients  and  families 
especially  do  not  understand  prognosis.  Even  though  they  are 
told — it  is  rather  like  the  story  of  asking  a  lot  of  people  whether 
they  are  good  drivers  and  how  they  would  rate  their  driving.  It 
turns  out  that  everybody  in  America  is  a  better  than  average  driv- 
er. Well,  if  you  ask  people  who  are  very  sick  how  long  they  Eire 
going  to  live,  everybody  thinks  they  have  at  least  90  percent  chance 
of  making  it  to  2  months,  even  if  they  are  likely  to  die  this  week. 

So  that  is  a  really  fiindamental  change  in  how  it  is  we  come  upon 
our  djdng  to  acknowledge  that  we  are  probably  not  greatly  different 
from  the  statistical  mean  and  we  probably  are  not  all  going  to  beat 
the  odds.  Unless  we  get  to  the  point  of  understanding  that,  some 
of  these  things  are  not  going  to  change  dramatically. 

A  final  consideration  is  that  very  few  interventions  are  actually 
being  implemented  that  are  really  stupid  anymore.  We  are  down 
to  around  10  percent  of  people  get  a  resuscitation  tried  as  they  die. 
We  are  not  having  huge  amounts  of  people  kept  in  ICUs  who  have 
no  chance  of  successful  treatment.  Most  Nancy  Cruzans  do  have 
their  treatment  stopped  very  early. 

What  should  you  do?  What  should  we  do  about  improving  the 
things  that  are  yet  to  be  improved?  Well,  that  takes  some  careful 
thought  because  it  is  not  only  a  question  of  what  should  be  done. 


22 

but  what  should  be  done  at  the  Federal  level.  And  so  much  of  this 
is  the  matter  of  changing  1,000  little  things  in  the  lives  of  doctors, 
patients,  nurses,  hospitals.  We  have  to  be  very  careful  as  to  where 
it  is  we  step  in  to  shape  the  system  so  that  we  do  not  create  more 
problems  than  were  there  to  begin  with. 

I  think  that  the  advent  of  managed  care  and  of  thinking  system- 
ically  about  health  care  creates  a  tremendous  opening  wedge  for 
improved  care  of  the  dying  by  simply  requiring  there  to  be  meas- 
ures of  how  well  we  are  doing,  and  requiring  a  reporting  of  that. 

Now  we  do  not  have  those  measures  today  but  we  could  develop 
those  and  we  could  require  the  regional  health  alliances  or  health 
plans  to  know  how  they  are  doing.  And  those  that  are  doing  badly, 
presumably,  would  be  motivated  to  improve  that. 

We  also  could  require  that  organizations  like  professional  groups 
and  lOM,  the  Institute  of  Medicine,  would  generate  guidelines  on 
what  it  is  that  is  good  care.  And  that  might  stand  to  help  make 
coherent  what  right  now  are  very  difficult,  conflicting  mandates  at 
the  Federal  level.  For  example,  we  are  required  to  treat  all  persons 
as  if  we  are  blind  to  disability  and  the  fact  of  illness  on  the  one 
hand  and  on  the  other  hand  to  notice  that  we  are  not  doing  very 
much  good  at  some  level  of  disability  if  we  drag  out  life  for  a  little 
longer. 

That  incoherent  mandate  needs  to  be  brought  together  in  very 
concrete  guidelines  and  a  group  like  the  Institute  of  Medicine  or 
perhaps  leading  professional  groups  could  take  a  lead  in  that.  But 
they  would  have  to  be  mandated  to  do  so  and  given  some  learning 
room.  Because  right  now  I  as  a  practitioner  do  not  know  how  I 
should  try  to  bring  those  together. 

We  could  make  Medicare  Part  A  and  graduate  medical  education 
funds  contingent  upon  better  education  of  doctors  at  least  in  regard 
to  care  of  the  dying.  We  could  encourage  innovations  in  Medicare 
that  would  broaden  the  scope  of  potential  services  at  the  cost  of  re- 
ducing aggressive  care  so  that  people  could  get  services  that  are 
tailored  to  that  85-year-old  woman  dying  at  home  alone  and  scared 
rather  than  a  Medicare  program  which  really  was  tailored  to  the 
fears  of  people  who  were  afraid  they  could  not  get  hernias  repaired 
or  cataracts  extracted.  That  is  the  fear  of  most  65-year-olds,  but  it 
is  not  the  fear  of  most  85-year-olds.  There  probably  ought  to  be  an 
innovative  program  under  Medicare  that  would  make  that  possible. 

We  could  require  that  the  institutes  in  the  National  Institutes  of 
Health  that  have  under  their  purview  the  major  killers  actually 
come  to  terms  with  that  fact.  They  must  support  research  on  how 
it  is  that  one  comes  to  die  of  heart  disease,  of  lung  disease,  of  liver 
disease,  of  cancer  and  to  present  reports  on  how  well  we  are  doing 
and  what  we  could  do  to  improve  those  rather  than  to  treat  the  fact 
of  dying  as  an  orphan  phenomenon  that  we  are  going  to  continue 
to  ignore  forever. 

[The  prepared  statement  of  Joanne  Lynn  appears  in  the  appen- 
dix.] 

The  Chairman.  Why  do  we  not  just  take  that  as  a  healthy  list 
of  suggestions  and  we  will  hold  it  right  there.  Listening  to  you  I 
thought  will  there  emerge  a  national  malaise  called  longing  for 
pneumonia.  [Laughter.] 


23 

But  your  reference  to  Sir  William  Osier's  compendium  on  dying 
makes  me  think  of  Lewis  Thomas  a  little  earlier  on  the  hundredth 
anniversary  of  the  first  publication  of  the  journal  Science,  which  is 
the  Journal  of  the  American  Association  for  the  Advancement  of 
Science. 

They  had  a  series  of  very  brief  articles  on  the  big  events  of  the 
last  century.  Lewis  Thomas  had  an  article  on  medicine.  It  had  as 
its  feature  that  wonderful  portrait,  which  got  the  Victorian  painter 
knighted,  called  "The  Doctor"  by  Sir  Luke  Filk.  I  think  you  all  rec- 
ognize it.  You  have  seen  it  in  calendars  that  pharmaceutical  com- 
panies send  you. 

The  doctor  is  sitting  there.  He  is  bearded.  He  is  intelligently 
looking  at  this  child  who  is  sort  of  sprawled  off  the  couch  and  in 
the  back  you  see  a  father  and  a  mother  hovering.  And  Thomas  ex- 
plains that  that  doctor  almost  certainly  knows  what  is  wrong  with 
that  child  and  he  knows  exactly  how  the  disease  will  progress.  And 
he  also  knows  that  there  is  nothing  he  can  do  about  it  and  that 
it  took  a  century  of  medicine  to  get  to  that  point. 

What  has  changed  in  the  interval  is  that  now  you  can  do  some- 
thing and  that  has  produced  the  ailments  for  which  you  say  we  will 
all  expire.  Whereas,  formerly  pneumonia  came  along  rather  briefly. 

But  that  is  the  condition  we  are  in  and  we  are  asked  both  to  deal 
with  it  and  to  legislate  on  it.  We  have  had  wonderful  testimony. 
I  want  to  thank  you  all  and  turn  now  to  the  Republican  Leader. 

Senator  Dole.  Are  these  advanced  directives  portable  or  do  you 
have  to  make  one  in  Kansas  and  one  in  Tennessee? 

Dr.  Lynn.  They  are  probably  portable  in  that  they  would  be  over- 
whelmingly persuasive  evidence  of  the  patient's  intent  and  it  is  ex- 
ceedingly unlikely  that  anyone  would  fail  to  follow  one  that  was 
clear  just  because  it  did  not  meet  the  requirements  of  any  one 
State. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  state-to-state  distinctions  are  really  silly. 
In  one  State  you  require  a  notary  public  and  in  another  State  two 
witnesses.  And  sometimes  the  witnesses  cannot  be  employees  of 
health  care  institutions  and  sometimes  they  can.  You  know,  trying 
to  get  through  the  morass  of  the  small  differences  is  really  silly 
and  sometimes  looks  as  if  you  cannot  rely  on  it. 

I  think  the  ruling  in  Cruzan  makes  it  fairly  clear  that  courts 
would  rely  on  even  a  letter.  For  example,  I  write  a  letter  to  my 
child.  Courts  would  probably  rely  on  it.  But  doctors  might  not  be- 
lieve that.  And  it  would  be  a  mercy  for  the  providers  of  this  country 
if  we  were  freely  able  to  transport  formal  advance  directives. 

The  Chairman.  Dr.  Konner  is  agreeing. 

Dr.  Konner.  Yes.  My  experience  is  that  today  an  advanced  direc- 
tive from  another  State  would  be  more  than  most  hospitals  and 
physicians  would  require  to  assume  that  they  know  what  the  pa- 
tient's wishes  were.  Really  the  problem  is  with  the  great  majority 
of  people  who  do  not  have  advanced  directives  and  for  whom  the 
actual  character  of  their  wishes  is  very  debatable. 

Senator  Dole.  Could  I  ask  Dr.  Emanuel,  I  guess  the  point  you 
are  making  is  not  an  economic  issue.  You  are  not  suggesting  it  is 
not  a  good  idea. 

Dr.  Emanuel.  Right.  I  have  worked  in  this  area  for  almost  a  dec- 
ade now  trying  to  improve  the  documents,  trying  to  improve  ways 


24 

for  physicians  and  patients  to  communicate,  trying  to  get  legisla- 
tion passed,  trying  to  study  how  we  use  them. 

So  I  think  it  is  a  fantastic  idea.  I  spend  a  lot  of  my  time  cam- 
paigning for  greater  use  of  advance  care  directives.  But  I  think  the 
under  current,  which  has  risen  closer  to  the  surface  over  the  last 
few  years  is  that  advance  care  directives  are  also  going  to  be  a 
great  economic  tool  and  I  think  that  is  a  very  sad  mistake,  both 
because  we  are  not  likely  to  realize  much  savings  and  also  because 
I  think  it  distorts  their  purpose. 

I  might  mention  that  there  are  some  consultants  running  around 
advising  insurance  companies  and  HMOs  to  give  a  5  percent  dis- 
count to  anyone  who  fills  out  an  advanced  directive.  I  do  not  know 
how  they  get  the  statistics  on  which  to  make  such  a  recommenda- 
tion. Nothing  suggests  that  is  anywhere  near  right.  But  you  can 
see  that  it  has  become  much  more  material. 

Senator  Dole.  Are  there  any  statistics  that 

The  Chairman.  Five  percent? 

Dr.  Emanuel.  A  5  percent  discount. 

The  Chairman.  Well,  Kaiser  might  be  making  money. 

Dr.  Lynn.  It  does  select  for  the  well  off. 

Senator  Dole.  Are  there  any  statistics  available  on  people  who 
might  have  an  advanced  directive  or  people  who  are  comatose  and 
then  suddenly  one  morning,  you  know,  they  are  back  on  the  road 
to  recovery?  Does  that  happen  very  often?  I  mean  we  talk  about 
living  wills  and  advanced  directives.  You  just  roll  the  dice  and  99 
percent  of  the  time  you  are  going  to  die  anyway  or  what? 

Dr.  Cassell.  Do  you  mean  are  there  people  who  have  an  ad- 
vanced directive,  would  withdraw  treatment,  and  then  one  morning 
would  wake  up  and  are  alive  again? 

Senator  Dole.  Yes,  get  better.  Does  that  happen  very  often? 

Dr.  Emanuel.  We  do  not  have  good  statistics  on  that. 

Dr.  Cassell.  But  the  point  is  that  prognosis  is  not  a  blind.  You 
do  not  have  to  look  into  a  crystal  ball  to  find  out  whether  somebody 
with  advanced  metastatic  cancer  is  going  to  die.  They  are  going  to 
die. 

There  are  other  conditions  in  which  whether  somebody  is  going 
to  die  is  doubtful — comatose,  people  who  are  comatose  through  ac- 
cidents may,  in  fact,  come  back.  But  the  vast  majority  of  people 
who  die  do  not  have  a  disease  in  which  it  all  of  a  sudden  reverses 
itself.  But  it  is  brought  up  as  an  argument  that  supposing,  just 
supposing  this  person  could  live,  well,  that  is  interesting.  But  then 
we  have  to  ask  how  many  other  people  are  going  to  be  subjected 
to  an  awful  lot  of  awful  care  in  order  that  this  one  person  might 
1  day  rise  up  out  of  their  bed  and  come  alive  again. 

So  it  is  not  only  that  one  person  might  come  back  to  life.  It  is 
all  the  other  people  we  treat  wrongly  or  inadequately  just  so  the 
one  might  rise. 

Dr.  Emanuel.  There  are  also  some  interesting  stories  about  peo- 
ple who  did  have  an  advanced  directive,  it  was  not  known,  they 
were  treated,  they  did  recover  and  they  resented  having  recovered 
because  they  are  left  with  some  disabilities,  because  they  had  lived 
out  the  life  they  wanted  to  and  now  they  were  not  in  the  condition 
they  wanted. 


25 

You  asked  for  statistics,  statistics  we  do  not  have.  But  we  do 
have  stories  that  it  is  not  everyone's  wish,  as  we  know,  to  live  ad 
infinitum.  Many  people  think  they  have  lived  a  sufficient  life  and 
enough  is  enough. 

The  Chairman.  We  have  a  rule  in  this  committee  which  is  that 
data  is  the  plural  of  anecdote.  So  you  need  not  fear.  [Laughter.] 

Dr.  Cassel. 

Dr.  Cassel.  I  just  wanted  to  add  to  this  that  that  is  part;  of  what 
I  meant  by  the  fact  that  we  are  always  going  to  be  dealing  with 
some  degree  of  uncertainty.  There  is  a  movement  in  medical  ethics 
to  search  for  perfect  futility  data  so  that  we  will  know  which  treat- 
ment or  in  which  patients  treatment  will  be  100  percent  futile. 

I  think  there  are  very  few  such  arenas.  Most  of  medicine  is  based 
on  probability.  But  the  point  is  that  when  we  talk  about  these 
unpredicted  recoveries,  it  is  not  that  someone  gets  up  and  goes 
back  to  the  golf  course.  There  are  intermediate  consequences  which 
I  discuss  with  my  patients  when  they  face  major  surgery,  for  exam- 
ple, at  the  age  of  90  years  old. 

They  are  not  worried  about  dying  on  the  table.  They  are  worried 
about  having  a  stroke  during  the  operation  and  then  surviving 
with  that.  That  is  much  more  worrisome  to  them  than  the  possible 
risk  that  they  might  die. 

So  I  think  that  is  what  we  have  to  deal  with.  Remember,  Karen 
Ann  Quinlan  who  is  one  of  the  first  people  who  brought  this  to  our 
attention  was  thought  to  be  certainly  going  to  stop  breathing  when 
her  ventilator  was  stopped  in  1976.  She  did  not.  She  lived  for  eight 
more  years  with  a  feeding  tube  in  place. 

Nancy  Kruzan's  parents  thought  that  Nancy  would  not  want 
those  additional  years  of  life  with  the  feeding  tube.  So  it  shows 
that  our  ability  to  prognosticate  is  not  perfect,  nonetheless  the 
quality  of  that  life  is  something  that  I  think  we  can  predict  pretty 
clearly. 

Senator  Dole.  You  would  not  compare  this  to  what  Kevorkian 
does,  right? 

Dr.  Cassel.  Not  what  mostly  we  are  talking  about.  I  think  Dr. 
Konner  did  raise  that  issue.  I  think  that  one  of  the  reasons  there 
is  such  tremendous  public  clamor  for  the  right  to  assisted  suicide 
and  assisted  dying  right  now  in  this  country  is  not  because  the  ma- 
jority of  Americans  want  to  commit  suicide.  That  is  not  what  they 
are  saying.  What  they  are  saying  is,  they  are  afi*aid  to  die  in  our 
hospitals  because  they  are  afraid  they  will  not  be  comforted  and 
they  will  not  receive  the  kind  of  care  that  palliative  medicine  re- 
quires. 

Therefore,  they  want  to  have  that  option  in  case  they  should 
need  it.  So  I  think  the  message  to  us  as  a  health  care  system  is 
much  more  importantly  to  improve  the  quality  of  care. 

Dr.  Lynn.  On  the  question  of  prognostication,  may  I  jump  in  just 
briefly? 

Senator  Dole.  Yes,  because  I  saw  in  your  statement  about  how 
doctors  really  do  not  know. 

Dr.  Lynn.  Right.  It  is  a  very  profound  question  and  terribly  im- 
portant. I  think  it  is  an  embarrassment  to  the  body  politic  that  we 
managed  to  debate  hospice  with  the  prognosis  at  6  months  with  no 
one  ever  having  pointed  out  how  different  the  population  could  be 


26 

if  we  meant  that  99  percent  had  to  be  dead  at  6  months  compared 
to  50  percent  at  6  months. 

The  elementary  statistics  of  what  it  is  we  can  do  with  data  are 
very  poorly  understood,  even  by  doctors.  Your  question  has  a  couple 
of  interesting  ramifications,  if  I  may  explain  just  very  briefly.  If 
you  look  at  the  very  best  studied  populations,  find  those  who  die, 
and  look  at  what  you  could  have  prognosticated  two  weeks  to  four 
weeks  earlier  you  will  have  a  middling  prognosis — 50/50  of  living 
2  months. 

Picking  out  the  people  who  are  almost  certain  to  die  can  be  done, 
but  selects  a  tiny  population.  Most  of  us  a  week  or  two  before  we 
die  will  have  something  like  a  50/50  prognosis  of  making  it  2 
months.  Because  our  course  to  dying  is  rather  like  we  are  walking 
a  tightrope  in  a  wind  storm.  You  know  you  are  going  to  fall  off  if 
you  go  long  enough  but  it  is  very  hard  to  know  exactly  how  far  you 
will  get. 

We  really  have  to  come  to  terms  with  that  basic  limitation  of 
what  data  can  do  for  us.  So  I  can  tell  you  a  population.  Out  of  the 
support  project  I  can  show  you  very  good  data  that  I  can  find  a 
population  that  has  less  than  1  percent  chance  of  living  for  2 
months.  It  is  115  people  out  of  4,300  people,  most  of  whom  die 
within  a  year.  It  is  a  tiny  population  for  whom  I  could  ever  be  that 
precise. 

The  reverse  is  what  you  really  want.  You  want  to  know,  for  those 
people  who  die,  how  bad  do  they  look  two  weeks  earlier  or  four 
weeks  earlier  so  that  we  can  change  what  we  do  for  them. 

Dr.  Cassell.  Thirty-three  years  of  practicing  medicine  confirms 
that  you  cannot  know  for  sure  when  somebody  is  going  to  die.  But 
you  must  understand  that  prognosis  is  a  process.  If  you  are  trying 
to  figure  out  how  many  people  will  be  dead  at  day  one,  day  five, 
and  you  can  only  make  one  guess  and  you  make  it  only  today,  you 
stand  a  very,  very  good  chance  of  being  wrong  a  lot  of  times. 

But  if  you  understand  you  are  watching  the  process  of  an  illness 
unfold  and  that  the  question  is  not  will  this  person  die  a  week  from 
Tuesday,  although  that  may  come  up,  the  question  is,  what  kind 
of  care  do  they  need  now  so  that  this  evolution  of  this  disease  al- 
lows them  to  be  who  they  are  for  the  longest  period  of  time  and 
what  kind  of  resources  have  to  go  into  that. 

Prognosis  is  not  just  the  moment  of  death,  it  is  also  will  they  re- 
turn to  the  golf  course,  will  they  be  an  active  participant  in  the 
family,  can  they  go  back  to  work.  For  those  things  prognosis  can 
be  done  very  well,  if  you  understand  it  is  always  evolving  over 
time,  that  you  get  to  correct  like  any  course  correction. 

There  are  very  few  of  us  who  are  required  to  make  the  NASA 
type  of  calculations.  We  get  to  correct  our  course  as  we  go  along. 
If  you  do  it  that  way,then  prognosis  becomes  much,  much  more  ac- 
curate. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you.  Senator  Dole. 

Senator  Danforth? 

Senator  Danforth.  I  want  to  thank  all  members  of  the  panel 
and  first  say  to  Dr.  Emanuel  I  think  that  the  end  of  life  question 
is  both  an  important  ethical  question  and  an  economic  question. 
But  with  respect  to  the  issue  of  advanced  directives,  I  have  not 
linked  the  two. 


27 

In  other  words,  I  would  never  argue  for  the  Patient  Self-Deter- 
mination  Act  that  we  have  to  save  the  money  and,  therefore,  it  is 
the  duty  of  people  to  drop  like  leaves  from  the  trees. 

Dr.  Emanuel.  I  never  suggested  you  did.  But  it  is  in  the  air.  We 
have  a  former-Governor  of  Colorado  and  many  other  people  making 
such  statements  in  and  about  this  city  and  the  country. 

Senator  Danforth.  Right.  But  I  mean  my  point  is  simply  the 
question  of  a  person  saying,  here  is  what  kind  of  treatment  I  want 
and  here  is  what  kind  of  treatment  I  do  not  want.  And  anybody  can 
make  that  while  conscious. 

So  the  question  is,  well,  how  do  you  extend  that  capacity  to  make 
a  decision  or  to  give  some  communication  to  the  physician  when  a 
person  is  no  longer  conscious.  I  just  view  the  advanced  directive 
question  as  an  extension  of  something  that  anybody  can  do  in  any 
event.  It  just  creates  a  mechanism  for  doing  it. 

So  the  Patient  Self-Determination  Act  was  really  a  mechanism  to 
aid  a  mechanism.  It  was  really  to  say,  here,  let  us  inform  people 
that  they  can  write  a  document  and  the  document  becomes  a  mech- 
anism to  express  in  advance  what  your  wishes  were  if  certain 
events  happened. 

Dr.  Cassel,  when  you  communicate  with  patients,  conscious  pa- 
tients, you  tell  them  what  you  do,  I  guess,  is  you  give  them  your 
best  judgment,  based  on  all  you  know  and  your  expertise  as  to 
what  is  going  to  happen  to  them. 

Dr.  Cassel.  That  is  right.  And  I  also  often,  and  maybe  because 
I  work  predominantly  in  geriatrics,  I  deal  with  a  different  cohort 
of  patients,  but  I  find  that  the  current  mode  of  negotiating  with  the 
patient,  that  is  to  say  here  are  the  list  of  things  we  could  do,  what 
do  you  want  us  to  do,  does  not  work  with  someone  who  is  85  years 
old.  What  they  want  to  know  is,  what  do  I  think,  what  is  my  advice 
to  them. 

Now  they  may  choose  not  to  take  that  advice,  but  that  is  one  of 
the  things  they  expect  from  a  physician  is  to  get  a  well-educated 
piece  of  advice.  So  I  feel  that  that  is  part  of  my  responsibility  to 
them,  even  about  these  life  and  death  issues. 

Senator  Danforth.  Well,  the  point  was  made  by  Dr.  Emanuel 
and  also  by  Dr.  Lynn  that  the  cases  of  hospitals  and  doctors  doing 
just  crazy  things  is  declining.  It  is  not  that  heavy  a  percentage. 

Dr.  Cassel.  It  is  declining.  It  is  not  gone  though  I  would  say. 

Senator  DANFORTH.  But  I  take  it  that  health  care  is  not  on  a 
purely  mechanical  basis.  I  mean,  there  are  judgments  to  be  made. 
You  are  not  on  automatic  pilot. 

Dr.  Cassel.  Absolutely.  I  think  that — and  where  I  think  some  of 
the  most  tragic  mistakes  happen  is  in  the  misinterpretation  of  the 
notion  of  patient  autonomy.  As  you  pointed  out,  the  advanced  direc- 
tive is  an  instrument  to  promote  communication.  It  is  not  an  end 
in  itself. 

So,  unfortunately,  we  have  created  a  new  problem  in  medical 
care,  especially  in  our  academic  centers,  known  as  the  unreason- 
able family.  The  way  that  comes  about  is  that  a  young  physician 
in  training  will  go  to  a  family  of  someone  who  is  critically  ill,  per- 
haps in  the  intensive  care  unit,  and  say,  do  you  want  us  to  do  ev- 
erything for  your  mother. 


28 

Well,  now,  who  would  not  say  yes?  Right?  I  mean,  what  kind  of 
a  son  or  daughter  are  you  if  you  do  not  say  yes?  Then  the  resident 
goes  back  to  the  attending  physician  and  says  this  is  a  really  un- 
reasonable family,  they  want  us  to  do  everything. 

So  a  lot  of  this  has  to  do  with  communication  skills  and  what 
really  are  you  saying  to  the  family  about  what  is  possible  and  are 
you  presenting  them  with  real  choices.  And  unless  we  change  the 
culture  of  medicine  so  that  those  physicians  can  use  the  word  death 
in  the  presence  of  the  family  and  say,  you  know,  it  is  likely  that 
your  mother  is  going  to  die  and  we  can  make  her  comfortable  and 
make  sure  that  she  does  not  suffer  and  that  she  will  not  be  alone, 
then  you  can  start  having  that  conversation. 

But  if  instead  you  put  it  in  this  unrealistic  choice  framework, 
then  you  are  going  to  produce  these  demanding  families. 

Senator  Danforth.  But  there  are  choices  to  be  made? 

Dr.  Cassel.  Often  indeed  there  are  choices  along  the  way  and 
that  is  why  you  would  like  the  family  to  be  there  with  you  as  you 
move  along.  As  Eric  said,  the  prognostication  occurs  over  time.  It 
is  not  an  all  or  nothing  thing  at  one  point. 

Senator  Danforth.  Well,  I  want  to  ask  Dr.  Cassell  because  you 
emphasized  the  patient/doctor  communication,  but  is  there  some- 
thing we  should  be  doing  that  would  encourage  that?  I  mean,  for 
example,  the  Memorial  Sloan-Kettering  simple  sheet  which  says 
that  when  there  is  a  change  in  the  patient's  condition,  the  patient 
issues  in  health  care  is  let  us  get  out  of  the  hair  of  physicians,  they 
should  have  less  forms  to  fill  out  and  people  are  filling  out  too 
many  forms  now. 

I  have  a  daughter  who  is  a  hospice  nurse.  She  tells  me  that  half 
of  her  time  is  spent  filling  out  forms.  I  mean,  that  is  clearly  crazy. 
We  do  not  want  to  give  people  a  lot  of  forms  to  fill  out. 

On  the  other  hand,  is  there  anything  we  could  do  or  anything 
systematically  that  could  be  done  such  as  the  Patient  Self-Deter- 
mination  Act  was  designed  to  be  a  system  to  at  least  present  deci- 
sions to  people.  Is  there  anything  systematic  we  could  do  to  encour- 
age physicians  to  talk  to  patients  about  these  issues? 

Dr.  Cassell.  I  think  there  are.  The  problem  of — I  phrase  it 
somewhat  differently.  It  is  the  resident  who  comes  out  and  says, 
is  it  all  right  if  we  kill  your  mother.  What  they  actually  say  is,  if 
we  do  not  put  your  mother  on  the  respirator  she  will  die.  Should 
we  put  your  mother  on  the  respirator?  Which  translates,  should  we 
kill  mom. 

And,  of  course,  at  the  moment  then,  of  course,  the  family  says, 
well,  we  want  full  court  press  and  all  those  funny  words  you  hear. 
But,  in  fact,  you  might  say  to  the  resident,  this  lady  has  been  in 
the  hospital  since  a  week  ago  Monday,  how  come  nobody  had  this 
discussion  with  the  family  and  with  her  when  she  came  in  the  hos- 
pital. Well,  we  did  not  want  to  bring  it  up,  we  did  not  want  to 
frighten  her  and  so  forth. 

Yes,  I  think  you  can  make  that  document  which  you  have  al- 
ready got  in  the  law,  can  become  part  of  the  chart  and  the  physi- 
cian's responsibility,  not  the  admitting  office.  The  physician's  re- 
sponsibility to  have  the  discussion  and  that  the  thing  stays  in  the 
chart  from  the  beginning. 


29 

If  you  do  that,  then  it  is  something  that  has  to  be  worked  out. 
It  is  there.  Now  it  is  not  another  form.  The  form  already  sits  there. 
It  is  already  in  the  hospital  system.  So  that  on  the  short  term  you 
are  requiring  this  as  part  of  that  patient's  care — the  discussion 
about  outcome. 

So  that  is  the  first  thing.  The  second  thing,  I  think  we  can  edu- 
cate  

Senator  Danforth.  So  you  would  just  require  that  something  ap- 
pear on  the  patient's  chart  one  way  or  another? 

Dr.  Cassell.  Yes,  and  that  it  be  a  part  of  the  beginning  of  that 
chart  and  does  not  move  from  the  beginning  until  it  has  been  dealt 
with.  It  should  actually  stay  there. 

But  the  second  thing  is,  one  of  the  forces  that  makes  for  commu- 
nication between  doctors  and  patients  is  patients  asking  questions. 
So  I  think  that  there  ought  to  be  as  part  of  the  act  educational  pro- 
grams, just  as  we  are  now  educating  people  about  condoms  when 
nobody  would  have  dreamed  that  that  was  going  to  be  part  of  pub- 
lic education  before. 

It  might  be  just  as  reasonable  that  we  educate  people  on  an  on- 
going basis  about  end  of  life  decisions,  about  the  fact  that  they 
have  these  rights  that  we  should  be  discussing  these  matters  with 
their  physicians,  that  they  should  not  be  waiting  until  the  last 
minute,  that  they  are  not  being  asked  to  say  I  want  a  respirator 
or  I  do  not  want  a  respirator  but  what  is  important  to  me. 

I  tell  people  in  lectures  all  the  time.  If  I  drop  in  front  of  you  now, 
if  you  do  not  believe  that  I  am  going  to  go  out  of  your  hospital  able 
to  read  and  write  or  return  to  reading  and  writing,  please  stop 
treating  me.  It  is  your  problem  how  you  do  that. 

Patients  have  to  know  that  is  part  of  the  ongoing  discussions. 
They  ask  for  pap  smears.  They  can  be  asking  for  that.  But  to  do 
that,  it  has  to  be  a  continuous  educational  process.  They  have  to 
see  the  literature.  They  have  to  see  the  documents.  They  have  to 
become  aware  of  it. 

Senator  Danforth.  How  do  we  do  that? 

Dr.  Cassell.  Well,  how  do  we  educate  about  breast  cancer 
screening  and  condoms  and  pap  smears?  HHS  has  educational  pro- 
grams. They  have  public  service  spot  announcements  that  come  on 
television.  It  costs  money  but  it  is  effective.  And  we  have  a  very 
knowledgeable  patient  population. 

The  days  of  there-there  dear  are  gone.  Our  patients  know  a  lot 
about  medicine.  So  we  are  trying  to  get  them  to  know  this  about 
medicine.  This  is  part  of  medicine  too,  not  merely  drugs  and  treat- 
ment. 

Dr.  Emanuel.  Can  I  make  three  suggestions?  First,  many  years 
ago — six  or  so  years  ago — we  had  suggested 

Senator  Chafee.  Many  years  ago?  Six  or  seven? 

Dr.  Emanuel.  Well,  what  Dr.  Cassell  had  suggested  in  his  testi- 
mony, which  is  that  you  make  discussing  advanced  care  directives 
a  reimbursable  office  visit  because  it  takes  away  the  number  of  in- 
centives that  are  against  it.  Right?  If  it  takes  time  and  I  can't  get 
reimbursed  for  it  as  a  physician,  it  is  hard  to  do. 

In  addition  to  being  economically  difficult,  it  is  a  psychologically 
difficult  topic  to  raise  with  patients.  I  can  assure  you  of  that.  It  is 
important  to  at  least  line  up  some  of  the  incentives  in  the  right  di- 


85-568  0-95-2 


30 

rection.  I  think  making  it  a  Medicare  reimbursable  issue  is  one 
possibility. 

Second,  as  I  think  has  been  suggested  around  the  table,  there  is 
a  lot  of  control  in  this  committee  over  education  in  medical  schools, 
by  indirect  and  direct  medical  financing.  It  seems  to  me  that  more 
emphasis  on  education  in  medical  schools  on  these  subjects  is  very 
important. 

I  had  not  one  single  lecture,  not  one  single  minute  in  my  medical 
school  training  at  Harvard  Medical  School  about  these  issues.  You 
were  sent  in  and  you  learned  how  to  discuss  dying  and  stopping 
treatments  by  trial  and  error.  It  was  baptism  by  fire,  as  much  of 
medical  school  still  is.  That  is  not  very  helpful.  There  are  things 
that  can  be  taught  before  students  get  into  patients  rooms. 

The  third  thing  I  would  suggest  is  that  a  very  important  element 
of  this  whole  issue  is  continuity  of  care,  having  the  same  physician 
treat  the  same  patient  over  time.  I  have  a  great  luxury.  I  have  can- 
cer patients  who  I  follow  from  the  diagnosis  all  the  way  until  the 
end.  We  develop  a  relationship  over  years  and  because  it  is  cancer 
it  is  very  intense.  I  see  them  much  more  frequently  than  most  pri- 
mary care  doctors  see  their  patients. 

I  think  when  we  consider  health  care  reform  we  have  to  consider 
how  it  is  going  to  have  an  impact  on  the  continuity  of  care.  The 
proposals,  for  example,  of  managed  competition  are  likely  to  have 
a  very  deleterious  affect  on  continuity  of  care. 

They  encourage  people  to  switch  every  year  to  the  cheapest 
health  plan.  We  already  know,  for  example,  that  people  who  switch 
to  HMOs  have  a  much  shorter  time  with  the  same  physician,  com- 
pared to  people  who  are  in  fee-for-service.  We  know  also  that  Medi- 
care people  in  this  country,  almost  half  of  them  have  been  with  the 
same  doctor  for  10  years.  They  have  an  enduring  relationship. 

That  is  very  important  for  two  reasons.  First,  it  is  important  for 
me  as  a  doctor  to  feel  comfortable  to  introduce  the  subject  of  end 
of  life  care.  Second  of  all,  I  see  over  time  how  the  patient  reacts 
to  a  variety  of  health  crises.  So  we  have  addressed  the  issue  over 
and  over.  I  know  the  family.  I  know  a  lot  about  their  decision  mak- 
ing. 

If  we  have  a  system  which  is  going  to  chop  up  this  continuity  of 
care  and  make  each  patient  go  to  a  doctor  for  a  year  or  2  years  and 
then  have  to  switch,  I  think  we  are  going  to  disrupt  more  than  any- 
thing else  the  possibility  of  having  a  discussion  about  end  of  life 
care  over  time. 

I  think  probably  the  common  theme  from  all  of  us,  certainly  in 
our  practice  as  doctors,  is  that  continuity  is  a  very  critical  issue  to 
end  of  life  care  decision  making. 

The  Chairman.  And  you  got  on  that  task  force? 

Dr.  Emanuel.  This  is  one  of  the  things  I  have  written  about  and 
argued  with  the  White  House.  I  kept  saying  that  this  disruption 
was  a  very  pernicious  aspect  of  managed  competition. 

Senator  Danforth.  I  have  two  more  questions,  Mr.  Chairman, 
but  I  will  wait  until  everybody  takes  a  turn. 

The  Chairman.  Fine.  Would  you  do  that?  Senator  Rockefeller  has 
been  very  patient. 

Senator  Rockefeller.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 


31 

I  would  address  this,  I  guess,  to  anybody  who  wants  to  answer 
it.  The  question  of  continuity  of  care,  seeing  the  same  person  is  a 
very  interesting  point.  Dr.  Emanuel,  you  brought  up  managed  com- 
petition, HMOs  already  exist;  managed  care  already  exists.  Man- 
aged care  can  be  invasive  of  continuity  of  physician  if  you  are 
forced  to  leave  your  physician  to  join  a  managed  care  plan. 

Physicians  sometimes  are  made  nervous  by  expanded  scope  of 
practice  for  nurses.  I  am  interested  in  what  part  nurses  and  other 
providers  can  plan  in  dealing  with  patients  about  these  matters. 
Physicians  may  usually  be  brought  in  at  critical  points  and  crisis 
points  but  they  may  also  be  there  at  routine  points.  But  nurses 
have  quite  constant  contact. 

Dr.  Emanuel.  It  depends  on  whether  the  decision  making  is 
being  made  in  the  hospital  or  in  the  office. 

Senator  ROCKEFELLER.  I  am  not  talking  about  decision  making. 
I  am  talking  about  the  evaluation,  the  evolution  of  judgment,  avail- 
able to  the  patient  and  to  the  caregivers. 

The  Chairman.  That  is  a  good  point. 

Dr.  Lynn.  There  actually  is  some  evidence  out  of  our  study  on 
the  question  of  nurses.  Nurses  in  the  hospital  know  less  about  the 
patient's  preferences  and  desires  than  do  their  house  staff  and  do 
interns.  So  the  image  that  just  because  nurses  are  there  a  lot,  that 
they  know  a  lot  is  appealing  but  it  is  not  very  well  borne  out. 

On  the  other  hand,  in  working  as  I  have  done  in  home  care  and 
long  term  and  institutional  long  term  care,  it  becomes  very  clear 
that  the  doctor  ought  to  be  a  relatively  modest  part  of  the  health 
care  team  and  not  the  leader  or  the  dominant  force. 

I  think  when  it  comes  my  time  to  be  sick  unto  death,  I  am  hop- 
ing most  for  a  very  good  nurse.  You  know,  a  very  good  nurse  will 
often  know  when  a  very  good  doctor  will  make  a  difference,  will 
have  that  doctor  be  much  less  a  part  of  the  care  presence. 

I  think  we  need  the  opportunity  to  innovate  more  about  what  it 
is  that  really  must  be  done  by  physicians  or  must  be  done  by 
nurses  or  can  be  shared  freely.  For  that  matter,  I  would  include  in 
that  mix  social  workers  and  certain  other  kinds  of  therapists.  And 
a  well  functioning  hospice  team,  I  think  we  end  up  about  75  per- 
cent cross — trained,  so  we  often  have  nurses  effectively  telling  me 
exactly  what  I  am  supposed  to  order  for  medications  and  likewise 
I  know  how  to  call  in  social  supports  and  to  get  financial  services 
arranged  for  a  patient. 

So  I  think  very  good,  well-functioning  care  teams  will  see  that 
doctor's  incomes  will  go  down,  doctor's  predominance  will  go  down 
relative  at  least  to  other  parties  in  the  system  and  that  the  impor- 
tant roles  that  nurses  especially  can  play  will  be  very  important  in 
the  care  of  very  seriously,  chronically  ill  patients  and  dying  persons 
because  of  the  skills  that  they  mostly  need. 

Senator  Rockefeller.  At  the  risk  of  cutting  other  members  off, 
I  only  have  five  minutes  and  I  want  to  ask  others. 

The  Chairman.  Jay,  take  all  the  time  you  need. 

Senator  ROCKEFELLER.  Well,  I  want  to  ask  a  final  question,  be- 
cause I  think  I  already  have  a  sense  of  what  you  would  say.  You 
have  given  me  both  limits  and  scope  in  your  answers. 

Jack  Danforth  and  I  have  discussed  this  question  a  number  of 
times.  I  remember  a  year-and-a-half  ago  when  my  mother  died 


32 

from  Alzheimers.  In  the  last  several  weeks  of  her  life  when  she  de- 
veloped pneumonia  and  her  lungs  were  filling  up  with  fluid,  I  and 
my  sisters  went  up  to  the  New  York  Hospital. 

I  was  fascinated.  Maybe,  Dr.  Emanuel,  you  have  spoken  on  this 
already.  The  very  first  thing  that  the  physician  said  to  me  was,  I 
do  not  want  you  to  worry,  and  this  was  a  rather  young  doctor.  I 
would  say  maybe  late  thirties  or  earlier  forties.  I  trusted  him. 
There  was  an  automatic  chemistry. 

He  said,  we  have  gotten  very  good  at  these  things  these  days.  I 
do  not  want  you  to  worry  that  we  are  going  to  over  extend  or  try 
to  do  too  much.  And  it  was  in  a  sense  almost  as  if  he  was  predict- 
ing my  concern. 

Now  my  mother  had  a  living  will  which  we  actually  did  not  dis- 
cover until  just  a  few  days  before  her  death.  So  this  never  came 
into  play.  I  was  comforted  by  that.  Then  in  returning  I  saw  that 
my  mother  was  having  suction  tubes  down  her  nose,  in  her  mouth 
and  she  was  resisting.  Of  course,  if  you  have  Alzheimers  you  do  not 
think  as  well,  but  you  can  feel.  So  she  would  bite  down  upon  those 
tubes,  at  least  the  ones  in  her  mouth. 

It  was  very  clear  that  she  did  not  want  to  go  on.  It  was  very 
clear  to  all  of  her  siblings  that  we  did  not  want  that  to  happen.  We 
knew  what  her  life  had  been  like  and  we  understood  what  she 
wanted. 

So  we  said  basically  that  is  enough.  We  took  her  home  and  we 
started  using  morphine.  The  attending  physician  remained  the 
same  attending  physician.  My  mother  was  a  strong  woman,  a  big 
woman.  She  did  not  respond  to  morphine,  so  the  physician  in- 
creased the  dosage  of  morphine. 

I  remember  a  series  of  discussions  I  had  with  the  doctor  in  which 
there  were  actual  little  beads  of  perspiration  on  his  forehead  as  he 
began  to  discuss  with  me  concerns  about  cause  and  effect  as  inter- 
preted by  New  York  State  law. 

What  I  came  to  discover  was  that  it  was  the  siblings  who  really 
took  over  the  medical  care  and  the  physician  in  this  case  was  kind 
of  the  reluctant  partner,  in  some  cases  made  to  relax  by  us  rather 
than  the  other  way  around.  All  of  which  brings  me  to  the  question 
of  the  training  of  the  physician  and  what  you  said  about  not  a  sin- 
gle day. 

How  widespread  is  that?  We  have  medical  ethics  being  taught  in 
medical  schools  more  now.  There  is  a  lot  of  writing  on  it.  But  you 
still  do  not  hear  very  much  about  it.  I  want  to  know  what  is  hap- 
pening and  how  do  you  teach  something  like  that.  What  does  a 
course  like  that  say? 

Dr.  Cassell.  Well,  at  the  New  York  Hospital  we  do  not  teach 
communication  between  doctor  and  patient.  It  would  have  per- 
mitted the  physician  coming  up  now  to  know  how  to  have  a  discus- 
sion about  this  subject  with  you  or  your  family. 

But  the  story  you  tell  also  makes  it  clear  that  we  do  not  take 
care  of  a  patient.  We  take  care  of  a  patient  and  a  family  in  an  envi- 
ronment. And  knowledge  that  medicine  is  context  related,  that  it 
happens  in  this  environment,  is  not  a  knowledge  we  teach.  We 
have  expected  doctoring  to  be  learned  by  experience. 


33 

Well,  as  you  point  out,  that  is  not  adequate  anymore.  Doctoring 
is  too  complex  to  learn  just  by  experience.  We  do  not  ask  pilots  to 
learn  just  by 

The  Chairman.  You  mean  medical  schools  teach  medicine  and 
doctoring  is  something  else. 

Dr.  Cassell.  We  teach  basic  science,  but.  Now  there  are  places 
where  this  is  starting.  I  mean,  there  are  schools  where  there  is  be- 
ginning to  be  teaching  and  some  of  it  is  quite  good.  But  it  is  early 
because  the  same  kind  of  disciplined  knowledge  about  what  you  are 
talking  about  does  not  exist  as  exists  for  the  liver.  It  is  not  that 
it  cannot.  It  is  that  it  does  not.  We  would  have  trouble  getting  ade- 
quate funding  again  and  again  not  to  have  discipline  knowledge  on 
the  same  basis  that  we  now  have  knowledge  about  molecular  biol- 
ogy- 

So  while  there  are  starts  and  while  we  can  find  schools  where 
there  is  interesting  and  even  very  good  things  being  done,  the  im- 
pact on  medicine,  broadening  the  funding  base  for  teaching  this 
kind  of  thing  would  be  profound. 

Dr.  Cassel.  But  it  is  also  true  that  we  do  know  more  than  you 
are  giving  us  credit  for.  There  is  a  huge  and  authoritative  text- 
book— the  Oxford  Textbook  of  Palliative  Medicine.  And  yet  what  we 
teach  in  medical  schools  is  only  curative  medicine. 

When  the  patient  becomes  sick  enough  to  begin  dying  and  when 
we  transfer  that  patient  to  hospice,  the  patient  is  transferred  off 
the  teaching  surface  as  if,  and  I  have  heard  this  said,  there  is  noth- 
ing more  to  learn  from  this.  So  it  is  almost  as  if  when  you  stop  try- 
ing to  prolong  life,  it  is  no  longer  important  for  the  student  or  hos- 
pice to  learn  this. 

The  Chairman.  Could  I  just  interrupt?  Dr.  Cassel,  you  mean  that 
the  young  medical  interns  leave  that  person  who  is  going  off  to  hos- 
pice. 

Dr.  Cassel.  Is  less  interested.  That  is  right. 

The  Chairman.  You  are  not  going  to  learn  anything  there. 

Dr.  Cassel.  And  in  some  ways  it  is — to  get  to  Senator  Rocke- 
feller's point,  in  some  ways  it  is  because  of  the  curative  culture  of 
medicine  and  our  focus  on  the  dramatic  scientific  advances.  But  it 
is  also  because  a  lot  of  it,  not  all  of  it,  but  a  lot  of  it  is  nursing 
and  that  is  undervalued  and  under  appreciated,  this  team  work 
concept  that  is  so  essential  to  palliative  medicine. 

So,  therefore,  we  assume,  oh,  this  is  something  for  the  nurses  to 
do.  This  is  not  the  doctor's  business.  And,  of  course,  much  of  it  is 
essential.  For  example,  the  correct  dose  of  morphine  and  under- 
standing how  to  use  that  and  other  kinds  of  symptom  control,  as 
well  as  the  importance  of  this  ongoing  relationship. 

Dr.  Emanuel.  Can  I  just  make  one  brief  observation?  We  have 
no  National  Institutes  of  medical  ethics  and  within  the  Cancer  In- 
stitute where  you  might  expect  a  big  research  endeavor  in  pallia- 
tive care  since  still  about  40  percent  of  people  who  have  cancer  will 
die  of  their  cancer,  we  do  not  have  such  a  significant  endeavor. 

You  know,  doctors  are  like  many  other  people  and  they  follow 
some  incentives.  The  idea  that  we  are  going  to  both  generate  im- 
portant research  so  we  understand  this  process  and  we  train  people 
so  that  they  can  teach  communication  about  these  issues  has  not 
yet  happened. 


34 

I  think  if  your  question  is  how  can  the  Senators  in  this  commit- 
tee room  make  an  impact  on  this,  I  think  the  idea  of  persuading 
the  medical  schools  of  this  country  who  train  our  doctors  that  this 
is  a  legitimate  area  for  research  and  a  legitimate  area  to  get  time 
in  the  first  4  years  of  medical  school,  these  national  institutes  are 
a  very  powerful  message,  especially  in  this  era  when  we  are  debat- 
ing where  medical  education  fiinds  are  going  to  come  from  and  re- 
search funds  are  going  to  come  from.  It  is  that  simple. 

Senator  Rockefeller.  Another  very  powerful  tool  is  the  $5.5  bil- 
lion that  comes  from  Medicare  to  medical  education. 

Dr.  Emanuel.  Right. 

Senator  Rockefeller.  I  am  wondering  out  loud  whether  that  is 
something  we  ought  to  think  about.  Give  a  Federal  directive  that 
medical  schools  need  to  develop  ethical  training  or  whatever  the 
word  would  be. 

Dr.  Cassel.  Not  just  ethics,  but  the  clinical  care  of  the  dying  pa- 
tient. 

Senator  Danforth.  It  is  much  more  than  ethics. 

Senator  ROCKEFELLER.  Tell  me  what  the  word  should  be. 

Dr.  Cassell.  If  you  make  palliative  care  just  another  specialty 
you  will  once  again  separate  off  the  dying  from  the  rest  of  people. 

Dr.  Cassel.  No,  you  do  not  have  to  be  dying  to  get  comfort. 

Dr.  Emanuel.  I  think  you  need  three  areas — medical  ethics,  com- 
munication skills  and  palliative  care.  I  do  not  think  that  restricts 
you  only  to  the  djdng,  because  you  have  emphasized  communica- 
tion and  you  have  emphasized  medical  ethics  which  have  wide 
ranges.  But  it  also  does  indicate  that  it  is  not  just  sort  of  broad 
principles. 

There  are  actually  important  skills  that  people  can  learn  about 
how  to  communicate  more  effectively  and  information  about  medi- 
cal ethics  and  basic  information  about  palliative  care  which  they 
need  to  treat  anyone. 

The  Chairman.  Could  I  ask  that  Dr.  Konner  be  allowed  to  get 
a  word  in  here? 

Dr.  Konner.  Thank  you  very  much.  I  have  written  a  book  on 
medical  education  that  has  been  widely  read  and  praised,  to  some 
extent,  by  leaders  of  medical  education.  I  take  a  dim  view  of  the 
term  process  of  medical  education  and  training.  I  think  that  the 
problems  are  far  more  pervasive  and  serious  and  can  be  addressed 
by  more  courses  in  medical  ethics  or  a  course  in  palliative  care. 

I  have  been  teaching  pre-medical  students  and  to  some  extent 
medical  students  for  many  years.  I  think  that  many  of  the  wrong 
people  are  being  brought  into  medicine  and  they  are  then  being 
trained  in  very  counterproductive  ways. 

I  think  the  distinction  between  medicine  and  doctoring  is  a  valu- 
able one  and  that  the  concept  of  doctoring  covers  many  virtues,  in- 
cluding doctor/patient  communication,  including  the  concept  of  car- 
ing, the  concept  of  palliative  care  and  nursing  and  the  process  of 
ethical  judgments,  which  really  boils  down  to  a  kind  of  sensitivity 
that  modern  physicians  have  lost. 

I  think  that  the  Federal  involvement  in  funding  of  medical  edu- 
cation is  certainly  a  powerful  instrument  for  changing  the  way 
these  things  are  done.  But  I  would  focus  on  two  things. 


35 

First  of  all,  the  extreme  emphasis  on  science  as  the  basis  for 
medicine,  which  has  I  think  done  great  things  for  us,  but  which  is 
not  all  there  is  to  medicine.  And  second,  I  think  the  process  of  resi- 
dency training  is  so  brutal  that  people  cannot  come  out  of  it  with- 
out resentments, angers  and  insensitivities  that  have  been  in- 
grained in  them. 

And  adding  courses  to  medical  schools  simply  will  not  do  the 
trick,  because  medical  students  know  very,  very,  very  well  that 
they  are  not  being  taught  in  medical  school  to  become  doctors. 
They  are  taught  to  become  house  officers — interns  and  residents, 
that  is  what  they  are  being  trained  up  for.  They  are  scared  and 
well  they  should  be  because  their  survival  depends  on  their  adopt- 
ing the  skills  that  are  being  modeled  for  them  by  these  young  peo- 
ple who  are  being  brutalized  and  who  are  in  the  most  stressful 
phase  of  their  professional  careers. 

They  are  the  models  for  medical  students,  not  doctors  who  are 
fully  trained  and  practicing  in  a  more  humane  way. 

Senator  Rockefeller.  I  have  taken  too  much  time,  Mr.  Chair- 
man. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you,  Senator  Rockefeller.  We  want  to  get 
to  Senator  Chafee. 

Could  I  make  just  one  point  before  we  go  by  though?  When  we 
speak  of  medical  ethics,  let  us  not  raise  the  subject,  but  let  us  cer- 
tainly acknowledge  it.  The  profound,  perhaps  the  most  profound, 
vision  in  American  life  today  is  the  division  over  the  issue  of  abor- 
tion, the  issue  of  medical  ethics,  and  it  is  not  resolved.  Medical  eth- 
ics is  not  molecular  biology  in  which  you  can  take  down  the  book 
and  say,  here  it  is  now,  learn  it.  There  are  choices  that  are  an- 
guished and  unresolved  and  probably  unresolvable. 

Senator  Chafee? 

Senator  Chafee.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman.  I  think  this  is  a  fine 
panel.  I  must  say  this  group  represents  the  University  of  Chicago, 
Cornell  University,  Harvard  Medical  School,  Emory  University, 
and  Dartmouth  Medical  School  and  if  they  cannot  do  something 
about  medical  education,  I  do  not  know  who  can. 

The  Chairman.  I  think  they  have  been  teaching  us  a  lot. 

Senator  Chafee.  Well,  that  is  quite  a  cross  section. 

Now,  what  I  would  like  to  do,  gentlemen  and  ladies,  is  to  take 
the  recommendations  of  Dr.  Lynn  and  if  you  could  just  say  yes  or 
no;  do  you  agree  or  not  agree  with  Dr.  Lynn's  recommendations. 
What  I  am  seeking  here  is  some  guidance  of  what  we  ought  to  do. 

I  will  start  on  page  11-C  of  Dr.  Lynn's  testimony.  It  is  a  yes  or 
no,  no  maybes,  if  you  would,  please. 

Change  Medicare  reimbursement  to  require  advanced  care  plan- 
ning in  the  managed  care  package  and  to  allow  it  to  be  billed  in 
fee-for-service  Medicare. 

The  Chairman.  I  think  we  are  going  to  have  to  be  systematic 
about  this.  Dr.  Cassel? 

Senator  Chafee.  Did  everybody  get  the  question?  I  want  to  make 
sure  we  all  understand  the  question.  Change  Medicare  reimburse- 
ment— and,  Dr.  Lynn,  you  may  have  to  help  me — to  require  ad- 
vanced care  planning — this  is  what  we  have  been  talking  about 
today — in  the  managed  care  package  and  to  allow  it  to  be  billed  in 
fee-for — service  Medicare.  That  last  part  I  am  not  sure. 


36 

Dr.  Lynn.  Well,  it  is  either  fee-for-service  or  managed  care. 

Senator  Chafee.  In  other  words,  it  is  adding  a  fee-for-service 
part  to  managed  care  to  cover  this  particular  item? 

Dr.  Lynn.  If  you  have  a  managed  care  system  you  have  to  in- 
clude it;  and  if  you  have  a  fee-for-service  system  it  has  to  be 
billable. 

Senator  Chafee.  OK. 

Dr.  Lynn.  It  gets  it  either  way. 

Senator  Chafee.  Either  way.  All  right.  Start. 

Dr.  Cassel.  Yes. 

Dr.  Cassell.  Yes. 

Dr.  Emanuel.  Yes. 

Dr.  Konner.  Yes. 

Dr.  Lynn.  Sure. 

Senator  Chafee.  You  wrote  it.  I  would  be  surprised  if  you  dis- 
agreed with  it.  [Laughter.] 

Senator  Chafee.  Now,  next,  change  physician  experience  toward 
long-term  care  of  seriously  ill  patients  by  paying  more  for  persist- 
ent care  by  the  same  practitioner  than  for  acute  care  by  a  shifting 
cast  and  by  mandating  training  of  generalists  through  regulating 
graduate  medical  education  payments  under  Medicare.  I  think  that 
should  be  divided  in  two. 

First,  change  physician  experience  toward  long-term  care  of  seri- 
ously ill  patients  by  paying  more  for  persistent  care  by  the  same 
practitioner.  That  is  the  point,  I  guess — who  was  making? 

The  Chairman.  I  think  Dr.  Emanuel  was  making. 

Senator  Chafee. — Dr.  Emanuel  was  making.  Does  everybody 
agree? 

The  Chairman.  Let  us  go  in  sequence. 

Dr.  Cassel.  Yes,  very  important. 

Senator  Chafee.  Dr.  Cassell? 

Dr.  Cassell.  Yes. 

Dr.  Emanuel.  Yes. 

Dr.  Konner.  Excellent  idea. 

Senator  Chafee.  Excellent.  And  Dr.  Lynn  is  finding  all  this  very 
agreeable. 

Now  the  next  part  of  that.  Mandating  training  of  generalists 
through  regulating  medical  education  payments  under  Medicare. 
What  exactly  does  that  mean? 

Dr.  Lynn.  Medicare  pays  a  huge  proportion  of  graduate  medical 
education  costs  through  essentially  a  capitation,  GME  payments. 

Senator  Chafee.  So  you  would  mandate  the  training  of  general- 
ists? 

Dr.  Lynn.  Something  like  the  American  College  of  Physicians' 
recommendation  of  at  least  50  percent  of  all  slots  being  aimed  to- 
ward primary  care.  Some  such  real  goal. 

Senator  Chafee.  So  you  would  mandate — I  am  not  sure  I  vote 
yes  on  that  part.  [Laughter.] 

Dr.  Lynn.  You  would  not  have  to  go  with  that  particular  scheme. 
But  somehow  to  use  the  leverage  of  the  payment  scheme  for  house 
staff  to  see  that  you  get  the  doctors  who  can  provide  this  service 
rather  than  to  see  that  you  get  whatever  it  is  that  people  choose 
to  train  themselves  into,  which  is  what  you  get  now. 


37 

Dr.  KONNER.  Could  I  point  out  that  for  25  years  leaders  of  Amer- 
ican medical  education  have  decried  the  crisis  in  primary  care  in 
the  United  States  and  have  mounted  programs  to  increase  the 
number  of  medical  school  graduates  who  go  into  primary  care.  And 
during  all  those  25  years  the  percentage  of  medical  students  who 
elect  primary  care  has  gone  down  and  down  and  down.  The  oppo- 
site of  what  they  were  trying  to  accomplish  in  their  stated  purpose 
and  their  programs. 

Senator  Chafee.  All  right,  next.  Encourage  innovations  to  de- 
velop Medicare  benefits  which  would  provide  managed  care  of  the 
broader  scope,  but  limited  to  hospital  and  emergency  services. 

Encourage  innovations  to  develop  Medicare  benefits  which  would 
provide  managed  care  of  the  broader  scope. 

Dr.  Lynn.  This  is  a  reflection  of  something  we  are  spearheading 
at  Dartmouth  with  funding  from  Robert  Wood  Johnson,  trying  to 
sort  out  what  it  is  that  the  benefit  would  look  like  if  very  seriously 
disabled,  very  elderly  persons  were  to  write  it. 

What  we  are  finding  in  focus  groups  around  the  country,  people 
from  all  kinds  of  socio-economic  backgrounds,  is  that  by  the  time 
you  reach  85  most  people  are  scared  that  they  have  food,  that  they 
have  shelter,  that  they  have  comfort,  that  they  have  somebody  who 
will  respond  in  the  case  of  an  emergency.  They  want  protected 
against  most  surgeries  unless  it  is  going  to  relieve  them  of  pain. 
They  want  to  stay  out  of  hospitals  if  at  all  possible. 

These  people  need  something  like  a  hospice  benefit.  But  unlike 
hospice,  they  cannot  promise  to  die  soon.  So  they  need  a  hospice 
benefit  that  is  tailored  to  the  possibility  that  they  may  live  six  or 
eight  or  10  years.  What  we  are  looking  for  then  is  to  work  on  the 
innovations  that  would  allow  a  flexible  benefit  that  would  not  make 
resuscitation  and  surgery  a  high  priority,  but  would  instead  make 
supportive  services  and  enabling  services  a  high  priority. 

I  do  not  know  how  they  will  end  up  costing  out  or  who  will  end 
up  wanting  them. 

Senator  Chafee.  The  second  part  of  that,  but  limited  hospital 
and  emergency  services.  How  could  you  limit  those? 

Dr.  Lynn.  In  our  hospice  work  here  in  Washington,  we  almost 
cut  out  all  use  of  emergency  services  just  by  having  very  good 
nurses  available  24  hours  a  day.  People  do  not  want  to  have  to  call 
9-1-1.  They  call  9-1-1  because  that  is  the  only  thing  they  have.  So 
if  you  provide  excellent  backup  services  for  things  that  scare  you, 
then  you  can  stay  out  of  the  emergency  medical  system  largely. 

If  you  have  a  way  of  getting  good  nursing  aides  into  the  home 
quickly,  you  can  keep  people  from  coming  into  the  hospitals.  Two 
years  ago  when  I  left  here,  I  would  not  hospitalize  very  elderly  dis- 
abled persons  with  heart  attacks.  I  would  be  able  to  mobilize 
enough  services  to  take  care  of  them  in  their  homes. 

That  is  the  kind  of  innovation  that  I  am  looking  for — the  possibil- 
ity of  providing  some  alternatives  other  than  the  routine  use  of  a 
hospital  just  because  it  is  there. 

Senator  Chafee.  Now,  would  they  call,  for  instance  if  this  was 
provided  through  an  HMO,  would  they  call  an  HMO,  they  would 
have  a  relationship,  and  then  a  nurse  would  come  out? 

Dr.  Lynn.  Yes,  or  would  at  least  decide  who  needs  to  come  out. 

Senator  Chafee.  Yes. 


38 

Dr.  Lynn.  Very  often  I  would  be  there.  The  doctor  has  to  be  will- 
ing to  go  to  the  home  to  make  this  work. 

Senator  Chafee.  Let  us  go  to  the  next  one.  As  I  understood  in 
your  testimony,  Dr.  Lynn,  you  said  the  last  decent  work  on  prepar- 
ing for  death  and  what  diseases  would  have  you  die  was  by  Sir 
William  Osier  at  the  turn  of  the  century. 

Dr.  Lynn.  The  last  sequential  study  of  hospital  deaths.  It  is  a  lit- 
tle more  narrow  than  you  said.  But,  yes.  Basically  we  have  ignored 
the  field. 

Senator  Chafee.  Now  what  you  have  suggested  here  in  your 
next  recommendation  is  to  mandate  each  Institute  in  the  NIH 
which  has  as  its  purview  one  or  more  substantial  causes  of  death, 
to  report  about  the  costs  of  death  for  each  major  disease  and  what 
can  be  done.  This  is  your  medical  training.  Again,  reflecting  back 
to  what  was  previously  said,  I  guess  by  Dr.  Emanuel,  when  he 
went  through  Harvard  Medical  School  he  had  no  courses  in  this. 

You  would  have  this  compiled  so  that  a  doctor  would  have  the 
information  available? 

Dr.  Lynn.  Right.  At  the  present  time  you  cannot  say  what  the 
usual  course  to  death  is  for  congestive  heart  failure  and  a  third  of 
us  will  die  of  it.  You  cannot  say  what  the  usual  course  to  death  is 
of  Alzheimers  Disease  and  yet  about  50  percent  of  people  who 
make  it  to  80  years  old  are  going  to  have  some  kind  of  dementing 
illness. 

That  kind  of  basic  descriptive  work  has  been  ignored  by  our  Na- 
tional Institutes  funding  research.  It  is  not  terribly  expensive. 

Dr.  Konner.  Natural  history. 

Dr.  Lynn.  The  unnatural  history.  The  history 

Dr.  Konner.  Current  unnatural  history. 

Dr.  Lynn.  As  currently  shaped  by  our  care  system. 

Senator  Chafee.  Does  everybody  agree  with  that  last  one?  Yes 
or  no. 

Dr.  Cassel.  I  would  add  also  the  treatment  of  those  illnesses  at 
the  end  of  life,  symptomatic  treatment,  not  just  describing  the  nat- 
ural course,  but  looking  at  places  where  it  makes  sense  to  make 
the  patient  more  comfortable. 

See,  there  is  an  anti-science  bent  off  into  how  people  think  about 
this  end  of  life  care  issue  which  I  think  is  wrong.  In  fact,  there  is 
a  great  deal  that  modern  science  can  do  to  make  people  comfortable 
and  not  unnecessarily  prolong  life. 

We  ought  to  charge  the  National  Institutes  of  Health  to  do  more 
work  in  that  as  well. 

Senator  Chafee.  All  right.  Doctor?  Yes  or  no? 

Dr.  Cassell.  No,  as  stated.  I  mean,  the  problem  is  not  simply 
knowing  the  natural  history. 

Senator  Chafee.  All  right. 

Dr.  Cassell.  Or  separating  off  end  of  life  issues  from  other  care 
issues.  It  is  being  concerned  with  the  care  of  a  patient  from  the  be- 
ginning of  an  illness  to  the  end  of  the  illness  and  the  changes  in 
treatment  that  are  required  during  that  period  of  time.  So  we  are 
not  merely  talking  about  the  biology  of  the  disease  but  the  care  of 
the  disease. 

Senator  Chafee.  Dr.  Emanuel? 


39 

Dr.  Emanuel.  I  think  the  point  that  has  been  made,  the  natural 
history  description  is  simply  insufficient  is  correct.  So  as  stated  I 
could  not  possibly  endorse  that. 

Senator  Chafee.  But  you  would  agree  with  Dr.  Cassel? 

Dr.  Emanuel.  Right.  I  think  we  need  a  broader  view  of  what  we 
are  going  to  describe,  which  includes  the  care  that  should  be  pro- 
vided. 

Senator  Chafee.  All  right. 

Dr.  KONNER.  I  disagree  with  it  as  stated.  I  think  that  separating 
this  out  into  all  the  different  Institutes  because  you  die  this  way 
of  emphysema  and  that  way  of  breast  cancer,  that  is  not  the  point. 
I  think  maybe  we  should  have  a  National  Institute  of  Pain  and  Suf- 
fering. Maybe  we  should  have  a  National  Institute  of  End  of  Life 
Care. 

The  Chairman.  Dr.  Lynn,  you  have  won  80  percent  of  your 
points. 

Senator  Chafee.  I  was  going  to  say.  Dr.  Lynn  is  batting  about 
750  here,  doing  pretty  well.  If  you  want  a  couple  minutes  to  re- 
spond. Make  it  a  minute. 

Dr.  Lynn.  Only  that  I  think  everyone  is  agreeing  that  we  need 
more  information.  Exactly  how  to  craft  the  Federal  level  response 
which  could  generate  that  information  might  take  some  further 
work.  I  think  all  of  us  would  agree,  we  need  to  know  how  the  dis- 
ease evolves  and  what  we  can  do  that  actually  makes  people's  lives 
better,  reasonably  efficiently,  and  that  can  be  delivered  within  a 
system  of  care. 

Exactly  how  to  do  that,  whether  it  would  be  in  a  separate  insti- 
tute or  this  institute,  I  do  not  care,  I  just  want  it  to  be  there. 

Senator  Chafee.  Thank  you  very  much. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

The  Chairman.  Thank  you.  Senator  Chafee. 

Senator  Danforth,  you  had  some  questions. 

Senator  Danforth.  Yes,  thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

First,  Senator  Hatch  had  an  opening  statement  which  he  would 
like  entered  into  the  record. 

The  Chairman.  We  will  place  it  in  the  record. 

[The  prepared  statement  of  Senator  Hatch  appears  in  the  appen- 
dix.] 

Senator  Danforth.  I  just  have  two  questions.  First,  Dr.  Lynn, 
you  said  that  only  a  third  of  the  advance  directives  find  their  way 
into  the  patients'  charts.  Then  you  said  further  that  they  do  not  ap- 
pear to  have  much  of  an  affect  on  how  the  patient  is  treated.  That 
is  an  amazing  statement. 

Dr.  Cassell  said  that  he  thought  that  one  of  the  things  we  might 
be  thinking  about  is  how  to  make  sure  that  there  is  something  in 
the  charts,  one  way  or  the  other. 

Is  this  in  your  opinion  an  area  that  we  should  be  dealing  with? 

Dr.  Lynn.  Well,  my  history  in  this  regard  is  quite  troubled,  since 
I  was  the  principal  author  of  the  President's  Commission  Report 
that  advocated  formal  advance  directives  and  that  really  gave  this 
field  a  start.  I  use  them  a  lot  in  my  practice,  not  necessarily  writ- 
ten or  formal,  but  an  agreement  between  me  and  the  patient  in  re- 
gard to  what  kind  of  care  should  be  done. 


40 

I  believe  in  advance  care  planning.  I  think  that,  in  an  era  of 
chronic  disease,  people  should  have  the  authority  to  shape  how 
their  care  will  unfold.  On  the  other  hand,  the  raw  evidence  is  that 
we  do  not  do  very  well  at  it  and  that  the  kinds  of  things  that  are 
in  the  advance  directives  at  this  point  are  often  terribly  frail.  They 
do  not  really  direct  care. 

A  standard  form  living  will  really  says  that,  like  almost  everyone 
else  in  the  country,  there  is  some  point  where  I  want  you  to  draw 
the  line.  But  it  does  not  really  give  very  specific  advice  about  what 
that  is. 

What  we  should  do  in  regard  to  that  is  somehow  to  find  the  ways 
and  the  leverage  points  that  yield  effective  communication.  I  am 
not  sure  how  much  more  can  be  done  with  the  generation  of  docu- 
mentation. But  the  effect  of  communication  is  striking.  Perhaps  we 
can  really  encourage  longitudinal  care.  Maybe  one  of  the  answers 
to  Senator  Rockefeller  would  be  to  mandate  through  GME  that 
physicians  in  training  have  to  follow  people  through  to  death,  be- 
cause we  do  that  very  little  in  our  care  schemes. 

Maybe  there  are  some  other  ways  of  leverage. 

Senator  Danforth.  The  least  we  could  do  is  to  make  sure  that 
there  is  something  one  way  or  the  other  in  the  patients'  charts. 
Otherwise  people  have  filled  out  a  document  and  they  may  as  well 
not  have  done  it,  even  if  it  is  an  adequate  document. 

Dr.  Lynn.  A  standard  form  living  will  is  almost  never  adequate, 
unless  it  is  not  used  as  a  springboard  for  communication,  which  I 
think  is  its  major  use.  Other  than  that  use,  I  think  standard  living 
wills  are  almost  irrelevant  to  care  because  the  directive  does  not 
determine  any  real  decision. 

Senator  Danforth.  Let  me  just  say  this.  Before  we  get  to  the 
quality  of  the  living  will, and  I  understand  that  point,  but  your  first 
statement  was  that  even  if  it  was  the  highest  quality  or  the  most 
precise  living  will  you  could  have,  two-thirds  of  them  are  just  gone 
somewhere.  They  are  in  the  file  drawers  or  some  place.  They  are 
lost. 

Dr.  Lynn.  We  do  not  actually  know  how  that  works  after  the 
PSDA.  In  our  study  we  have  800  actual  recent  documents  now  to 
study.  Of  those,  I  think  about  40  or  50  have  specific  instruction 
that  would  shape  a  specific  decision.  We  have  not  looked  at  wheth- 
er that  subset  is  better  known  in  the  medical  record. 

Senator  Danforth.  May  I  interrupt  you?  It  seems  to  me  you  are 
making  two  points.  One  is  that  they  are  insufficiently  precise  to 
shape  decisions.  I  understand  that  point.  I  would  like  to  take  that 
point  for  a  minute  and  put  it  to  the  side. 

I  would  like  to  get  to  the  first  question.  Even  if  you  had  the  ideal 
living  will,  where  is  it?  I  think  you  said  that  only  a  third  of  them 
are  even  on  a  patient's  charts. 

Dr.  Lynn.  What  I  was  trying  to  say,  I  think,  is  that  if  we  had 
ideal  living  wills  they  could  only  have  resulted  from  effective  com- 
munication because  it  is  the  only  way  you  could  get  there.  You 
must  have  talked  about  what  it  is  that  you  as  a  patient  really  face 
and  come  to  some  accord  on  what  makes  sense  to  do. 

That  process  is  terribly  important.  And  if  we  then  documented 
it  in  a  living  will,  my  guess  is  that  those  living  wills  would  be 
much  more  effectively  used.  I  do  not  know  that  yet. 


41 

Senator  Danforth.  I  think  Dr.  Cassell  has  said  that  the  chart 
at  least  should  have  something  on  it. 

Dr.  Cassell.  Right. 

Senator  Danforth.  I  mean,  that  would  be  a  forcing  mechanism, 
just  as  the  admissions  process  now  is  designed  to  be  a  forcing 
mechanism  to  have  the  patient  focus  on  something.  You  could  have 
the  chart  being  a  focus  mechanism. 

I  am  only  talking  about  something  mechanical  for  the  time  being, 
not  the  quality  of  the  living  will.  But  it  seems  to  me  that  if  the  me- 
chanics were  that  the  chart  had  to  have  on  it  something  that  would 
tend  to  open  up  the  communications  that  led  to  the  something  that 
was  to  be  in  the  chart. 

Dr.  Lynn.  Maybe  there  are  two  points  of  leverage  to  achieve 
what  you  are  trying  to  get.  One  is  that  in  a  hospital  people  care 
terribly  about  the  resuscitation  decision.  Now  we  specifically  exlude 
some  people  from  resuscitation. 

We  could  instead  require  an  affirmative  decision  about  resuscita- 
tion. The  doctor  would  have  to  state  definitely  whether  the  person 
will  be  or  will  not  have  an  effort  at  resuscitation.  That  would  be 
a  very  useful  leverage  point. 

The  second  point  of  leverage  would  be  to  require  advance  plan- 
ning to  be  entered  on  the  chart,  whether  that  will  make  sense,  we 
have  now  under  study.  I  will  not  know  for  a  couple  of  months 
whether  we  made  a  difference  by  doing  that.  My  sense  is  that,  if 
you  have  somebody  who  is  mandated  to  make  sure  that  plans  are 
made  and  known,  you  do  get  an  effect,  but  I  do  not  know  that  for 
sure  yet. 

Success  would  require  not  only  that  plans  get  on  the  chart,  but 
that  somebody  have  to  have  made  acknowledgement  of  it  beyond 
a  clerk.  There  has  to  be  a  doctor  or  a  nurse.  Exactly  how  to  do  that 
is  not  entirely  clear. 

Senator  Danforth.  I  think  Memorial  Hospital  does  that. 

Dr.  Lynn.  I  think  we  do  it  very  well  at  the  hospital  I  am  now 
working  in.  But  still  on  the  whole,  I  cannot  show  that  it  is  being 
done  well. 

Dr.  Emanuel.  Senator  Danforth,  I  would  just  suggest  that  we 
not  over  focus  on  just  the  piece  of  paper  in  the  chart.  Almost  all 
of  us  who  work  in  this  area  believe  that  this  piece  of  paper  is  effec- 
tive only  as  a  vehicle  to  communication. 

One  of  the  problems  is  not  to  have  the  communication.  To  keep 
emphasizing  the  chart  though  keeps  putting  it  back  on  the  inpa- 
tient at  the  hospital  standpoint  of  entry  into  the  medical  system. 
I  think  that  is  probably  not  the  best  time  to  begin  the  discussion 
or  the  communication  about  end  of  life  care.  The  best  time  is  prob- 
ably in  the  physician's  office. 

That  way  you  have  a  very  good  lever.  Right?  The  lever  is,  make 
it  a  reimbursable  issue.  Make  the  physician  want  to  have  that  dis- 
cussion, want  to  bring  it  up.  I  do  not  think  you  have  to  mandate 
that  something  be  done  in  the  chart  where  the  discussion  will  not 
happen. 

I  mean,  there  is  much  evidence  that  if  it  is  brought  up  in  the 
hospital  patients  do  not  remember.  Even  being  introduced  to  the 
Patient  Self-Determination  Act  because  they  come  in,  they  are  con- 
cerned about  other  things,  as  Dr.  Cassell  mentioned.  That  even  if 


42 

they  go  home  and  have  remembered  they  actually  do  not  complete 
these  documents. 

I  think  the  better  time  is  to  take  them  when  there  is  no  crisis. 
That  way  the  patient's  mind  is  clear.  That  is  the  office  setting.  And 
we  do  have  a  mechanism — a  Medicare  easy  mandate. 

Dr.  Cassell.  But  it  is  not  either  or.  Obviously,  the  document  on 
the  chart  is  more  easily  handled  if  there  has  already  been  a  discus- 
sion in  the  office.  Further,  the  discussion  in  the  office  will  not  have 
an  impact  on  the  in-hospital  care  unless  there  is  something  on  that 
chart  that  indicates  what  that  discussion  was. 

And  in  the  best  of  all  possible  worlds — we  will  have  the  best  of 
all  possible  worlds,  but  we  do  not — so  we  will  do  the  best  to  push 
people  into  a  discussion  which  they  are  presently  not  having  and 
documents  tend  to  do  that,  just  as  reimbursement  incentives  will 
help  us  get  that  to  happen  in  the  office. 

Senator  Danforth.  I  like  they  are  two  good  complimentary 
ideas. 

I  have  one  other  question,  Mr.  Chairman. 

The  Chairman.  You  may  surely  do. 

Senator  Danforth.  On  the  issue  of  medical  malpractice 

The  Chairman.  That  is  what  I  was  going  to  ask. 

Senator  Danforth.  All  right. 

The  Chairman.  No,  I  think  that  is  what  we  want.  We  do  not 
want  to  let  that  go  by. 

Senator  Danforth.  Well,  the  question  is,  is  this  an  important 
issue  to  deal  with  in  connection  with  the  subject  we  have  been  talk- 
ing about  today. 

Dr.  Cassel.  Let  me  start  addressing  that.  I  think  it  important 
not  because  there  is  a  huge  risk  to  physicians  in  this  area  but  be- 
cause physicians  feel  like  there  is.  All  the  evidence  is  that  very  few 
physicians  are  charged  either  with  malpractice  or  what  we  are 
being  feared  more  extensively,  which  is  homicide  charges,  for  ex- 
ample. 

The  Chairman.  That  fellow  with  the  beads  of  sweat. 

Dr.  Cassel.  The  fellow  with  the  beds  of  sweat  on  his  forehead. 

The  Chairman.  He  knew  that  so  much  more  pain  is  okay. 

Dr.  Cassel.  Exactly.  If  I  give  this  patient  too  much  morphine  I 
am  going  to  be  accused  of  killing  her.  While  the  recent  trial  of  Dr. 
Kevorkian  tells  us  that  most  juries  in  this  country  would  never 
convict  a  doctor  in  a  situation  where  they  felt  like  this  might  be 
something  that  they  would  want,  the  fact  of  the  matter  is  that 
those  laws  are  still  there  and  those  malpractice  threats  are  still 
there;  and  physicians  are  made  very  anxious  by  this. 

You  see  it  constantly  in  discussions  about  decision  making  that 
people  will  not  aggressively  treat  pain  and  symptoms  because  they 
are  fearful  of  crossing  over  that  line. 

So  I  think  that  doing  something  about  relieving  that  fear,  what- 
ever mechanism  that  takes,  is  going  to  be  very  important  to  freeing 
the  physician  up  to  take  a  more  active  role  here. 

Dr.  Emanuel.  And  in  part  many  of  those  laws  vary  State  by 
State.  And  ironically  New  York  actually  has  some  of  the  most  con- 
fusing and  restrictive  laws  on  the  end  of  life  care  issues,  which  is 
why  I  was  not  surprised  that  that  happened  in  New  York. 


43 

Senator  Danforth.  Are  we  talking  about  the  general  malpractice 
issue  or  is  this  a  subcategory?  In  other  words,  the  trial  lawyers,  it 
is  tough  to  have  any  kind  of  tort  reform  because  of  general  opposi- 
tion. 

Dr.  Emanuel.  I  do  not  think  this  is  general. 

Senator  Danforth.  But  is  this  like  a  subgroup  which  could  be 
dealt  with  in  a  discreet  manner? 

Dr.  Lynn.  Actually,  a  parallel  issue  of  criminal  law. 

Dr.  Cassell.  Well,  the  problem  often  is  that  physicians  hide  be- 
hind their  fear  of  malpractice  any  time  an  uncomfortable  cir- 
cumstance comes  up.  Doctors  all  make  very  bad  lawyers,  but  that 
does  not  stop  us  from  talking  about  it  all  the  time.  So  doctors  are 
always  saying,  I  do  not  want  to  be  sued,  and  beads  of  sweat  are 
quite  common. 

But  they  will  be  glad  to  point  out  to  you,  if  you  think  the  con- 
versation makes  beads  of  sweat,  an  indictment  makes  even  more 
sweat.  So  if  they  are  relieved  of  fear  in  a  particular  area,  even  if, 
in  fact,  malpractice  is  not  a  big  problem  as  Chris  has  pointed  out, 
they  are  relieved  of  fear,  then  they  are  obligated  really  to  deal  with 
the  problem  rather  than  to  hide  behind  that  fear. 

Dr.  Lynn.  I  should  tell  you  that  when  I  first  spoke  publicly  about 
vdthdrawing  feeding  tubes,  an  issue  that  you  in  Missouri  have  had 
a  lot  of  familiarity  with,  prosecuting  attorneys  in  various  regions 
offered  their  view  to  such  esteemed  publications  as  USA  Today, 
that  such  actions  in  their  jurisdiction  would  lead  to  criminal  indict- 
ment, that  they  would  have  to  test  whether  withdravdng  a  feeding 
tube  from  a  dying  patient  counted  as  homicide. 

I  think  we  are  at  the  same  boundary  now  with  very  vigorous 
treatment  of  severe  dyspnea,  where  I  have  said  publicly  that  I 
treat  severe  dyspnea  with  sedation  so  people  do  not  suffocate  to 
death. 

But  there  are  certainly  prosecutors  who  think  that  the  care 
might  well  be  contrary  to  the  criminal  law.  I  do  not  think  that  the 
Federal  level  can  solve  that  problem  directly  but  could  sponsor  the 
appropriate  consensus  and  guidelines  endeavors  that  would  provide 
the  kind  of  backup  that  Chris  and  Eric  have  given  voice  to. 

If  the  lOM  or  AHCPR  or  some  other,  you  know,  esteemed  body 
came  out  with  sa5dng,  well,  cases  like  this  really  should  not  raise 
these  concerns,  there  are  an  awful  lot  of  front-line  doctors  and 
nurses  who  would  behave  much  better. 

Dr.  Konner.  I  think  that  there  has  been  the  clear  evidence  in 
court  decisions  recently  that  prosecutors'  attitudes  are  out  of  line 
with  what  the  average  American  thinks  about  this  subject. 

The  Chairman.  It  is  surely  a  small  consolation  to  doctors  to 
know  the  jury  will  let  him  go. 

Dr.  Konner.  Well,  what  I  was  about  to  say  was  that  I  think  you 
gentlemen  have  perhaps  a  role  to  play  in  making  the  prosecutors 
a  little  bit  less  zealous. 

The  Chairman.  Well,  how  do  you  feel  about  that?  You  were  one 
of  those,  your  grace.  [Laughter.] 

Senator  Danforth.  I  think  it  is  easier  for  us  in  Congress  to  deal 
with  the  tort  question  than  the  criminal  law  question  because  the 
criminal  law  question  is  simply  a  State  matter. 


44 

I  guess  we  could  maybe,  you  know,  I  mean  use  our  handle  on 
Medicaid  or  something  to  get  them  to  do  something.  But  I  just  real- 
ly have  not  thought  it  out. 

Dr.  Lynn.  Just  providing  funding  for  the  State  Justice  Institute 
to  run  an  RFA  on  establishing  guidelines  for  prosecutions  of  medi- 
cal practice. 

Senator  Danforth.  But  it  is  the  State  Legislature  that  is  going 
to  determine  it. 

Dr.  Lynn.  It  is  not  the  legislation;  it  is  an  interpretation  that  we 
need.  The  legislation  can  stay  exactly  as  it  is. 

Senator  Danforth.  I  know.  But  I  mean  it  is  the  State  Legislator, 
plus  the  prosecutor.  I  do  not  think  they  are  going  to  pay  much  at- 
tention to  anything  we  do.  I  just  have  not  thought  it  out. 

Dr.  Lynn.  Tort  reform  would  help,  too. 

Senator  DANFORTH.  Sorry? 

Dr.  Lynn.  Tort  reform  would  help,  too.  Because  part  of  this  is — 
particularly  with  the  family,  the  complex  family  situation  where 
there  is  always  son  or  daughter  in  Colorado  who  comes  in  at  the 
last  minute  and  has  a  different  opinion  about  things  and  leads  to 
less  security  of  doing  what  you  think  is  the  right  thing  and  what 
you  worked  out  with  the  patient  is  the  right  thing. 

So  I  think  there  is  always  going  to  be  that  dimension  to  it,  which 
especially  in  this  issue  that  I  raised  at  the  end  about  managed  care 
and  the  different  environment  of  that  I  think  some  effort  towards 
tort  reform  would  go  a  long  way  towards  freeing  physicians  to  do 
what  they  need  to  do. 

Dr.  KONNER.  We  have  not  said  much  about  the  durable  Power  of 
Attorney  for  health  care  and  I  think  it  is  important  to  stress  that 
as  a  different  instrument,  which  many  of  the  concern  for  dying  or- 
ganizations feel  is  more  useful  and  binding  than  the  living  wall, 
that  is  to  designate  officially  someone  who  will  have  the  decision 
making  power  in  the  even  that  you  lose  it.  Then  you  obviate  some 
of  these  conflicts  among  family  members  and  so  on. 

The  Chairman.  I  would  like  to  say  because  our  caucus  is  to  begin 
very  shortly  now,  Senator  Danforth,  I  thought  we  were  pretty  well 
agreed  we  were  going  to  try  to  do  something  in  tort  reform. 

Senator  Danforth.  Right. 

The  Chairman.  Is  there  a  model  statute  equivalent?  I  mean,  has 
anyone  tried  to  tell  us  what  we  should  do?  I  do  not  think  so. 

Senator  Danforth.  One  thing  that  was  just  suggested  to  me  was 
the  possibility  that  practice  guidelines  could  be  used  as  presump- 
tive defenses. 

Dr.  Konner.  If  we  got  serious  about  practice  guidelines  they 
could  then  be  used  in  that  way.  But  we  have  not  gotten  serious 
about  it  yet. 

Dr.   Emanuel.   Every  major  medical  organization  in  this  area 

does  have  agreement  on  what  the  appropriate  practice  is  and  that 

increasing  morphine,  for  example,  is  completely  acceptable.  So  I  do 

not  think  in  terms  of  strict  practice  guidelines  that  is  the  problem. 

Senator  Danforth.  I  mean,  if  we  created  as  a  matter  of  law 

there  was  a  defense 

Dr.  Emanuel.  Oh,  yes. 

Senator  DANFORTH. — that  if  you  followed  the  practice  guide- 
lines  


45 

Dr.  Emanuel.  On  palliative  care,  right. 

Senator  Danforth.  Right. 

Dr.  Emanuel.  That  would  help  a  lot. 

Dr.  KONNER.  You  know,  a  sitting  Surgeon  General,  Dr.  Sullivan, 
a  few  years  ago  issued  a  report  saying  that  American  doctors  are 
inept  in  their  handling  of  pain  and  urged  improvements  in  training 
and  practice.  As  far  as  I  know  there  were  not  very  many  con- 
sequences of  that  reported. 

Dr.  Cassell.  There  is  a  practice  guideline  on  the  treatment  of 
acute  and  chronic  pain  now. 

Dr.  Emanuel.  Just  issued  by  the  AHCPR. 

Senator  Danforth.  So  if  you  said  well  if  you  follow  that  guide- 
line that  is  the  defense. 

Dr.  Cassel.  Well,  you  need  to  do  more  about  the  end  of  life  con- 
text because  that  guideline  does  not  specifically  address  that  issue. 
And  it  is  not  just  pain,  that  we  are  dealing  with  other  symptoms, 
too. 

Dr.  KONNER.  And  the  defense  does  not  protect  you  fi-om  the  in- 
dictment. 

Senator  Danforth.  No,  this  is  just  simple  liability.  I  do  not  know 
how  to  do  the  criminal.  I  mean,  we  can  think  about  it  but  it  just 
does  not  occur  to  me  right  now. 

Dr.  Konner.  Well,  the  defense  does  not  protect  you  from  the  suit 
either.  I  mean,  it  protects  you  fi-om  the  losses,  but  you  have  al- 
ready been  put  through  the  probably  experience 

Senator  Danforth.  I  think  you  could  have  it  on  summary  judg- 
ment. I  mean,  you  could  get  it  pretty  quickly  decided  if  you  had  a 
ready  defense. 

Dr.  Lynn.  Remember,  you  are  tackling  chimera,  that  in  regard 
to  the  care  of  the  dying  there  are  no  cases.  I  really  mean  that  there 
are,  effectively,  no  cases.  The  last  time  I  checked  there  were  none 
against  hospice  practice.  Malpractice  cases  are  almost  impossible 
on  end  of  life  care,  unless  you  reach  the  level  of  punitive  damages, 
because  conventional  damages  are  so  small. 

The  tort  system  does  not  serve  very  sick  people  well  because  they 
do  not  have  productivity  and  other  serious  financial  damages.  What 
you  are  tackling  is  the  doctor's  perception  that  there  is  a  real  risk. 
You  just  have  to  make  the  doctor  comfortable  that  liability  would 
be  limited  if  it  ever  arose.  Interesting  psychology. 

The  Chairman.  Doctors  have  a  right  to  be  comforted.  [Laughter.] 

Dr.  Lynn.  Palliative  care  for  doctors. 

The  Chairman.  We  are  going  to  have  to  close  now  after  an  ab- 
sorbing 2V2  hours. 

Senator  Danforth,  you  know,  we  are  going  to  look  to  you  on  this 
matter.  I  think  we  should  legislate,  do  you  not? 

Senator  Danforth.  Yes,  I  do.  I  think  we  did  a  lot  in  1990  and 
that  it  was  a  big  step  forward  and  there  is  more  to  do. 

The  Chairman.  We  have  the  possibility,  which  certainly  we 
would  desire,  of  legislation  which  basically  looks  to  the  profession 
to  set  the  details.  If  there  is  a  standard  practice  promulgated  by 
the  associations  we  would  like  to  point  to  that,  because  that  can 
change  a  lot  faster  and  be  a  lot  more  informed  than  our  art. 

As  Senator  Chafee  says  it,  the  horror  we  are  involved  in  with 
Medicaid.  Medicare  has  300,000  pages  of  rules.  What  was  it  John 


46 

Chafee  was  saying  yesterday,  at  4:00  in  the  morning  some  years 
back  he  and  Pete  Stark  were  in  a  corner  of  the  room  on  the  House 
side  of  the  Capitol  deciding  how  much  someone  should  be  paid  for 
reading  an  EKG.  We  want  less  of  that  and  more  of  the  kind  of  con- 
cerns you  have  raised. 

We  want  to  thank  you  very  much.  You  have  come  great  distances 
with  wonderful  testimony.  We  are  much  in  your  debt,  as  are,  we 
hope,  the  people  who  will  live  with  the  legislation  we  are  trying  to 
produce.  With  that,  we  are  thanking  our  reporter  and  thanking 
your  grace. 

[Whereupon,  at  12:28  p.m.,  the  hearing  was  adjourned.] 


APPENDIX 

Additional  Material  Submitted 


Prepared  Statement  of  Christine  K.  Cassel,  M.D. 

Senator  Moynihan  and  members  of  the  Committee  and  members  of  the  Staff.  My 
name  is  Dr.  Christine  Cassel.  I  am  an  internist  with  special  training  in  Geriatric 
Medicine  and  Medical  Ethics.  I  am  Chief  of  the  Section  of  General  Internal  Medicine 
and  Director  of  the  Center  on  Health  Policy  Research  at  The  University  of  Chicago 
where  I  am  also  Professor  of  Medicine  and  Public  Policy.  I  am  Chairman  of  the 
Health  and  Public  Policy  Committee  of  the  American  College  of  Physicians  and  a 
member  of  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  American  Board  of  Internal  Medicine.  I  am 
pleased  to  be  able  to  testify  this  morning  on  the  important  topic  of  end  of  life  care 
in  the  context  of  health  care  reform. 

Care  at  the  end  of  life  is  a  neglected  issue  which  has  finally  come  to  the  attention 
of  many  people  in  the  field  of  medicine  and  health  care.  I  believe  that  this  attention 
is  long  overdue  and  much  needed.  Just  within  the  past  year  the  American  Board 
of  Internal  Medicine  has  constituted  a  committee  to  define  the  areas  of  clinical  com- 
petence in  the  care  of  dying  patients  that  should  be  required  of  internal  medicine 
trainees.  The  Institute  of  Medicine  of  the  National  Academy  of  Sciences  has  com- 
pleted a  feasibility  study  recommending  that  The  Institute  of  Medicine  launch  a 
major  research  program  about  the  quality  of  care  and  process  of  decision  making 
around  the  end  of  life.  I  was  asked  last  week  to  chair  a  project  on  the  policy  dimen- 
sions of  improving  the  care  of  terminally  ill  patients  to  be  launched  by  the  Milbank 
Fund  in  New  York.  These  are  indications  that  major  groups  concerned  with  health 
care  in  The  United  States  are  turning  their  attention  to  this  important  issue. 

The  entire  nation  learned  an  important  lesson  from  former  President  Richard 
Nixon.  As  his  last  days  were  reported  by  the  press,  President  Nixon  had  made  it 
known  to  his  physicians  that  he  did  not  want  to  be  kept  alive  by  heroic  measures 
that  would  not  be  likely  to  return  him  to  meaningful  life.  Therefore  after  suffering 
a  major  stroke  drugs  were  given  to  reduce  the  swelling  of  his  brain,  but  he  was 
never  placed  on  a  ventilator  and  when  his  heart  did  stop  beating,  no  attempt  at  re- 
suscitation was  made.  These  events  were  reported  by  the  news  media  and  an  exam- 
ple was  given  to  the  American  people  of  how  a  dignified  death  can  be  conducted 
even  within  the  context  of  modern  medical  technology.  Contrast  this  with  a  case 
that  became  widely  known  several  years  ago  of  Helga  Wanglie,  an  85  year  old 
woman  in  Minnesota  who  had  total  loss  of  conscious  brain  function  and  was  kept 
alive  in  an  intensive  care  unit  on  a  ventilator  for  almost  a  year  before  her  death 
because  her  husband  was  hoping  for  a  miracle.  The  difference  between  these  two 
cases  reflects  the  totally  divergent  personal  views  of  the  patient  and  demonstrates 
the  ability  of  the  current  health  care  system  to  respect  those  personal  views.  Unfor- 
tunately, there  are  still  many  and  increasing  numbers  of  people  who  would  prefer 
to  exit  the  world  more  like  President  Nixon;  but  events  and  "the  system"  prevent 
this  from  happening.  As  we  move  into  an  era  of  health  care  reform  we  have  an  op- 
portunity to  improve  the  care  of  patients  at  the  end  of  life.  To  make  these  improve- 
ments requires  changes  in  medical  practice,  medical  training  and  health  care  financ- 
ing- 
It  is  commonly  thought  that  a  great  deal  of  money  is  spent  on  patients  in  the  last 

days  and  weeks  of  life  that  could  easily  be  saved  if  we  simply  encourage  patients 
to  execute  advance  directives  and  stopped  the  use  of  futile  interventions.  A  number 
of  experts  question  this  view.  I  believe  that  it  is  still  controversial  exactly  how  much 
potential  savings  in  the  health  care  system  there  might  be  if  extraordinary  efforts 
at  prolonging  life  were  able  to  be  discontinued  earlier  or  not  started.  But  regardless 
of  the  answer  to  that  question,  there  is  a  more  important  issue  here,  which  is  the 

(47) 


48 

quality  of  care  of  dying  patients  and  the  culture  of  care  for  the  dying  within  Amer- 
ican medicine. 

Dr.  Lewis  Thomas,  an  eminent  New  York  physician  also  died  this  year.  He  was 
President  of  The  Memorial  Sloan  Kettering  Cancer  Research  Center  and  a  noted  au- 
thor on  medicine  and  society.  He  along  with  many  others — pointed  out  that  the 
progress  of  medical  technology  and  medical  science  has  led  to  a  culture  where  the 
death  of  a  patient  is  too  often  viewed  as  a  failure.  Attempts  are  made  to  prolong 
life  in  the  face  of  common  sense  evidence  that  such  attempts  are  futile.  Patients  and 
families  are  not  brought  into  the  honest  discussion  of  the  relative  burdens  and  bene- 
fits of  potential  life  sustaining  treatment.  Public  awareness  of  advance  directives 
has  grown  and  the  1990  Patient  Self  Determination  Act  has  contributed  to  that 
growing  awareness.  But  it  has  not  changed  the  culture  of  dying  in  many  of  our  hos- 
pitals. 

I  have  a  close  friend  whose  mother  died  in  a  cardiac  care  unit  three  weeks  ago. 
Her  suffering  was  mercifully  short,  but  my  friend  said  afterwards  that  her  main  im- 
pression from  that  experience  was  that  the  physicians  were  completely  unwilling  to 
sit  down  and  talk  with  her  about  the  fact  that  her  mother  was  dying.  That  word 
was  never  used.  Instead,  euphemisms  and  evasions  surrounded  the  decisions  that 
were  presented  to  her.  The  Patient  Self  Determination  Act  has  not  solved  this  prob- 
lem. 

The  health  care  environment  is  the  result  of  social  forces  as  well  as  medical  atti- 
tudes. The  cultural  context  supports  the  denial  of  our  mortality,  and  thus,  we  have 
created  a  system  in  which  patients  all  too  often  feel  that  the  only  option  other  than 
intensive  care  is  abandonment.  Instead  we  need  to  offer  aggressive  comfort  are 
throughout  the  health  care  system  code,  that  says  to  the  patients  and  family  that 
we  will  not  abandon  you,  you  will  not  sufter,  and  you  can  exit  this  world  on  your 
own  terms  with  personal  dignity  and  meaning.  The  Hospice  movement  has  allowed 
this  to  occur  for  a  minority  of  patients  who  have  access  to  Hospice,  but  the  main- 
stream of  medicine  still  does  not  allow  this  approach.  It  is  still  the  case  that  a  ma- 
jority of  people  die  in  hospitals  and  nursing  homes  where  it  is  rare  under  current 
circumstances  that  a  hospice  approach  can  be  applied. 

Requirements  for  optimal  end  of  life  care  Include  the  following: 

1.  Medical  professionals  need  to  understand  the  limits  of  medicine  and  to 
view  death,  when  appropriate,  as  an  inevitable  and  personally  meaningful  chap- 
ter in  the  life  of  their  patients.  They  should  not  consider  the  death  of  a  patient 
a  personal  failure. 

2.  knowledge  of  the  principles  and  scientific  basis  of  palliative  medicine 
among  physicians  and  nurses  should  be  widespread.  Palliative  medicine  is  a 
specialty  focused  on  comfort  care  and  relief  of  suffering  rather  than  prolonga- 
tion of  life. 

3.  Hospitals  (including  emergency  rooms)  and  nursing  homes  should  be  struc- 
tured to  make  optimal  palliative  care  available  to  a  patient  wherever  he  or  she 
may  be.  It  should  not  be  necessary  to  "transfer"  to  hospice  in  order  to  get  this 
kind  of  care. 

4.  Reimbursement  for  services  should  not  be  dependent  on  acute  curative  care 
being  attempted. 

5.  Home  hospice  care  should  be  widely  available  with  seamless  continuity  be- 
tween hospitals  and  nursing  homes,  in  the  case  that  home  care  becomes  more 
difficult  than  the  family  can  manage 

6.  A  culture  of  medicine  and  society  that  allows,  even  enhances,  open  discus- 
sions between  patients,  families  and  providers  about  the  risks  facing  patients 
with  serious  disease  and  the  options  of  comfort  care. 

7.  Enhanced  avenues  of  communication  for  patients  to  make  known  their  val- 
ues and  preferences  in  end  of  life  care,  and  for  physicians  to  honor  those  wishes. 
Building  on  the  PSDA,  it  is  necessary  for  primary  care  physicians  who  have 
long  term  relationship  with  patients  to  remain  involved  with  their  care  to  the 
end. 

What  are  the  barriers  to  better  care  of  dying  patients  that  health  care  reform 
might  address? 

1.  Payment  for  health  care  services  needs  to  be  flexible  enough  to  allow  pal- 
liative care  to  occur  wherever  the  patient  is  being  cared  for.  Currently  many 
insurance  companies.  Medicare  included,  will  not  allow  pajnuent  for  patient 
care  in  the  hospital  if  "only  comfort"  is  provided.  Many  patients  do  not  have  the 
support  at  home  necessary  for  hospice  care  as  it  is  defined  under  current  Medi- 
care rules  and  many  people  in  the  United  States  cannot  deal  with  the  care  of 
a  dying  patient  in  their  homes.  We  should  allow  patients  to  be  able  to  die  with 
comfort  care  in  hospitals  or  nursing  homes  or  where  ever  they  may  be. 


49 

2.  We  need  a  better  understanding  of  the  best  approaches  to  paUiative  care, 
within  the  framework  of  medical  interventions  as  well  as  within  the  framework 
of  systems  of  health  care.  Federal  initiatives  framed  by  health  care  reform  could 
support  initiatives  to  encourage  and  examine  innovative  approaches  to  the  de- 
livery of  end  of  life  care,  to  the  measurement  of  quality  of  care  and  to  the  clini- 
cal use  of  those  measures. 

3.  We  need  more  extensive  training  of  all  physicians,  especially  those  in  pri- 
mary care,  in  the  science  and  art  of  palliative  medicine.  Physicians  are  not  gen- 
erally well  trained  in  comfort  care  techniques,  symptom  evaluation  and  symp- 
tom control.  These  areas  of  expertise  are  currently  the  realm  of  only  a  small 
number  of  physicians  and  nurses  who  specialize  in  hospice  care.  Many  of  these 
providers  focus  entirely  on  patients  dying  of  cancer.  This  type  of  care  should  be 
available  to  patients  dying  from  heart  failure,  lung  disease  or  any  other  illness. 

4.  We  need  to  encourage  hospitals  and  physicians  to  talk  more  openly  about 
death  and  dying  and  approaches  to  setting  limits  on  life  sustaining  treatment. 
While  important  research  is  being  done  that  will  give  us  more  information 
about  the  likelihood  of  success  with  many  of  these  life  sustaining  treatments, 
it  is  unlikely  in  most  cases  that  we  will  ever  have  the  full  knowledge  necessary 
to  define  futility  in  most  cases.  Thus,  we  will  always  be  dealing  with  uncer- 
tainty. But  if  our  patients  understand  that  our  concern  is  for  their  comfort  and 
dignity  at  the  end  of  life,  then  it  is  much  less  likely  that  they  or  their  families 
will  demand  unreasonable  interventions. 

5.  The  physician  needs  to  feel  comfortable  taking  some  of  the  burden  of  deci- 
sion making  on  his  or  her  own  shoulders.  The  family  should  not  be  made  to  feel 
that  it  was  because  of  their  decision  that  a  family  member  died,  but  rather  that 
clear  comfort  was  offered  by  a  physician  who  was  brave  enough  to  say  "medical 
science  cannot  keep  your  mother  alive  much  longer,  but  she  will  not  suffer  and 
we  will  take  good  care  of  her."  To  allow  this  to  happen  requires  that  physicians 
be  relieved  of  the  anxiety  of  the  tremendously  adversarial  environment  that  our 
current  malpractice  crisis  has  created.  While  many  legal  scholars  will  argue 
that  physicians  who  make  these  decisions  have  little  risk  of  being  sued,  it  is 
nonetheless  a  terrible  fear  that  physicians  live  with  day  in  and  day  out.  It  is 
around  these  most  sensitive  and  challenging  situations  that  that  fear  is  most 
harmful  to  the  optimal  care  of  patients  and  the  comfort  of  their  families.  Thus 
significant  tort  reform  would  go  a  long  way  towards  creating  a  better  environ- 
ment for  physicians  and  patients  around  end  of  life  care. 

6.  Finally,  let  me  say  a  few  words  about  the  brave  new  world  of  managed  care 
which  is  the  direction  that  most  health  reform  proposals  are  leading,  and  to- 
wards which  the  health  care  industry  is  progressing  even  as  we  speak.  Prepaid 
approaches  to  health  care  financing  have  been  shown  to  provide  more  com- 
prehensive benefits  and  more  accountability  for  health  care  costs  than  fee  for 
service  medicine.  There  are  many  examples  of  successful  and  high  quality  man- 
aged care  organizations.  Nonetheless,  most  of  the  United  States  still  does  not 
have  extensive  experience  with  this  approach  to  health  care  financing  and  as 
we  move  to  managed  care,  we  should  be  cautious  and  aware  of  the  tremendous 
differences  in  the  ethical  context  it  presents  to  the  physician.  The  traditional 
role  of  the  physician  is  to  do  whatever  is  the  right  thing  for  the  patient,  regard- 
less of  cost.  Managed  care  gives  the  physician  an  additional  fiduciary  respon- 
sibility to  the  patient  and  to  the  group  of  patients  who  have  enrolled  in  that 
system  to  be  prudent  in  the  use  of  medical  care  and  to  reduce  unnecessary 
costs.  If  the  beneficiaries  are  trusting  the  physician  to  do  this,  they  must  realize 
that  there  are  times  when  this  situation  will  put  the  physician  in  an 
irresolvable  double  bind,  unless  changes  in  the  legal  and  institutional  context 
occur.  There  would  be  no  such  problems  if  all  patients  were  like  Richard  Nixon. 
But  if  Helga  Wanglie's  family  belonged  to  an  HMO  and  demanded  that  she  be 
kept  alive  on  a  ventilator  as  long  as  possible  and  that  attempts  be  made  to  re- 
start her  heart  when  it  stopped,  even  though  her  brain  had  totally  ceased  func- 
tioning, the  other  beneficiaries  would  have  to  pay  for  this  care.  If  a  physician 
or  the  system  took  the  stance  that  this  was  not  fair  allocation  of  resources,  the 
legal  system  would  not  back  them  up.  Thus,  the  physician  would  still  be  vulner- 
able to  malpractice  claims  if  he  decided  to  discontinue  life  sustaining  treatment 
in  this  case  and  if  he  did  not,  he  would  be  vulnerable  to  being  fired  by  the  in- 
surance company  or  the  HMO  because  he  was  using  too  many  resources  unnec- 
essarily. This  is  an  untenable  situation  for  physicians.  It  is  not  insoluble  but 
it  requires  that  we  explicitly  define  new  roles  that  we  are  asking  physicians  to 
take,  and  then  support  them  in  those  roles  with  clear  ethical  standards  and  re- 
lief from  trivial  or  unnecessary  threats  of  malpractice. 


50 

CONCLUSION 

The  end  of  life  is  something  all  of  us  will  face.  What  we  may  not  know  is  the  dis- 
ease or  event  which  will  cause  our  death,  or  where  it  might  happen.  We  stand  a 
better  than  50/50  chance  that  our  deaths  will  occur  in  a  health  care  institution,  and 
a  far  greater  likelihood  that  the  world  of  medicine  and  health  care  will  somehow 
define  our  last  days  or  weeks.  Interest  in  improving  the  quality  of  this  care  is  thus 
not  the  province  of  any  particular  interest  group,  medical  specialty  or  disease  advo- 
cates. Every  aspect  of  our  health  care  system — including  medical  education  and 
training,  structures  of  systems  of  care,  approaches  to  financing  and  reimbursement 
and  the  agendas  of  our  research  institutions  ought  to  be  included  in  this  vitally  im- 
portant effort. 


Prepared  Statement  of  Eric  J.  Cassell,  MD 

The  right  to  refuse  treatment  is  a  principle  that  is  firmly  established  in  American 
medicine.  While  it  has  been  part  of  the  law  for  almost  a  century,  it  has  been  an 
everyday  reality  for  only  the  last  few  decades.  The  increasing  strength  of  the  con- 
cept can  be  attributed  to  the  rising  legal  and  social  status  of  patients,  who,  with 
other  groups  such  as  persons  with  disabilities  have  finally  achieved  full  personhood. 
The  idea  that  patients  should  play  a  major  part  in  decisions  about  their  treatment 
has  been  a  focus  of  the  bioethics  movement  since  its  inception  twenty-five  years  ago. 
The  Patient  Self-Determination  Act  of  1990  has  been  an  important  force  in  ensuring 
that  patients  have  an  opportunity  to  both  make  their  wishes  known  and  to  provide 
for  someone  who  can  speak  for  them  should  they  lose  the  capacity  to  decide  for 
themselves. 

It  remains  true,  however,  that  many  Americans  die  in  a  manner  that  almost  none 
of  them  would  have  chosen  while  they  were  well.  Three  kinds  of  death  are  both  com- 
mon and  particularly  unfortunate.  The  first  group  is  made  up  of  patients  who  are 
resuscitated  after  cardiopulmonary  arrest  and  do  not  live  to  get  off  the  respirator 
or  other  support  technology.  The  second  group  who  endure  a  bad  death  is  made  up 
of  failed  old  people  whose  dementia  has  run  its  inevitable  course  into  profound  phys- 
ical decline,  and  who  are  treated  successfully  for  one  complication  after  another  long 
after  they  have  lost  the  capacity  to  speak  or  represent  themselves,  to  interact  with 
persons  around  them,  or  to  be  themselves  in  any  manner  that  their  families  or 
friends  want  to  remember.  Patients  who  die  with  their  pain  inadequately  treated, 
whose  other  physical  symptoms  and  disabilities  are  not  properly  addressed,  and 
whose  suffering  from  any  source  is  not  the  active  and  unremitting  focus  of  their 
physicians'  and  other  caregivers'  attention  make  up  the  last  group  whose  members 
also  die  a  death  for  which  the  word  bad  does  not  seem  large  enough. 

In  neither  of  the  first  two  groups  does  a  bad  death  come  about  because  of  bad 
behavior  on  the  part  of  caregivers.  In  the  past  patients  with  disease  states  like 
heart  attacks,  clots  in  the  lung,  profound  infections,  extensive  pneumonias,  or  cer- 
tain kinds  of  trauma  commonly  died  from  failure  of  their  hearts,  or  lungs  but  are 
now  saved  by  resuscitation  and  cardiopulmonary  support  that  sustains  them  until 
they  recover  from  their  underlying  disease  and  return  to  their  former  life.  Of  course, 
not  all  of  them  recover.  In  which  case  they  remain  on  life  support  technologies  until 
they  die — which  can  be  a  long  time — or  until  someone  finally  discontinues  the  res- 
pirator. Another  group  of  patients  are  also  too  often  resuscitated.  They  are  persons 
with  diseases  which  would  not  have  improved  even  if  they  had  not  had  a 
cardiopulmonary  arrest — for  example,  patients  with  advanced  cancers,  profound 
strokes,  or  end-stage  pulmonary  disease.  These  people,  as  well,  often  die  an  unpleas- 
ant death.  They  are  resuscitated  not  because  it  is  believed  that  they  will  return  to 
health  and  independent  living,  but  because  resuscitation  has  become  something  that 
is  considered  necessary  for  any  patient  who  will  otherwise  die,  unless  the  patient 
refuses,  has  left  an  advance  directive  so  stating,  or  has  a  designated  surrogate  who 
refuses  permission  for  resuscitation. 

The  unfortunate  deaths  in  the  second  group  come  about  because  of  a  quandary. 
The  increasing  number  of  old  and  very  old  persons  in  the  United  States  that  has 
changed  our  demographic  pattern  is  attributable,  in  part,  to  the  successful  treat- 
ment of  numbers  of  diseases — including  respiratory  and  cardiac  diseases — that  were 
common  causes  of  death  among  older  persons  in  times  past.  The  aged  not  only  sur- 
vive their  heart  attacks  and  pneumonias,  but  lead  active  lives  based  on  high  func- 
tional capacity  that  was  not  common  among  the  aged  in  previous  eras.  It  is  the 
treatment  of  these  same  diseases  and  the  support  of  temporarily  inadequate  cardiac, 
renal  or  respiratory  functions  in  the  totally  failed  elderly — unless  contravened  by 


51 

advance  directives  or  surrogates — that  produces  wards  full  of  old  people  neither 
dead  nor  alive,  who  will  never  be  better  and  who  finally  die,  usually  within  months. 

It  has  been  interesting  for  me  to  see  the  changing  attitudes  of  medical  students 
about  these  cases  where  resuscitation  or  continued  treatment  seems  futile — particu- 
larly in  advanced  dementia.  A  few  years  back  most  students  were  vehement  in  their 
belief  that  doctors  must  treat  every  infection,  use  feeding  tubes,  and  deploy  almost 
every  available  therapy.  Now  they  are  doubtful.  Some  still  want  to  treat  aggres- 
sively, others  to  stop  treatment,  but  most  are  doubtful  and  cannot  agree  on  what 
criteria  should  guide  their  decisions  in  the  absence  of  formal  advanced  directives  or 
a  trustworthy  knowledge  of  what  the  patient  wants.  Although  they  talk  a  great  deal 
about  something  called  "quality  of  life,"  (as  though  everything  a  doctor  does  is  not 
related  to  the  quality  of  patients'  lives)  almost  none  of  them  have  been  taught  that 
the  quality  of  the  patients  death  is  one  of  the  responsibilities  of  a  physician.  That 
is  about  where  the  rest  of  the  profession  finds  itself 

The  same  technology  and  the  same  actions  by  physicians  and  other  caregivers 
that  in  some  instances  returns  a  wonderful  gift  of  life,  in  other  cases  produces  mis- 
erable deaths,  special  sadness  and  misgivings  in  the  survivors.  Sometimes  the  bad 
death  cannot  be  helped,  not  everyone  appropriately  resuscitated  survives.  Those 
who  do  not  will  die  in  intensive  care  units  usually  still  connected  to  the  respirator. 
In  many  cases,  however,  the  bad  death  is  entirely  predictable,  even  probable.  As  it 
began  to  become  clear  the  amount  of  harm  that  was  being  done  by  resuscitating 
every  dying  patient,  and  as  fear  began  to  subside  of  legal  action  for  failing  to  resus- 
citate patients  for  whom  it  offered  no  advantage,  physicians  began  looking  for  cri- 
teria that  might  relieve  them  of  the  necessity  for  doing  something  they  did  not  think 
proper.  Increasingly  patients  and  families  were  asked  for  permission  not  to  resusci- 
tate. In  some  jurisdictions  this  is  a  relatively  simple  matter,  in  others  it  is  more 
complex.  New  York  State  has  a  particularly  bizarre  law  which  provides  for  seven 
different  kinds  of  Do  Not  Resuscitate  (DNR)  forms,  depending  on  the  cognitive  state 
of  the  patient,  the  presence  of  surrogates,  and  etc.  While  it  may  be  important  that 
a  dying  patient  not  be  resuscitated,  that  is  hardly  the  criterion  for  good  care  at  the 
end  of  life. 

With  this  background,  the  right  to  refuse  treatment  seems  like  a  curious  right. 
As  though  there  are  two  distinct  situations,  a  sick  person  may  either  accept  treat- 
ment and  receive  it  or  refuse  treatment  and  not  receive  it.  As  long  as  someone  is 
receiving  medical  care,  they  receive  treatment.  There  is  no  such  thing  as  no  treat- 
ment. Treatments  are  not  merely  technologies  or  drugs,  virtually  everything  done 
to  or  for  a  sick  person  is  part  of  the  treatment.  If  you  think  this  is  an  exaggeration, 
what  would  you  think  of  your  treatment  if  you  were  left  to  lie  all  night  on  a  stretch- 
er in  the  hallway  of  the  hospital?  If  you  think,  further,  that  this  is  a  different  use 
of  the  word  treatment,  what  would  such  treatment  do  to  your  trust  and  acceptance 
of  treatment  in  the  conventional  medical  sense.  It  is  time  for  us  to  extend  our  un- 
derstanding to  the  fact  that  patients  have  a  right  not  only  to  refuse  treatment,  but 
to  choose  treatment.  To  call  this  a  right  implies  that  someone  might  choose  any 
treatment  they  wanted.  Clearly,  that  is  not  possible.  Not  everything  is  available,  or 
possible,  or  appropriate;  there  are  always  limits  to  choice.  So  the  right  must  be 
amended  to  say  that  they  should  be  able  to  choose  treatment  within  the  constramts 
of  fate  and  the  capacities  of  medicine.  Once  that  is  done,  persons  can  no  longer 
make  their  choice  by  themselves.  They  require  the  assistance  of  physicians  to  tell 
them  what  fate  means  in  their  instance — their  diseases  and  prognoses — and  what 
medicine  has  to  offer  them.  All  rights  have  corollary  obligations,  but  this  is  dif- 
ferent. The  information  the  physician  provides  must  be  tuned  to  this  patricular  pa- 
tient to  be  of  value,  just  general  information  will  be  inadequate.  In  order  to  do  that, 
the  doctor  must  have  some  knowledge  of  the  patient,  and  have  a  relationship  of 
trust  with  the  patient.  Without  a  basis  in  trust  (trust  does  not  mean  blind  trust) 
the  physician  would  not  be  able  to  find  out  much  about  the  patient  and  the  patient 
would  not  be  able  to  trust  the  information  given.  Finally,  the  physicians  information 
must  be  given  in  such  a  manner  that  the  patient,  no  matter  how  sick,  will  be  able 
to  make  choices. 

The  right  to  choose  treatment  puts  a  different  cast  on  things  than  the  right  to 
refuse  treatment.  The  biggest  difference  is  that  the  idea  of  an  independent,  autono- 
mous patient  exercising  his  or  her  right  is  replaced  by  two  people  in  community 
with  a  common  goal,  deciding  what  treatment  that  is  possible  best  suits  the  needs 
of  the  patient  as  the  patient  understands  those  needs.  As  the  discussion  continues, 
keep  in  mind  that  our  goal  is  to  go  further  than  the  usual  idea  of  advance  directives. 

Inappropriate  resuscitation  and  other  end-of-life  treatment  producing  unnecessary 
suffering  and  bad  deaths  continues  to  be  an  all  too  common  problem,  mocking  the 
triumphalism  of  high  technology  medicine. 


52 

Nothing  insures  better  than  advance  directives  that  patients  with  Hfe-threatening 
disease,  terminal  illness,  or  the  final  stages  of  inevitably  progressive  dementias  will 
receive  treatment  appropriate  to  their  disease,  the  capacities  of  medicine,  and  their 
wishes.  In  spite  of  the  Patient's  Self-Determination  Act  which  should  apply  to  the 
vast  majority  of  patients  in  the  United  States,  only  a  minority  of  patients  have 
them.  Why,  when  they  are  so  crucial,  is  that  the  case.  There  are  several  reasons. 
1.  Inertia,  apathy,  indifference,  and  fear  on  the  part  of  patients. 

2.  Ignorance  among  patients,  physicians,  and  other  caregivers. 

3.  Lack  of  incentives  for  physicians  and  other  caregivers. 

4.  Administrative  and  other  difficulties. 

5.  A  wrong  idea  of  what  an  advance  directive  should  do. 

Many  Americans,  who  do  not  sign  an  advance  directive,  are  aware  of  the  problem 
of  inappropriate  resuscitation,  life  support  or  treatment  at  the  end  of  life.  Court 
cases  have  received  publicity,  television  and  print  media  commonly  discuss  these  is- 
sues, and  people  discuss  them  with  their  friends  and  family.  When  it  comes  time 
to  sign  an  advance  directive  or  appoint  a  surrogate,  many  seem  to  hold  back.  People 
know  that  everybody  dies,  but  it  is  as  if  it  is  an  event,  something  that  will  just  hap- 
pen. They  do  not  seem  to  see  their  deaths  as  something  in  which  they  can  play  a 
part,  which,  because  of  their  actions  could  be  better  or  worse,  or  even  come  about 
in  a  desirable  manner.  I  routinely  ask  my  patients  to  appoint  a  Health-Care  Proxy 
according  to  New  York  State  law.  The  procedure  is  simple,  the  document  is  straight 
forward,  and  I  strongly  encourage  it.  Surprisingly  often,  the  document  does  not  get 
filled  out.  Sometimes  people  think  I  am  covertly  telling  them  something  negative 
about  their  prognosis  and  have  to  be  reassured.  We  must  accept  the  existence  of 
these  impediments  to  advance  directives  as  a  problem  to  be  solved. 

Despite  the  currency  of  the  problem  in  American  life,  there  is  considerable  igno- 
rance about  the  availability,  the  importance,  and  the  effect  of  an  advance  directive 
and  the  appointment  of  a  surrogate  decision-maker.  People  must  understand  that 
this  is  not  only  something  that  they  do  for  themselves,  but  for  their  family.  Like 
estate  planning,  many  family  difficulties  can  be  resolved — even  money  saved — by  an 
advance  directive.  Physicians  are  often  as  ignorant  as  their  patients  about  the  uses 
of  advanced  directive,  ignorant  of  the  fact  that  a  surrogate  speaks  with  the  patient's 
voice  when  the  patient  has  lost  capacity,  or  that  when  a  patient  chooses  not  to  be 
resuscitated,  he  or  she  has  not  chosen  not  to  be  treated.  Advance  directives  should 
be  the  subject  of  a  sophisticated,  widespread,  and  continuing  educational  program. 
Patient  education  always  ends  up  educating  physicians.  When  patients  in  sufficient 
numbers  ask  their  doctors  for  the  forms,  they  will  be  available. 

Incentives  get  things  done.  Medicare  should  have  a  procedure  code  that  applies 
to  obtaining  an  advanced  directive.  The  procedure  should  be  reimbursable  apart 
from  the  visit  in  which  it  occurs.  The  reimbursement  should  be  adequate.  It  will 
save  Medicare  money  in  the  long  run.  Other  third-party  payors  should  do  the  same 
thing,  they  too  will  save  money. 

It  appeared  that  the  Patient  Self-Determination  Act  would  succeed  since  it  was 
to  become  part  of  the  procedure  of  being  admitted  to  the  hospital  or  other  health 
care  facility.  This  has  not  worked.  The  document  should  be  part  of  the  patient's 
record,  in  front  of  the  chart,  until  its  purpose  has  been  accomplished  or  the  patient 
declines.  It  should  be  the  responsibility  of  the  attending  physician  or  the  physician 
of  record. 

Finally,  the  object  of  these  documents  should  not  primarily  be  finding  out  what 
the  patient  does  not  want,  or  refuses — for  example  resuscitation,  respirators,  or 
feeding  tubes — although  such  information  might  be  important,  but  what  kind  of  care 
the  patient  does  want  and  what  is  important  to  the  patient.  Too  often  sick  persons 
are  asked  to  make  choices  about  technical  issues  concerning  resuscitation,  res- 
pirators, and  the  like  about  which  they  know  very  little.  On  the  other  hand,  the 
thing  they,  and  only  they,  know  about,  what  matters  to  them,  gets  left  off.  My  ad- 
vance directive  says  that  if  and  when  my  physicians  no  longer  believe,  with  reason- 
able certainty,  that  I  can  return  home  able  to  read  and  write  or  with  that  fair  expec- 
tation, they  should  discontinue  treatment.  The  technical  issues  in  those  decisions 
are  both  their  expertise  and  their  problem,  not  mine.  Other  patients  say  that  they 
want  to  be  able  to  think,  or  at  least  remain  conscious  and  aware  of  their  surround- 
ings. A  rare  patient  wants  to  remain  alive  no  matter  state  he  or  she  is  in.  I  believe 
it  is  my  obligation  to  act  on  those  wishes,  and  the  obligation  of  every  physician.  It 
is  much  easier  to  ask  the  questions  that  gets  that  information  than  asking  whether 
they  want  to  be  resuscitated.  Usually  that  follows  from  what  the  patient  says.  In 
general,  the  process  of  finding  out  about  end  of  life  care  is  continuous  with  all  other 
diagnostic  and  therapeutic  decisions  in  which  the  patient  should  be  playing  an  ac- 
tive part. 


53 

No  administrative  solution  exists  to  remedy  the  too  frequent  problem  of  death 
after  unrelieved  suflFering.  The  understanding  that  effective  pain  control  is  the  sine 
que  non  of  adequate  care  of  the  dying  has  begun. to  spread  around  the  country.  The 
technology  and  medications  necessary  to  achieve  that  goal  are  ubiquitous  and  inex- 
pensive. Death  after  unrelieved  pain,  however,  remains  too  common.  Further,  the 
concepts  that  provide  the  basis  for  pain  control  are  usually  not  extended  to  other 
symptoms.  Suffering  itself,  a  distress  distinct  from  but  often  elicited  by  pain  and 
other  symptoms,  is  rarely  explicitly  addressed.  Suffering  is  always  lonely,  unique  in 
its  fashion  to  the  individual,  and  arising  from  the  sick  person  as  a  person.  It  puts 
to  lie  any  attempt  to  separate  mind  from  body,  the  psychological  from  the  physical, 
the  personal  from  the  social.  There  are  no  technologies  for  its  relief,  it  can  only  be 
treated  by  physicians  or  other  caregivers  explicitly  devoting  themselves  to  the  relief 
of  suffering.  Virtually  all  of  the  goals  of  the  care  of  the  dying  are  exemplified  by 
the  hospice  movement.  Its  ideas,  knowledge,  and  skills  are  as  applicable  to  the  care 
of  any  sick  person  as  to  the  terminally  ill,  yet  these  have  not  spread  to  the  rest  of 
medicine. 

For  physicians  to  properly  care  for  the  dying  in  any  setting  as  well  as  helping  the 
patient  choose  treatment  requires  a  therapeutic  relationship  between  doctor  and  pa- 
tient. While  it  is  desirable  to  establish  a  long  lasting  relationship  with  a  physician, 
that  is  not  necessary,  the  relationship  can  be  of  recent  origin.  The  physician  must 
understand  his  or  her  functions  as  always  arising  from  a  therapeutic  relationship. 
This  is  an  understanding  that  must  be  taught  during  medical  training  and  rein- 
forced at  every  opportunity. 

The  Senate  Finance  Committee  will  soon  be  considering  legislation  that  will  have 
an  enormous  impact  on  the  possibility  for  physicians  to  form  and  maintain  thera- 
peutic relationships  with  their  patients.  The  structure  of  health  care  reform  will  ei- 
ther encourage  doctor-patient  relationships  in  which  patients'  right  to  choose  in  con- 
cert with  their  physicians  can  become  a  reality  or  discourage  such  crucial  bonds. 
There  is  no  neutral  stance.  Medicine  cannot  move  forward  past  its  present  over-uti- 
lization of  technology  and  subspeciality  medicine  without  a  return  to  its  fundamen- 
tal basis  in  the  relationship  between  patient  and  doctor.  The  present  problem  with 
end  of  life  decisions  is  merely  one  symptom  of  our  departure  from  that  foundation 
of  medical  care. 


54 
Prepared  Statement  of  Ezekiel  J.  Emanuel,  M.D.,  Ph.D. 

Just  because  we  are  spending  a  lot  of  money  on  patients  >viio  die.  does  not  mean  that  we 

can  save  a  lot  of  monev  on  end  of  life  care. 


There  is  a  widespread  perception  that  the  medical  care  we  provide  Americans  at  the  end 
of  life  is  irrational  and  unjustifiable;  both  ethical  and  economic  considerations  urge  us  to  reduce 
medical  mterventions  for  dying  patients. 

One  can  find  this  view  expressed  by  prominent  physicians,  leading  health  policy  analysts, 
members  of  the  lay  public,  and  throughout  the  media. '•^^•''■'■*'  For  example.  George  Lundberg. 
editor  of  JAMA  has  written: 

1  believe  that  by  developing  and  implementing  such  guidelines  to  prevent  futile 
care,  evervone  wins— the  patient  the  family,  and  society  as  a  whole,  the  financial 
savings  (in  addition  to  the  obvious  humaniianan  benefits)  resulting  irom 
widespread  implementation  of  such  policies  is  impossible  to  predict  but  certainly 
tens  and  probably  scores  of  billions  of  dollars  annually  could  be  saved' 

Leading  health  economists  such  as  Eli  Ginzberg  of  Columbia  have  decried  "the  high  cost  of 
dying."  Our  current  Surgeon  General  is  quoted  as  saying  that:  "[S]ome  70  to  90  percent  of  our 
health-care  dollar  is  spent  on  the  last  few  months  of  life."'^  And  at  least  one  leading  member  of 
President  Clinton's  Health  Care  Task  Force  argued  during  some  of  the  debates  last  spring  that 
reducing  medical  interventions  for  dying  patients  was  one  of  the  two  main  mechanisms  to  cut 
the  waste  out  of  the  medical  cars  system  and  finance  universal  coverage. 

Op-ed  page  editorials  that  have  appeared  in  The  New  York  Times  and  The  Washington 
Post  within  the  last  9  months  have  proclaiined:  "Good  ethics,  good  health  economics"  and  argued 
that  the  use  of  living  wills  is  key  to  saving  the  health  care  system  finances.'"" 

Is  this  widespread  perception  true?  Are  we  wasting  scores  of  billions  of  dollars  on  dying 
patients  which  could  otherwise  be  spent  on  providing  care  for  the  uninsured? 


WHAT  DATA  SUPPORT  THE  CLAIM  THAT  WE  ARE  WASTING  MONEY  ON  DYING 

PATIENTS? 

Where  does  this  perception  that  we  are  spending  too  much  on  dying  patients  come 
fix)m? 

It  rests  on  three  related  claims.   First,  it  is  claimed  we  are  spending  too  much  money 
on  medical  care  for  dving  patients.   The  data  used  to  support  this  idea  comes  from  excellent 
studies  on  Medicare  expenditures  for  dving  patients.  A  series  of  studies  dating  back  to  the 
late  1970s  and  most  recently  reviewing  Medicare  expenditures  for  1988  demonstrate  1)  that 


55 


Cost  Savings  at  the  End  of  Life 

Page  2 


bemeen  5  and  6%  of  all  Medicare  beneficiaries  die  each  year  and  2)  that  these  d\  ing  patients 
consume  beuveen  27  and  30%  of  the  entire  Medicare  budget. '^'^■'■'  The  latest  available 
figures  indicate  that  in  1988  mean  Medicare  payments  for  the  last  year  of  life  of  Medicare 
decedents  was  S13.316,  compared  to  $1,924  for  all  Medicare  beneficiaries  (a  ratio  of  6.9). 
Indeed,  the  use  of  medical  resources  rises  significantly  as  patients  approach  death,  such  that 
fiallv  40%  of  all  spending  in  the  last  year  of  a  patient's  life  occurs  in  the  last  30  days  of  life. 
Importantly,  these  trends  and  ratios  are  not  new.   Similar  figures  date  back  to  the  early  1960s 
and  the  implementation  of  Medicare. 

These  data  on  Medicare  expenditures  for  dying  patients  are  the  best  data  available  in 
the  United  States  and  they  have  shaped  our  view  of  how  much  we  spend  on  the  mtsdical  care 
at  the  end  of  life.  (It  is  worth  noting  that  the  best  available  data  is  now  6  years  old-a  period 
in  which  health  care  expenditures  nearly  doubled  going  fix)m  $544  billion  in  1988  to  almost 
$1  trillion  in  1994.  This  is  a  sad  comment  on  our  system's  ability  to  provide  accurate  data 
for  health  policy  decision-making.) 

Second,  it  is  claimed  that  the  vast  majority  of  Americans  actually  want  fewer  medical 
interventions  at  the  end  of  life-that  is  do  not  want  to  be  attached  to  respirators  and  other 
machines  prolonging  life.  Consequently,  their  autonomy  and  satisfaction  with  medical  care 
will  actually  be  enhanced  with  fewer  treatments  at  the  end  of  life.   We  have  studied  patients 
at  the  Massachusetts  General  Hospital  and  members  of  the  general  public  in  Boston  and 
found  that  on  average  73%  of  both  patients  and  the  public  did  not  want  a  respirator  and  74% 
did  not  want  artificial  feedings.  In  the  woi5t  prognosis  situation,  persistent  vegetative  state 
80%  of  respondents  refused  respiratore  and  artificial  feedings." 

Many  other  studies,  fix)m  opinion  polls  of  the  general  public  to  more  focused 
interviews  of  patients,  have  demonstrated  sli^y  different  results  depending  upon  the  study 
population,  the  specific  wording  of  the  question,  and  the  interventions  being  considered 
Without  summarizing  the  numenxis  studies,  it  is  fair  to  say  that  between  60  and  80%  of 
Americans  would  refuse  medical  interventions  at  the  end  of  life  with  older  patients  tending  to 
want  more  treatments-OT  defer  to  their  physician  or  family  more  oflen-than  younger  patients. 

Third,  it  is  claimed  that  we  can  save  a  significant  amount  of  money  by  reducing 
medical  care  for  dying  patients.  Most  of  the  support  for  this  claim  comes  fi^m  combining 
information  on  the  amount  we  spend  on  the  medical  care  of  patients  who  die  and  their 
preference  for  not  wanting  life-sustaining  medical  intaventions.   For  instance,  the  most 
sophisticated  version  attempting  to  quantify  how  much  could  be  saved  comes  fiom  Drs. 
Singer  and  Lowy  in  which  they  "perfomied  a  thought  experiment  examining  the  cost  impact 
of  offering  advance  directives  to  the  general  public.'"*    They  argue  that  in  1990  the  U.S. 
spend  $661  billion  on  health  care. 


56 


Cost  Savings  at  the  End  of  Life 

Page  3 


[Using  the  Medicare  data  showing  that]  27.9%  of  annual  health  spending  flows 
to  the  5.9%  of  enrollees  who  die  in  that  year,  approximately  SI 84  billion  was 
spent  in  1990  on  patients  who  died  [and]  SI 09  billion  was  spent  in  1990  on 
patients  who,  if  asked,  would  have  declined  life-sustaining  treatments.. ..If  we 
assume  an  average  50%  reduction  in  costs  for  patients  who  choose  to  forego 
life-sustaining  treatments,  then  S55  billion  might  have  been  saved  in  1990  U.S. 
health  spending  ...fix)m  a  policy  of  asking  all  patients  about  their  wishes 
regarding  life-sustaining  treatment  and  incorporating  those  wishes  into  advance 
directives.  ,■ 


ARE  WE  WASTING  MOVfEY  ON  MEDICAL  CARE  FOR  THE  DYING? 
ARE  THESE  ESTIMAIES  SHOWING  WE  CAN  SAVE  MONEY  AT  THE  END  OF  LIFE 

IRUE? 

First,  it  should  be  noted  that  the  Medicare  data  provides  us  with  a  distorted  and  biased 
view  of  how  much  we  spend  on  medical  care  for  dying  patients.   The  Medicare  data  is  for 
patients  65  years  and  older— a  segment  of  the  population  more  likely  to  die.   Thus  between  5 
and  6%  of  Medicare  beneficiaries  die  each  year  and  constitute  almost  70%  of  all  Amencans 
who  die.   By  contrast,  less  than  1%  of  all  Americans  die.  This  means  that  we  cannot  simply 
extrapolate,  as  many  have  done,  the  27  to  30%  of  the  Medicare  budget  paying  for  patients 
who  die  to  the  entire  medical  care  system  and  assert  that  27%  of  all  $1  trillion  spent  on 
health  care  goes  to  dying  patients.   While  5%  of  Medicare  beneficiaries  who  die  may 
consume  27%  of  the  Medicare  budget  it  is  highly  unlikely  that  less  than  1%  of  Amencans 
who  die  consume  27%  of  all  health  care  spending.   By  our  estimate  (which  is  higher  than  the 
estimate  of  some  senior  analysts  at  HCFA),  the  1%  of  Americans  who  die  in  any  calendar 
year  use  approximately  10%  of  health  care  spending. 

In  addition,  it  is  important  to  note  that  Nfcdicare  does  not  cover  all  health  care  costs 
even  for  those  over  65  years  of  age.   Medicare  does  not  pay  for  nursing  home  care, 
prescription  drugs,  many  physician  oflBce  visits  and  other  medical  services.  Indeed,  Medicare 
co\  ers  only  45%  of  the  health  care  costs  of  Medicare  beneficiaries.   Patients  who  do  not  die 
may  very  well  use  more  of  these  uncovered  services  than  patients  who  do  die.   This  again 
may  inflate  the  proporticMi  of  health  care  expenditures  going  to  patients  who  die. 

Second  while  in  survey  questions  the  majority  of  Americans  want  to  forego  life- 
sustaining  treatments,  we  must  be  hesitant  about  extrapolating  these  data  too  easily.  It  is  now 
fashionable  to  refiise  life-sustaining  care;  it  is  the  defaoilt  answer  in  our  popular  culture.  Yet 
we  know  that  there  is  a  big  difference  betweai  answering  these  questions  in  a  survey  and 
taking  such  actioa   For  instance,  despite  the  fact  that  more  than  70%  of  Americans  say  they 
want  living  wills  or  other  form  of  advance  care  directives,  despite  the  fact  that  these 


57 


Cost  Savings  at  the  End  of  Life 

Page  4 


documents  have  received  extensive  media  publicitv',  are  readily  available  at  little  or  no  cost 
and  are  gi\  en  out  during  hospital  admissions,  only  25%  of  the  population  and  patients 
recently  discharged  from  the  hospital  has  completed  such  advance  care  documents.'' 
Completing  an  advance  care  dirolive  and  actually  refusing  care  is  much  more  difficult- 
psychologically,  emotionally  and  it  seems  practically-than  answering  a  question  in  a  survey. 
This  casts  doubt  on  the  likelihood  of  such  a  large  majority  of  Americans  reftising  life- 
siistaining  medical  treatments  in  actuality. 

It  also  might  be  compared  with  the  use  of  hospice  among  Medicare  patients.   Since 
1982  and  the  passage  of  the  Tax  Eqtiity  and  Fiscal  Responsibility  Act,  Medicare  covers 
hospice  care.   In  1992,  154,000  Medicare  beneficiaries  or  rougjily  10%  of  Medicare  patients 
who  die  utilize  hospice  care  at  the  end  of  life  (personal  communication  Paul  Eggeis,  HCFA). 
This  number  has  been  rapidly  rising  over  the  last  five  years,  yet  it  still  remains  a  small 
proportion  of  total  patients  who  die. 

Furthermore,  there  are  a  significant  minority  of  patients  who  do  not  want  to  refuse 
life-sustaining  treatments  even  under  dire-some  migjit  say  ftitile-conditions.   Many  studies 
have  shown  that  about  20%  of  Americans  want  "everything"  done  even  if  they  are  in  a 
persistent  vegetative  state.   Indeed  many  recent  legal  cases,  from  the  Wanglie  case  in 
Minnesota,  to  the  recent  cases  of  the  family  who  took  a  brain  dead  girl  home  on  a  respirator, 
attest  to  the  fact  that  significmt  minority  of  Americans  do  want  life-sustaining  treatments 
come  what  may.   Importantly,  surveys  among  AIDS  patients— one  of  the  most  costly  group  of 
d\  ing  patients-show  that  about  50%  want  cardio-pulmonary  resuscitation  and  intensive  care 
even  under  ciroimstances  in  which  their  chances  for  survival  are  less  than  15%..'*-"  A  story 
may  convey  the  issues  as  well  as  any  statistics.  One  of  my  Amherst  College  classmates 
contract  AIDS.   His  obituary  tells  that 

He  told  his  family  he  wanted  them  to  take  whatever  measures  were  available  to 
sustain  his  life.  He  told  me  he  felt  robbed  by  the  virus  and  refused  to 
succumb.  Until  the  very  end,  he  stubbcxnly  clung  to  life  and  tried  to  hang  on 
as  long  as  possible.^ 

Also  not  all  advaiKC  care  planning  is  created  equal  in  terms  of  refusing  life-sustaining 
treatments.  Many  studies  have  shown  that  patients'  family  members  and  proxies  are  more 
reluctant  to  stop  life^sustaining  treatments.^'-^  Therefore,  if  we  advocate  proxy  decision- 
making as  the  best  form  of  advance  care  planning,  as  many  have  done,  the  proportion  of 
patients  for  whom  we  would  withdraw  treatment  will  be  smaller-probably  less  than  50%- 
and  the  cost  savings  would  be  commensurately  less. 

Finally,  there  is  not  much  data  that  s'jpports  the  notion  of  significant  cost  savings  by 
reducing  life-sustaining  treatments.  The  studies  that  are  available  suggest  at  best,  under  the 


58 


Cost  Savings  at  the  End  of  Life 
Pages 


most  wildly  optimistic  scenario,  we  could  reduce  costs  during  the  last  6  months  of  life  by 
IT/a  through  the  use  of  advance  care  directives,  home  hospice,  and  the  elimination  of  futile 
care. 

Before  considering  these  studies  in  some  detail  it  is  worth  noting  there  is  no  single 
reliable  and  valid  study  of  this  issue.   Ail  the  available  studies  have  significant  limitations, 
few  are  randomized  trials;  most  are  small  involving  only  a  few  hundred  patients;  most  focus 
only  on  the  terminal  hospitalization  rather  than  total  health  care  costs;  and  costs  are  frequently 
estimated  rather  than  directly  measured.  Nevertheless,  these  studies  all  point  in  the  same 
direaion:  there  will  be  little  cost  savings  by  limiting  end  of  life  care. 


Use  of  Advance  Care  Directives:  Three  studies— of  which  one  is  randomized-examined 
whether  the  use  of  advance  care  directives  can  reduce  medical  care  costs  for  patients  who  die. 
The  only  randomized  trial  of  use  of  advance  care  documents  occurred  at  two  hospitals  in  San 
Diego  and  involved  only  204  patients.^    It  randomized  patients  to  either  receive  a  discussion 
by  their  physician  of  the  California  Durable  Power  of  Attorney  or  no  special  discussion  and 
assessed  the  cost  of  care  over  the  last  six  months  of  life.  The  study  had  a  negative  result: 
"executing  the  California  IXirable  Power  of  Attomey  for  Health  Care  and  having  a  summary- 
copy  placed  in  the  patient's  medical  record  had  no  significant  positive  or  negative  eflFect  on  a 
patient's  well-being,  health  status,  medical  treatments,  or  medical  treatment  charges."^' 


Autfaois 

Year  of 
Study 

End  of  Life  Costs 
witfaACD 

Fiid  of  Life  Costs 
without  ACD 

Percent  Saviii|^  by 
Using  ACD 

Schneiderman  et  al. 

1987-89 

$59,000 

$42,000 

0 

Teno  et  al. 

S61,589 

$56,300 

0 

Chambers  et  al. 

1990-92 

$30,478 

$95,305 

68% 

The  SUPPORT  study  examined  the  costs  of  the  final  hospitalization  of  854  patients 
who  died  in  five  separate  hospitals  across  the  United  States  (Teno  et  al.).   Having  an  advance 
directive  did  not  significantly  eflFect  the  costs  of  patients'  terminal  hospitalization.   Hospital 
bills  for  those  without  an  advance  directive  were  $56,300  versus  $61,589  for  those  with  a 
living  will  and  $58,346  for  those  with  a  durable  power  of  attorney.'* 

The  study  by  Chambers  et  al.  retrospectively  reviewed  the  deaths  of  474  Nfcdicare 
patients  in  Philadelphia  and  found  that  the  final  hospitalization  of  those  patients  with  an 


59 


Cost  Savings  at  the  End  of  Life 
Rage  6 


advance  care  directive  mentioned  in  the  chart  cost  significantly  less  than  those  without  one. 
There  is  some  question  whether  all  patients  who  had  an  advance  care  document  were  properly 
classified  and  it  also  suggests  that  sicker  patients  had  an  advance  care  document.    While  the 
Chambers  study  is  suggestive  it  needs  to  be  considered  in  the  perspective  of  these  other 
studies  w+iich  showed  not  savings  fix>m  use  of  advance  care  documents. 


Hospice:   Hospice  patients  are  known  to  be  terminally  ill.  refuse  life-sustaining  medical 
treatments,  and  often  have  care  at  home.  There  are  several  studies  on  whether  the  use  of 
hospice  care  actually  saves  money."^-^"^'^*^-^  The  one  randomized  study  was  conduaed  at  a 
VA  hospital  in  California.  The  study  involved  247  cancer  patients  randomized  either  to 
hospice  or  conventional  care.   It  showed  that  there  was  no  savings  from  hospice  care. 

The  National  Hospice  Study  was  not  randomized  and  studied  5.853  Medicare  patients 
with  cancer  of  which  3.641  used  home  care  hospice.   It  showed  that  in  the  last  month  of  life 
home  hospice  was  43%  less  expensive  than  conventional  medical  care.   But  that  the  longer 
patients  were  in  hospice,  the  savings  were  much  less.   So  that  in  the  last  6  months  of  life 
patient  in  home  hospice  saved  approximately  27%  compared  to  pjatients  with  conventional 
care,  while  patients  in  hospital  bitsed  hospice  saved  less  than  15% 


Author 

Year  of  Study 

End  of  Life  Costs 
wHfa  Hospice 

End  of  Life  Costs 
without  Hospice 

Percent  Savings 
by  Using  Hospice 

VA  Study 

$15,262 

$15,493 

0 

National  Hospice 
Study 

1980-83 

$  7,719 

$11,729 

27% 

It  is  worth  noting  that  about  25%  of  patients  on  hospice  still  are  hospitalized  during 
their  period  on  hospice.  As  noted  above  the  use  of  hospice  has  significantly  grown  over  the 
last  five  years.   Medicare  Hara  demonstrate  that  44,000  Nfedicare  patients  used  hospice  in 
1988  and  over  150,000  used  hospice  in  1992.  In  addition  the  length  of  stay  on  hospice  has 
also  significantly  increased   In  1988  Medicare  hospice  patients  stayed  on  hospice  for  an 
average  just  37  days.   In  1992  hospice  patients  stayed  on  hospice  for  57  days.   Remembering 
that  the  longer  patients  stay  on  hospice  after  one  month  the  lower  the  savings,  this  trend 
implies  lower  cost  savings  per  patient  than  in  psevious  studies. 


60 


Cost  Savings  at  the  End  of  Life 

Page  7 


Eliminating  Ftitile  Care:  What  constitutes  futile  care  is  controversial.   But  there  are  some 
areas  that  seem  less  controversial  than  others.   For  instance,   many  people  claim  that 
resuscitating  patients  with  cancer  is  llitile.   While  there  is  there  is  no  cost  stud>'  of  eliminating 
resuscitation  for  oncology  patients  there  is  a  study  from  the  Cleveland  Clinic  of  the  cost  of 
care  for  all  patients  with  Do  Not  Resuscitate  (DNR)  orders,  almost  25%  of  whom  had  cancer. 
This  study  involved  852  patients  and  looked  at  the  cost  of  the  final  hospitalization.   It  found 
that  patients  who  were  DNR  cost  about  the  same  as  non-DNR  patients  who  died:  S62,594  for 
616  DNR  patients  versus  $57,334  for  219  non-DNR  patients  who  died.^' 

Other  people  might  consider  chemotherapy  for  lung  cancer  a  futile  therapy. 
Chemotherapy  for  unresectable  non-small  cell  lung  cancer  is  an  example  of  marginal  if  not 
entirely  flrtile  therapy:  it  does  not  seem  to  systematically  enhance  longevity,  impro^/e  quality- 
of-life  or  palliate  pain.^"^  A  Canadian  randomized  trial  comparing  chemotherapy  with  quality 
supportive  care  for  patients  with  non-small  cell  lung  cancer  found  that  the  average  cost  of  the 
supportive  care  was  $8,594.85  (1984  Canadian  dollars)  while  one  chemotherapy  rej^en  cost 
less-$7,645.36-and  another  regimen  cost  more-$  12,232.45.^  Aspects  of  this  suid)'  are 
controversial  and  some  costs  required  approximations  because  they  are  "not  routinely 
identified  in  the  Canadian  health  care  system."^*^'  Nevertheless,  the  authors  conclutie  that 
even  if  chemotherapy  is  expensive,  "a  policy  of  supportive  care  for  patients  with  advanced 
NSCLC  was  associ^ed  with  substantial  costs."^* 


HOW  MUCH  CAN  WE  SAVE  FROM  G5«ATER  USE  OF  ADVANCE  C\RE 
DIRECnVES,  HOSPKE,  AND  FEWER  FUTILE  INTERVENTIONS? 

Predicting  how  much  we  could  save  by  wider  use  of  advance  care  direaives..  hospice 
care,  and  fewer  futile  interventions  is  at  best  speculative,  requiring  many  assumptions, 
extrapolations  from  limited  data,  and  educated  guessing.   But  even  making  the  wildly 
optimistic  assumptions  that  1 )  all  Americans  complete  an  advance  care  directive,  2)  reflise 
aggressive  life-sustaining  interventions,  and  3)  take  terminal  care  througji  home  hospice  the 
savings  are  likely  to  be  small. 

We  know  that  2.17  million  Americans  died  in  1988,  of  which  1.49  million  were 
Medicare  beneficiaries.   Using  the  hospice  data,  let  us  assume  that  the  maximum  we  mi^t 
save  in  health  care  costs  during  the  last  year  of  life  by  reducing  end-of-life  interventions  is 

27%.-"^ 

Using  estimates  for  the  cost  of  medical  care  during  the  last  year  of  life  and  these 
assumptions,  we  can  calculate  how  much  can  be  saved  if  each  of  the  2. 17  million  Americans 
who  died  used  advance  directives,  hospice  and  refused  aggressive,  in-hospital,  end-of-life 
interventions.   As  the  table  shows,  the  total  savings  in  the  health  care  budget  would  have 


61 


Cost  Savings  at  the  End  of  Life 
P»»ge8 


been  S18.1  billion  in  1988  or  3.3%  of  all  headi  care  spending.  In  1988,  the  Medicare  savings 
would  have  been  $5.4  billion  or  6.1%  of  expenditures.^*  Since  the  percent  of  health  dollars 
spent  on  decedents  has  been  constant  over  30  years,  the  savings  as  a  percent  of  the  national 
health  budget  and  Medicare  are  unlikely  to  change  over  time." 


OVERALL  HEALTH  CARE 
SYSTEM 

MEDICARE 

Under  65 

65  and  Over 

Number  of  patients  who  died  in  1988 

0.68  miiliOT 

1.49  million 

1.49  million 

Average  annual  health  care  cost  per 
dying  patient 

$34,102 

$29,295 

$13,316 

27%  savings  feom  use  of  advance 
directives,  hospice  and  less  aggressive 
interventions  by  ail  patients 

$  9,208 

$  7,910 

$  3,595 

Absolute  dollar  savings  from  use  of 
advance  directives,  and  hospice  and  less 
aggressive  interventions  by  all  patients 

$6.3 
billion 

$11.8  billion 

$  5.4  billion 

1988  Health  Care  Spending 

$546  billion 

$88.5  billion 

Percentage  of  health  care  spending 
saved  from  greater  use  of  advance 
directives,  hospice  and  less  aggressive 

interventions 

3.3% 

6.1% 

Some  may  look  at  these  figures  and  conclude  that  3.3%  of  the  health  care  budget 
amounts  to  almost  $30  billion  and  is  a  huge  savings.   This  conclusion  is  not  just  a  matter  of 
perspective  on  a  set  of  data.  It  is  taking  a  fantasy  for  potential  reality.  The  purpose  of  this 
calculation  is  not  to  show  what  is  possible  if  we  work  hard,  but  rather  how  little  extra  savings 
can  be  had  even  if  we  could  wish  our  ideal. 

For  many  reasons  this  fantasy  is  not  likely  to  develop.  As  I  have  already  noted,  it  is 
highly  dubious  that  all  Americans  will  use  advance  care  directives  and  refuse  life-sustaining 
care.   We  already  know  that  at  least  20%  of  Americans  reject  this.  Further,  as  noted  above 
only  about  10%  of  Medicare  beneficiaries  us  hospice  evai  thought  it  is  available  and  covered 
by  Medicare  and  has  been  for  12  years.   Furthermore,  evai  if  we  could  realize  these  large 


85-568  0-95-3 


62 


Cost  Savings  at  the  End  of  Life 

ftige9 


savings,  there  would  be  no  windfall.  As  the  health  economist  Rashi  Fein  has  noted  about 
other  proposed  cost  saving  changes  that  involve  changes  in  medical  practice:  "the  savings 
would  occur  only  over  a  number  of  years."  Achieving  5  or  6  billion  in  savings  each  year  for 
five  years  is  significant  but  likely  to  be  dwarfed  by  simple  health  care  inflation. 


WHY  ARE  THE  SAVINGS  ATTHE  E3SD  OF  LIFE  LESS  THAN  ^\E  EXPECT? 

There  are  at  least  five  reasons  that  the  prediction  of  scores  of  billions  of  dollars  of 
savings  from  eliminating  wastefiil  end  of  life  care  made  by  physicians,  health  policy  analysts, 
the  public  and  the  media  are  wrong.  We  have  already  indicted  some  of  them. 

First,  our  best  data  on  cost  of  care  for  pjadents  who  die  comes  from  Medicare  and  the 
Medicare  statistics  are  not  readily  extrapolated  to  the  whole  health  care  system  Medicare 
makes  us  think  we  are  spending  a  great  deal  and  therefore  can  save  a  great  deal.  We  are 
spending  only  10%  of  all  health  care  expenditures  on  end  of  life  care.  Thus  even  a  large 
percentage  decrease  in  this  spending  is  a  small  fraction  of  the  total  health  care  budget. 

Secoid,  as  we  have  stated  many  Americans  Just  do  not  desire  less  aggressive  medical 
care  at  the  end  of  life. 

Third,  it  is  worth  noting  that  we  have  undergone  a  revolution  in  the  provision  of 
health  care  to  dying  patients  over  the  last  decade.  Currently  almost  80%  of  patients  in  large 
hospitals  die  without  "everything"  being  done  for  thera^*^*'  Among  cancer  patients,  in  fact, 
as  many  as  97.5%  die  without  resuscitatioa*'   We  are  already  withdrawing  and  withholding 
life-sustaining  treatments  for  the  vast  miyority  of  people.  While  there  might  be  more 
interventions  that  can  be  stopped,  it  is  fewer  than  we  think  and  therefore  the  savings  are 
likely  to  be  less  than  we  think. 

Fourth,  death  is  unpredictable.  The  statistics  we  have  from  Medicare  and  other  studies 
provide  us  the  cost  of  patients  who  died.  We  know  that  they  die  after  the  fact  and  then  look 
back  to  find  out  how  much  medical  care  the  used.  As  Anne  Scitovsky  has  argued: 

Nfost  of  these  studies  deal  not  with  the  "high  cost  of  dyingf  of '  terminal 
patients  but  with  medical  care  expenditures  at  the  end  of  life,  generally  in  the 
last  six  months  of  life.  It  is  easy  enou^  of  course,  to  designate  a  patient  as 
terminal  or  as  dying  retrospectively  but  an  entirely  different  matter  to  do  so 
prospectively. 

This  means  that  when  1994  started  we  did  not  know  who  would  die  and  who  would  not.  For 
only  a  few  diseases,  most  notably  some  cancers  and  AIDS,  can  we  accurately  predict  weeks 


63 


Cost  Savings  at  the  End  of  Life 
PSf^elO 


or  months  in  advance  who  will  do  well  and  who  is  likely  to  die.   But  for  most  other  causes  of 
death,  including  heart  disease  and  stroke  which  account  for  about  half  of  all  deaths,  the  end  is 
sudden  and  unpredictable.   Indeed  who  would  have  predicted  Richard  Nixon  would  die  in 
April  1994  of  a  stroke.  And  even  after  the  initial  stroke  who  knew  with  accuracy  he  would 
die  five  days  later. 

The  inability  to  know  who  is  terminal  and  likely  to  die  with  any  accuracy  makes  it 
hard  to  know  when  to  stop  medical  treatments.   In  the  face  of  this  uncertainty  we-physicians. 
patients,  and  family-are  likely  to  err  on  the  side  of  treating  and  withdraw  only  after  it  is  clear 
that  the  patient  is  likely  to  die.  This  approach  means  there  will  be  less  cost  savings  that  we 
might  predict  by  looking  at  the  cost  figures  after  we  can  identify  who  dies. 

Finally  and  most  importantly,  just  because  we  are  willing  to  stop  providing  high- 
technology  life-sustaining  care  for  patients  at  the  end  of  life  does  not  mean  that  they  require 
no  medical  care  at  all.  When  we  stop  life-sustaining  treatments  patients  just  do  not  simply 
die.  Depending  upon  the  disease,  patients  who  reftise  life-sustaining  care  can  still  live  weeks, 
months  even  a  year.  For  example,  the  median  survival  of  patients  with  metastatic  lung  cancer 
is  about  6  months.  Half  will  live  more  than  six  months  even  if  they  reftise  life-sustaining 
care.  The  dying  patients  still  require  higji  quality,  and  dignified  cornfort  care  over  this  period 
Even  if  it  is  not  high  technology,  this  comfort  care  is  not  cheap.  A  patient  with  metastatic 
lung  cancer  refusing  life-sustaining  treatments  but  getting  comfort  measures  may  require 
radiation  therapy  for  painful  bone  metastases;  intravenous  pain  medications;  siqiplemental 
oxygen  to  reduce  air  hunger,  and  other  medications  and  treatments.  Such  comfort  care  is 
labor  intensive  and  not  cheap.    It  may  also  be  useftil  to  note  that  even  among  hospice 
patients  about  25%  end  up  using  in-hospital  services  while  they  arc  on  hospice. 

We  cannot  on  the  one  hand  lecture  f^ysicians  about  providing  high  quality,  dignified 
comfort  care  and  pain  management  to  dying  patients  and  then  on  the  other  hand  berate  them 
for  the  faa  that  medical  care  for  these  dying  patients  will  cost  significant  sums  of  money. 


axsojusioN 

None  of  the  studies  of  end  of  life  care  is  definitive.  But  almost  all  of  them  point  in 
the  same  direction  showing  tiiat  there  is  unlikely  to  be  a  windfall  in  savings  by  use  of 
advance  care  documents,  more  hospice  and  less  aggressive  life-sustaining  treatments.  We 
certainly  could  use  better-especially  randomi25ed-studies  of  the  cost  of  dying.  Before  we 
have  definitive  data  on  this  we  should  not  count  on  this  money  to  finance  health  care  reform. 

To  reiterate  the  main  point:  Just  becatise  we  spend  a  lot  of  money  on  dying  patients 
does  not  mean  we  can  save  a  lot  of  money. 


64 

REFERENCES 

1.  Leaf  A.  Medicine  and  the  aged.  New  Fngland  Journal  of  Medicine  1977;297:887-890. 

2.  Tumbull  AD,  Carlon  G,  Baron  R,  Sichel  W.  Young  C.  Howland  W.  The  inverse 
relationship  between  cost  and  survival  in  the  critically  ill  cancer  patient.  Critical  Care 
Mslifiine  1979;7:20-23. 

3.  Ginzberg  E.  The  high  cost  of  dying.  Inquim  1980;17:293-5. 

4.  Schroeder  SA.  Showstack  JA.  Roberts  J.  Survival  of  adult  hi^  cost  patients.  JAMA 
1981;245:1446-1449. 

5.  Bayer  R,  Callahan  D,  Fletcher  J,  Hodgson  T,  Jennings  B,  Nfonsees  D,  Sieverts  S.  Veatch 
R.  The  care  of  the  terminally  ill:  nxjrality  and  economics.  New  England  Journal  of  Medicine 
1983;309:1490-94. 

6.  Scitovsky  AA.  "The  hi^  cost  of  dying":  what  do  the  data  show?  Milbank  Memorial  Fund 
QuaOfitlX  1984;62:591-608. 

7.  Scitovsky  AA.  Capron  A.   Medical  care  at  die  end  of  life:  the  interaction  of  economics  and 
ethics.     Annual  Review  of  Public  Health  1986:7:59-75. 

8.  Lundberg  CD.  American  health  care  system  amanagement  objectives.  JAMA 
1993;269:2554-2555. 

9.  Godec  MS.  Your  final  30  days-free.  Washington  Post  May  2,  1993;C3. 

10.  d'Oronzio  JC.  Good  ethics,  good  health  economics.  New  York  Times  June  8,  1993;A25. 

11.  Frye  A.  Living  wills  as  your  last  testament  The  Washington  Post  January  2,  1994;C3. 

12.  Lubitz  JD,  Riley  GF.  Trends  in  Medicare  payments  in  the  last  year  of  life.  New  Fji gland 
Journal  of  Medicine  1993;328:1092-6. 

13.  Lubitz  J,  Prihoda  R.  The  use  and  costs  of  Medicare  services  in  the  last  2  years  of  life.  Halth 
Care  FinanceReview  1984;5:117-131. 

14.  McCall  N.  Utilization  and  cost  of  Medicare  services  by  beneficiaries  in  their  last  year  of  life. 
Medical  Care  1984;22:329-342. 

15.  Emanuel  LL,  Barry  MJ,  Stoeckle  JD,  Ettelson  LM,  Emanuel  EJ.  Advance  direaives  for 
medical  care-a  case  for  greater  use.  New  Fngland  Journal  of  Medicine  1991;324:889-895. 

16.  Singer  PA,  Lowy  FR  Rationing,  patient  preferences,  and  cost  of  care  at  the  end  of  life. 
Archives  of  Internal  Medicine  1992;  152:478^80. 


65 


17.  Emanuel  EI,  Wemberg  DS,  Gonin  R.  Hummel  LR.  Emanuel  LL.  How  well  is  the  patient  self- 
determination  aa  woridng?:  an  early  assessment.  American  Jnumal  of  Medicine  1993;95:619-628. 

18.  Steinbrook  R,  Lo  B,  Moulton  J,  Saika  G.  Hollander  R  Volberding  PA.   Preferences  of 
homosexual  men  with  AIDS  for  life-sustaining  treatment.  New  England  Journal  of  Medicine 
1986:314:457-460. 

19.  Haas  JS,  Weissman  JS.  Cleary  PD,  et  al.  Discussion  of  preferences  for  life-sustaining  care 
by  persons  with  AIDS.  Archives  of  Internal  Medicine  1993;153:1241-1248. 

20.  Anderson  CL.  Amhsd  Winter  1993/94;71. 

21.  Emanuel  EJ,  Emanuel  LL.  Proxy  decision  making  for  incompetent  patients:  an  ethical  and 
empirical  analysis.  JAMA  1992;267:2067-2071. 

22.  Steiber  SR.  Ri^t  to  die:  public  balks  at  deciding  for  others.  Hospiials  1987;61:72. 

23.  Schneiderman  LI,  Kronick  R,  Kaplan  RM,  Anderson  JP,  Langer  RD.  Effects  of  oflFering 
advance  direaives  on  medical  treatments  and  costs.  Annals  of  Internal  Medicine  1992;!  17: 599- 
606. 

24.  Teno  J,  Lynn  J,  Phillips  R,  Youngner  S,  Connors  A,  Oye  B,  Desbiens  N,  Fulkereon  W.  Knaus 
W,  and  the  SUPPORT  Investigators.  Do  advance  directives  save  resources?  Clinical  Research 
1993  ;41:551  Abstract. 

25.  Kidder  D.  The  effects  of  hospice  coverage  on  Medicare  expenditures.  Health  Services 
Rs^Kh  1992;  195-217. 

26.  Kane  RL,  Wales  J,  Bernstein  L,  Leibowitz  A,  Kaplan  S.  A  randomized  controlled  trial  of 
hospice  care.  I.ancet  1984;i:890-894. 

27.  Spector  WD,  Mor  V.  Utilization  and  charges  for  terminal  cancer  patients  in  Rhode  Island. 
Inquiii:  1984;21:328-337. 

28.  Hannan  EL,  QConnell  JF.  An  evaluation  of  hospices  in  the  New  York  state  hospice 
demonstration  program.  Inquilj:  1984;21:338-348. 

29.  Mor  V,  Kidder  D.  Cost  savings  in  hospice:  final  results  of  the  national  hospice  study.  Uallh 
Services  Research  1985;20:407-*22. 

30.  Brooks  C,  Smyth-Staruch  K.  Hospice  home  care  cost  savings  to  third  party  insurers.  Malical 
CaE  1984;22:691-703. 

31.  Maksoud  A,  Jahnigen  DW,  Skibinski  Q.  Do  not  resuscitate  orders  and  the  cost  of  death. 
Archives  of  Internal  Medicine  1993;153:1249-1253. 

32.  indhe  DC.  Chemotherapy  of  lung  cancer.  New  England  Tmimal  of  Medicine  1992;327:1434- 
1441. 


66 


33.  Ruckdeschel  JC.  Is  chemotherapy  for  metastatic  nonsmaJl-cell  lung  cancer  "worth  it"?  Journal 
of  riinir.al  Oncology  1990;8:1293-1296. 

34.  Jaakkimainen  L,  Goodwin  PJ,  Pater  J.  Warde  P,  Murray  N,  Rapp  E.  Counting  the  costs  of 
chemotherapy  in  a  national  cancer  institute  of  Canada  randomized  trial  in  nonsmall-cell  lung 
cancer.  .Inumal  of  Clinical  Oncology  1990;8:1301-1309. 

35.  Rapp  E,  Pater  JL,  Willan  A,  et  al.  Chemotherapy  can  prolong  suryiyal  in  patients  with 
advancal  non-small-cell  lung  cancer-report  of  a  Canadian  multicenter  randomized  trial.  loumal 
of  Clinical  Oncology  1988;6:633-641. 

36.  Leyit  KR,  Lazenby  HC,  Cowan  CA,  Letsch  SW.  National  health  expenditures.  1990.  Ueallh 
Care  Finance   Reyiew  1991;13:29-54. 

37.  Newhouse  JP.  An  iconoclastic  view  of  health  cost  containment  Health  Affairs  1993;  12 
supp:152-171. 

38.  Gleeson  K,  Wise  S.  The  dono-resuscitate  order  still  too  little  too  late?  Archiyes  of  Internal 
Msdicins  1990;150:1057-1060. 

39.  Smedira  NG,  Evans  BH,  Grais  LS,  et  al.  Withholding  and  withdrawal  of  life  support  fiom 
the  critically  ill.  New  England  Journal  of  Medicine  1990;322:309-315. 

40.  Bedell  S,  Pelle  D,  Maher  PL,  Cleary  PD.  Do-not-resuscitate  orders  for  critically  ill  patients 
in  the  hospital:  how  are  they  used  and  what  is  their  impact?  JAMA  1986;256:233-7. 

41.  Vitelli  CE,  Cooper  K,  Rogatko  A,  Brennan  MP.  Cardiopulmonary  resuscitation  and  the 
patient  with  cancer.  Journal  of  Clinical  Oncology  1991;9:111-5. 


67 

Prepared  Statement  of  Melvin  Konner,  M.D.,  Ph.D. 

Mv  name  is  Melvin  Konner,  and  I  leach  human  biology  and  medical  anthropology 
at  Emory  University  in  AUanta.  I  hold  PLD.  and  MD.  degrees  from  another  noted 
ixmituiion  of  higher  learning  where,  after  six  years  on  the  faculty,  I  attended  medical 
school  I  have  authored  three  boolcs  on  the  relarionsbip  between  medicine  and  sociecy,^-^ 
and  have  taught  for  many  years  about  it  I  undcrstarul  the  viewpoint  of  die  practicing 
physician,  bnt  I  get  no  portion  of  my  income  from  the  delivery  of  care,  and  so  have  no 
special  interest  in  the  economic  results  of  reform.  Due  to  some  serious  illnesses  in  my 
immediate  family,  I  also  know  how  it  feels  to  be  on  the  other  end  of  the  stethoscope.  My 
testimony  reflects  only  my  own  opinion,  not  that  of  any  institution  or  organization.  It  is  a 
privilege  to  have  yonr  attention  even  briefly. 

Robert  Frost  is  known  for  many  serious  works,  but  my  favorite  may  just  be  the 
following  late,  mischievous  two-line  poem:^ 

Forgive,  0  Lord,  my  liole  jokes  on  Thee, 
And  m  forgive  Tliy  great  big  one  on  me. 

The  big  jo):e  is,  presumably,  mortality;  and  although  the  Almighty  may  occasionally  find  it 
funny,  hiunans  rarely  do.  In  fact,  some  philosophers  have  argued  that  we  humans  spend 
our  hves,  energies,  and  fortunes  in  a  massive  effort  that  combines  posq)onemcnt  with 
denial.  Certainly  in  medicine  the  assaolt  on  mortality  is  our  mission,  our  obsession,  and 
our  dream.  Bnt  the  philosophical  questions  remaiiL  What  happens  when  the  length  of  life 
is  at  odds  with  its  quality,  when,  in  Hamlet's  words,  we  face  tte  "calamity  of  so  long  life?" 
And  who  will  bear  the  awesome  resp^Misibility  of  judging  when  life  has  been  too  long? 

But  modem  medicine  and  its  technologies  raise  a  new  question,  one  that  Hamlet 
could  not  have  thought  of.  What  happens  when  medicine  gives  us  so  much  control  over 
dying  that  the  idea  cf  a  nabiral  order  of  thin^  slowly  loses  its  meaning?  Among  ihc  IKung 
San.  or  Bushmen,  whom  I  lived  with  in  Afoca,  control  over  dying  is  so  feeble  that  they 
would  never  dream  of  our  problem-an  ediical  dilemma  coixxming  when  to  let  people  die. 
Indeed,  throughout  human  history  undl  the  last  few  decades,  no  such  conundrum  could 
have  existed.  Science  has  presented  us  with  a  new  kind  of  dUenmia,  one  thai  requhrs  a 
new  kind  of  ethical  reasomng. 

None  of  us,  of  course,  would  go  back  in  time  to  an  era  when  mortality  made  life  so 
precarious.  But  we  do  need  to  realize  that  it  has  not  been  the  advance  of  medical 
technology  that  caused  most  of  the  reduction  in  monality  in  modem  times.  Rather,  it  has 
been  primarily  improvements  in  the  quality  of  life-nutrition,  sanitation,  housing,  work 
conditions,  and  so  on-tibat  have  defeated  the  great  killers  of  the  past  llie  role  of  new 
technologies  has  been  more  dramatic,  but  much  less  important 

Good  people  can  legidmaicly  differ  about  how  we  should  view  the  end  of  life. 
There  appears  to  be  agreement  that  competent  adults  have  the  right  to  refuse  treatment  a 
consensus  embodied  in  The  Patient  Self-Determination  Act^  There  is  growing  acceptance 
of  legal  instruments  such  as  the  living  will  and  the  durable  power  of  auoraey  for  health 
care,  designed  to  prevent  unwanted  treatments  in  the  event  of  a  person's  loss  of 
competence.*  And  in  some  cases,  such  as  that  of  Nancy  Cruzan,  courts  have  accepted 
other  evidence  of  an  incompetent  patient's  wishes.  The  Cruzan  decision  also  extended, 
righUy  I  think,  the  boimdary  of  what  we  view  as  technological  interveniion,  to  include 
artificial  feeding  and  hydraiiocL'^  Meanwhile,  Derek  Humphry.^  the  Hemlock  Society,  and 
of  course  Dr.  Jack  Kevorkian  have  acted,  sometimes  with  disregard  for  the  law,  to  try  to 
push  the  boundaries  of  the  right  to  rcfiose  treatment  until  they  encompass  a  right  to  die,  a 


68 


right  to  tain  one's  own  life,  and  even  a  right  to  be  assisted  bv  a  phjrsician  in  such  an  act  of 
snicide.  And  whatever  eihiclsts  and  legislators  may  think  of  ihese  actions,  juries  of  average 
Americons-HDOSt  recently  just  a  few  days  ago^mve  consistently  refused  to  punish  such  acts 
when  they  aie  perceived  to  have  a  hiimanB  motivation.' 

But  as  Dr.  Christine  Cassel  has  wisely  said,  "it  is  one  thin^  to  let  people  die 
because  their  lives  have  become  an  inconvenience  to  them;  it  is  quite  another  to  let  them  die 
because  tfaeix  lives  have  become  an  inconvenience  to  us."^^  Surely  we  do  not  want  to 
create  a  moral  environment  in  wiilch  seriously  ill  people,  guilty  over  the  inconvenience  they 
cause  us>cJbosB  death  at  a  time  when  life  still  q)peals  to  them.  Tbe  line  is  easy  to  cross. 
Dr.  Carlos  Gomez,  author  of /{e^u/otin;  Death,  reported  on  twenty-six  casea  of  cuihaaasia 
in  tbe  Netherlands,  where  legal  strictuxes  against  this  practice  are  limited.^^  In  too  many 
cases  Dr.  Oomez  found  evidence  of  inadequate  treatment  of  pain,  and  even  more 
inadequate  tteaiment  of  depression.  In  the  United  States  too,  it  is  widelv  agreed  that 
doctors  treat  pain  and  depression  inadequaiely,  even  in  the  tenninally  ill.  to  the  point  where 
a  sitting  Surgeon  General,  Dr.  Louis  SmUvan.  was  moved  to  call  for  a  major  rdbrm  of 
practice.  Dr.  Eric  Cassell's  dismal  assessment  of  modem  doctors  is  that  they  have  lost 
their  ability  to  address  human  suffering.  ^^  The  lesson  is  that  before  we  help  people  die,  we 
had  better  be  sure  that  we  have  done  everything  reasonable  to  help  them  want  tome. 

Yet  there  is  a  point  at  which  a  person  may  really  want  to  die,  and  leading  physicians 
throughout  the  nation  have  ezpUcitly  recognized  that  assisted  suicide  docs  and  should 
somenmes  happen  under  the  aegis  of  physicians.  '^  We  owe  it  to  physicians,  to  patients, 
and  to  families  to  bring  this  secret  out  of  *hei  closet,  and  to  debate  pubhciy  how  we  as  a 
society  may  Hit  at  least  part  of  this  dreadfiil  burden  from  their  shoulders. 

Dr.  Cassel's  warning  about  the  ethics  of  tbe  ice  floe  brings  us  to  a  still  more 
complex  problem:  the  specter  of  explicit  rationing.  Nobody  wants  rationing,  but  few  have 
faced  the  faa  that  we  have  ratiooine  now.^^  As  a  medical  student  working  a  what  many 
consider  our  nation's  best  hospital,  I  saw  this  rationing  in  action,  as  poor  people  waited  in 
pain  for  so  many  hours  that  they  left  without  treatment  We  saw  rationiiig  too.  when 
thousands  of  childien  contracted  measles  in  a  completely  unnecessary  epidemic,  and  some 
of  them,  inexcusably,  died  of  it,  because  of  the  disgraceful  inadequacy  of  our  nation's 
vaccinaiioo  programs. 

I  prefer  die  rationing  to  be  rational  and  I  prefer  the  word  triage,  because  it  is  one 
we  accept  It  comes  from  the  French  rriager,  to  sort.  Ii  is  something  we  know  to  be  ethical 
in  war  or  accident  or  natural  disaster,  when  so  many  cases  descend  on  medical  workers  that 
they  must  choose  whom  they  will  treat  This  one  is  serious,  but  will  live  for  another  day. 
This  one  is  worse  off,  but  nothing  I  do  will  help  him.  And  oh  yes,  here  is  the  one  I  must 
care  for  first,  the  one  who  wiQ  live  only  if  I  do  what  is  needed  now.  How  can  we  make 
such  decisions?  We  must,  and  so  we  do. 

I  believe  tbzt  we  are  already  in  a  situation  of  triage  at  the  societal  level.  Americans 
have  decided  tiiat  they  cannot  spend  much  more  on  health  than  they  spend  now-around  a 
seventh  of  GNP.  Yet  forty  milUon  people  have  been  left  out  of  the  system,  without  logic, 
ethics  or  compassion. 

A  few  years  ago  the  people  of  Oregon  decided  to  prioritize  medical  trcaunents-in 
effect  to  triage.  Tbe  fact  that  the  Bush  administration  quashed  their  effort  should  not  be 
allowed  to  obscure  what  they  accomplished.  In  a  bipartisan  plan  designed  by  physicians  in 
the  state  legislature,  after  consultation  witix  countless  town  meetings  around  the  state,  and 
with  die  support  of  the  governor,  Oregonians  made  a  list  of  medical  treatments  ranked 


69 


•ccorcHng  to  their  valoe  and  cXTectiveneu.  They  did  not  claim  tbat  this  was  easy,  Dor  did 
they  diiok  they  had  done  it  perfBctiy.  Thoy  can  be  ciiddzed  for  pdohtizuig  treatments  and 
rejecting  some  of  Ihcm  only  for  those  on  Medicaid.  But  their  effort  needs  to  be  studied  by 
all  who  care  about  the  health  of  Americans.^ 

Assuming  we  become  capable  of  setting  priorities,  how  will  we  handle  end  of  life 
issues?  Doctors  Ezcldel  and  Linda  Emanuel  have  shown  diat  the  savings  to  be  gained  by 
hospice  treatraoit  in  the  last  year  of  life  are  not  gicat,  although  even  they  conoe(&  that 
"reducing  health  care  expcnditoics  by  3.3  percent  cannot  be  dismissed  lighily."i^  As  your 
late  colleague  Senator  Duksen  said,  "a  bilHon  here,  a  billion  there,  and  pretty  soon  you're 
talking  about  real  money."  With  this  saving,  a  third  of  the  oninsured  could  be  covered. 

But  to  focus  on  the  last  year  misses  the  point  There  are  inappropriate  treatments 
throughout  [ife-tens  of  tiiousands  of  unwairamed  coronary  bypasses,  hysterectomies, 
prostatectomies,  cesarean  sections-the  list  goes  oti.^'  These  excess  procedures  not  only 
waste  teiis  of  billions  of  dollars,  they  expose  patients  to  needless  risk,  discomfort,  and 
oppoitunity  costs  of  their  own.  Unquestionably,  the  money  saved  from  withholding 
needless  treatments  could  fund  coverage  for  most  of  the  tminsuied.  Most  of  these  savings 
would  not,  in  the  usual  sense,  be  triggered  by  end-of-life  measures. 

But  the  last  year  of  life  does  not  exhaust  the  end-of-life  issues,  and  to  claim  that  it 
does  is  disingenuous.  Consider  my  mother's  final  illness.  In  August  1990,  she  suffered  a 
large  stroke  that  left  her  bedridden  without  speech.  She  bad  made  it  clear  diat  she  would 
not  want  to  live  long  in  that  kind  of  shape.  Still,  my  fadier,  my  brother,  and  I  fought  to 
get  her  into  a  rehab  hospital  to  give  ica  every  chance  at  recovery.  Unfortunately,  while 
theip  she  had  a  second  stroke  and  was  iransfcned  back  to  the  acute  care  hospital.  The 
lehab  hospital  would  not  take  her  back. 

Now  came  the  sad  choice.  Specialists  at  the  hospital  wanted  to  implant  a  gastric 
feeding  tube.  Herfamily  doctor,  a  longtime  friend,  advised  against  it  It  would  fa^ve  k^ 
her  alive  for  years  in  a  humiliating  condition.  We  knew  what  she  would  have  wanted.  We 
agonized  about  it  for  days,  and  even  consulted  a  lawyer  who  bad  argued  a  "right  to  die' 
case  before  the  Florida  Supreme  Court  We  decided  not  to  place  the  tube.  Without  it,  she 
could  not  be  accepted  b^  a  nursing  home,  and  her  doctor  discharged  her  to  hospice  care  at 
home.  She  died  gently  m  her  ovm  room  a  few  weeks  later,  appropriately  medicated  to  limit 
her  discomfort 

We  had  respected  her  wishes.  If  we  had  placed  the  gastric  tube,  she  nught  stUl  be 
alive  today,  suffering  countless  indignides  and  ongoing  distress,  without  hope  of 
improvement  or  recovery.  She  would  also  have  incurred  manv  medical  expenses,  some 
covered  by  Medicare,  most  of  which  would  not  have  been  in  tioe  last  year  of  life.  Yet  they 
would  have  resulted  from  cnd-of-lifc  issues,  since  the  end  of  her  life  did  follow  our 
decision  not  to  place  the  tube-as  we  had  suspected  it  would.  So  not  just  last-year-of-life 
savings,  but  perhaps  years  of  savings,  resulted  from  an  end-of-life  dccisioiL 

But  of  course  wc  did  not  make  it  to  save  money.  On  the  contrary,  while  we  were 
trying  to  give  her  her  best  shot  at  recovery,  wc  spent  Medicare's  money  with  impunity;  and 
so.  I  hope,  would  everyone.  I  call  this  the  "whai-if-it's  your  mother"  rule  of  e:^>eaditurc. 
I  laiow  that  an  MRI  scan  costs  three  times  as  much  as  a  CAT  scan,  but  that  it  does  not  yield 
three  times  the  informadon.  Still,  as  a  good  son.  I  v^ll  Ignore  the  cost-benefit  rados  and 
insist  on  the  best  So  will  all  good  sons  and  daughters,  and  parents,  siblings,  and  spouses 
too.  As  awareness  of  the  rapidly  moving  fronder  of  technology  spreads  ihroaghout 


85-568  0-95-4 


70 


society,  the  "what-if-it's-your-mothex*  rule  will  drivs  up  medical  costs  until  they  consume 
so  much  of  our  resources  that  we  can't  do  the  rest  of  what  we  want  and  need  to  do.^^ 

Only  a  broad  social  consensus,  eventually  embodied  in  law,  can  slow  down  this 
process,  and  diat,  once  again,  means  tdagc.  Not  all  treatments  that  patients  demand  have 
equal  value,  and  some  have  no  value.  Yet  in  recent  months  courts  l^ve  ordered  doctors 
and  hospitals  to  provide,  against  their  bcuer  judgement,  expensive  tieatments  that  have  no 
proven  scientific  oicrit  lUs  is  a  path  that  can  only  lead  to  disaster,  as  e3q)anding  demand 
pushes  treatment  far  bcvond  what  is  reasonable,  in  a  vain  attempt  to  control  completely 
what,  finally,  is  beyond  our  control:  the  hour  of  our  deadu  We  sorely  need  more  and  better 
outcome  smdics  to  assess  the  value  of  treatments,  and  practice  giudelines  to  hdp  jphysicians 
say  no  when  that  is  the  light  answer.  We  must  set  clear  priodtics.  IfwcdonX  then  our 
efibitful  denial  of  death  will  come  back  one  day  to  haunt  our  children. 

Refeiences 

1.  Konner,  Mclvin.  Becoming  a  Doctor.  A  Journey  of  Initiation  in  Medical  SchooL  New 
York:  Viking,  1987. 

2.  Konner,  Melvin.  Medidne  at  the  Crossroads:  The  Crisis  in  Heaith  Care.  New  York: 
Pantheon,  1993. 

3.  Konner,  MclviiL  Dear  America:  A  Concerned  Doctor  Wants  You  to  Know  the  Truth 
About  Health  Reform.  New  York:  Addison-Wcsley,  1993. 

4.  Frost,  Robert  The  Poetry  of  Robert  Frost  New  York:  Holt,  Rineharu  and  Winston, 
1969. 

5.  Gate,  Fred  H.  and  Gill,  Barbara  A.  The  Patient  Self-De termination  Act: 
Implementation  Issues  and  Opportunities.  The  Annenberg  Washington 
Program,   Communications    Policy   Studies,   Northwestern    University,    1991. 

6.  Daals,  Marian,  and  seven  other  authors.     "A  Prospective  Study  of  Advance 
Directives  for  Life-Sustaining  Care."     New  England  Journal   of  Medicine 
324M2-%,  1991;  Emanuel.  Linda  L.,  Barry,  Michael  L,  Stoeckle,  John  D.,  Euelson, 
Lucy  M..  and  Emanuel,  Ezoklal  J.    ibid.,  pp.  889-95;  Annas,  George  J.    "The  Health 
Caic  Proxy  and  the  Uving  WiU."  ibid.,   1210-13. 

7.  Orentllcher,  David.     "The  Right  to  Die  Atter  Cruzan."  Journal  of  the 
American  Medical  Association   2<W:2442-6,  1990;  Annas,  George  J.  "Nancy 
Cnizan  and  the  Right  to  Die."    New  England  Journal  of  Medicine  323:610-7,    1992; 
Annas,   George  J.,   and  thirty-five  others.      "Bioethiclsts'  Sutemeat  on  the  U.S. 
Supreme  Court's  Crutan  Decision.'    ibid.,  pp.  686-7. 

8.  Humphry,  Derek.    Final  Exit:   The  Practicalities  of  Self-Deliverance  and 
Assisted  Suicide  for  the  Dying.     Eugene.  Oregon:  The  Hemlock  Society,  1991. 
See  also  Waller,  Susan.     "Trends  in  Public  Acceptance  of  Exithanasia 
Worldwide."     The  Euthanasia  Review  7:33-47,  1986.     Summarizes  poll  data  from 
the  Harris.  Gallup,  and  other  organizations.     For  an  account  of  the  legal 
situation   In   eight   countries,    see   Yamauchi,    Masaya,    and   seven   other   authors. 
-Eutbanasla  Around  the  World."     British  Medical  Journal  304:7-10,    1992. 


71 


9.  MarsoUck,  David.     'Kevorkian  Trial  I&  Over,  the  Debate  Isn't.'    New    York 
Times,  May  4,  1994,  p.  A8. 

10.  CaMel.  Christine.,  In  Homer,  Paul  and  Ilohtels.  Martha,  eda.    A  Good  Old 
Age?:  The  Paradox  of  Setting  Limits.    New  York:  Simon  and  Schuster,  1990,  p.  23. 

11.  Gomez,  Carlos,    Regulating  Death:  Euthanasia  and  (he  Case  of  the 
Netherlands.    New  Yoric  The  Free  Press,  1991. 

12.  Caaseil,  Eric  J.    27l«  Nature  of  Suffering  and  the  Goals  of  Medicine.    New 
York:  Oxford  University.   1991.     For  an  analysis  of  the  modem  physician's  role 
in  attending  the  dying  and  enabling  a  good  death,  see  Cassell,  Eric  J.,  'Being 
and  Becoming  Dead,"  Social  Research  59:528-42,   1972, 

13.  Wanzer,  Sidney  H.  and  eleven  other  authon.     "The  Physician's 
Responsibility  Toward  Hopelessly  IH  Patients:  A  Second  Look.'     New   England 
Journal  of  Medicine  320:844-849,  1989;    Mlsbin,  Robert  J.     "Physicians'  Aid  in 
Dying."     New  England  Journal  of  Medicine  325:1307-11,    1991. 

14.  Burstln.  Helen  R..  Llpsitz,  Stuart  R.,  and  Brennan,  Troyen  A., 
'Socioeconomic  Status  and  Risk  for  Substandard  Medical  Cve,'  J  AM  As  pp.  2383- 
7;   with   accompanying   editorial   by  Bindman,  Andrew  B.,   and   Grufflbach.   Kevin, 
"America's  Safety  Net  The  Wrong  Place  at  the  Wrong  Tirs'^'';"  pp.  2426-7. 

15.  Eddy,  David  M.    "Oregon's  Plan:  Should  It  Be  Approved?"    Journal  of  the 
American  Medical  Association  2tf 5:2439-45,   1991;  Stelnbrook,  Robert,  and  Lo. 
Bernard.      "The  Oregon   Medicaid  Demonstration  ProJect"WIll   It  Provide 
Adequate  Medical  Care?"     The  New  England  Journal  of  Medicine  326:340-4,    1992. 

16.  Emanuel,  Ezeklel  and  Emanuel.  Linda  L.     "The  Economics  of  Dying-The 
Illusion  of  Cost  Savings  at  the  End  of  Life."    The  New  England  Journal  of 
Medicine  330/540-544,   1994. 

17.  Konncr,  Medicine  at  the  Crossroads,  Chapter  5,  for  more  information  and 
references    on    unwarranted    treatments. 

18.  See  Konner,  ibid..  Chapter  7,  for  more  information  and  references  on  end- 
of-life   issues. 


72 


Prepared  Statement  of  Joanne  Lynn,  M.D.,  M.A. 

I  appreciate  the  opportunity  to  talk  with  you  this  morning  about  care  of  persons 
near  the  end  of  their  lives  and  the  role  of  the  federal  government  in  improving  their 
situation.  I  am  especially  interested  in  conveying  to  you  results  of  research  oy  my 
group  and  others  in  regard  to  the  effects  of  the  Patient  Self-Determination  Act  and 
our  observations  on  the  avenues  that  you  might  pursue  to  further  improve  care  for 
all  of  us  as  we  die. 

I  am  Joanne  Lynn,  a  physician  and  Professor  of  Medicine  at  Dartmouth  Medical 
School  where  I  also  am  engaged  in  researching  health  services  related  to  dying  per- 
sons. For  many  years,  I  was  the  main  hospice  physician  for  Washington,  u.C.,  the 
Medical  Director  of  The  Washington  Home  here,  and  the  Director  of  Aging  Studies 
and  Services  at  The  George  Washington  University.  I  serve  on  the  Board  of  Direc- 
tors and  as  the  Chair  of  the  Ethics  Committee  of  the  American  Geriatrics  Society. 
I  was  the  Assistant  Director  of  the  President's  Commission  for  the  Study  of  Ethical 
Problems  in  Medicine  and  Biomedical  and  Behavioral  Research  in  the  early  1980's 
and  I  have  worked  extensively  on  these  subjects  with  the  National  Center  K)r  State 
Courts,  the  Commission  on  Legal  Problems  of  the  Elderly  of  the  American  Bar  Asso- 
ciation, and  others  concerned  with  the  legal,  ethical,  and  health  care  issues  affecting 
elderly,  disabled,  and  dying  persons.  Most  important,  I  have  cared  for  some  two 
thousand  dying  persons  and  I  am  leading  a  major  study  of  decision-making  for  some 
ten  thousand  seriously  ill  hospitalized  patients. 

This  hearing  is  intended  to  review  the  status  of  care  of  the  dying,  the  effects  of 
the  Patient  Self-Determination  Act,  and  the  Federal  role  in  improving  the  situation. 
I  will  organize  my  comments  around  three  key  points: 

1.  The  Patient  Self-Determination  Act  has  had  important  effects  on  improving 
state  law  and  perhaps  on  mitigating  costs  of  certain  hospitalizations.  Its  effects  on 
improving  the  care  of  patients  are,  thus  far,  difficult  to  trace  in  hospitals,  though 
the  rate  of  DNR  orders  in  nursing  homes  has  increased  dramatically. 

2.  The  care  of  dying  persons  evidences  serious  and  troubling  shortcomings,  and 
we  do  not  even  have  much  reliable  information  about  what  we  face  as  we  die  or 
how  to  improve  care. 

3.  The  Federal  government  can  have  important  roles  in  improving  the  care  of 
dying  persons  and  in  enhancing  patient  participation  in  shaping  the  plan  of  care. 

1.  THE  PATIENT  SELF-DETERMINATION  ACT — EVALUATION 

The  PSDA,  which  was  implemented  on  December  1,  1990,  mandated  three  major 
endeavors: 

a.  Most  health  care  providers  had  to  tell  patients  of  their  rights  under  state  law 
to  make  medical  decisions 

b.  Each  state  had  to  articulate  a  definitive  interpretation  of  relevant  law 

c.  Providers  and  states  were  to  provide  public  and  professional  education  about 
decision-making 

a.  PSDA  Mandatory  Notice 

The  PSDA  required  that  providers  give  notice  to  patients  about  their  rights  to 
make  decisions,  and  that  providers  have  policies  on  how  to  deal  with  written  ad- 
vance directives.  These  notice  provisions  have  almost  certainly  increased  public  and 
professional  awareness  of  formal  advance  directives,  (living  wills  and  durable  pow- 
ers of  attorney)  and  probably  has  increased  completion  of  these  documents.  In  the 
SUPPORT  project  (The  Study  to  Understand  Prognoses  and  Preferences  for  Out- 
comes and  Risks  of  Treatments,  the  basic  study  funded  by  The  Robert  Wood  John- 
son Foundation  and  the  work  on  advance  directives  funded  by  The  Agency  for 
Health  Care  Policy  and  Research),  we  have  had  the  opportunity  to  study  advance 
directive  use  among  very  seriously  ill  patients  in  five  U.S.  hospitals  before  and  after 
the  implementation  of  the  PSDA.  Before  the  PSDA,  about  one  in  five  of  our  patients 
said  they  had  an  advance  directive,  but  only  a  few  advance  directives  were  men- 
tioned in  the  medical  records  and  none  were  kept  in  the  permanent  records.  Afler 
the  PSDA,  the  proportion  of  patients  who  say  that  they  have  made  an  advanced  di- 
rective has  increased  only  slightly,  but  now  nearly  one  in  three  are  mentioned  in 
the  records  and  virtually  all  of  these  patients'  medical  records  actually  contain  the 
written  documents.  Our  experiences  are  echoed  in  the  work  of  others  who  are  find- 
ing many  more  advance  directives  in  medical  records,  but  very  little  increase  in  the 
rate  of  documents  completed. 

However,  there  is  little  evidence  that  advance  directives  are  changing  patient  care 
in  hospitals.  In  SUPPORT,  we  can  find  virtually  no  important  effects  of  having  a 
living  will  or  a  durable  power  of  attorney.  Patients  with  formal  advance  directives 


73 

have  the  same  rates  as  do  those  without  formal  advance  directives  of  orders  against 
trying  resuscitation,  and  of  chart  documentation  of  discussions  of  withholding  life- 
sustaining  medical  treatments.  Even  patients  who  have  living  wills  and  have  ex- 
pressed preferences  to  avoid  resuscitation  have  no  increased  rate  of  "do  not  resusci- 
tate" orders  or  of  discussion  of  them.  Patients  with  advance  directives  in  the  medical 
record  have  slightly  decreased  hospital  charges,  with  a  median  length  of  stay  for 
those  who  died  of  16.5  days  and  hospital  charges  of  $55,000  as  compared  to  a  me- 
dian stay  of  18  days  and  hospital  charges  of  $59,000  for  those  without  documented 
advance  directives. 

Other  research  has  also  found  very  little  evidence  of  an  effect  of  having  an  ad- 
vance directive.  Schniederman,  et  al.,  in  a  randomized  trial  of  counselling  for  ad- 
vance directives,  found  no  effect  on  multiple  endpoints  such  as  patient  well-being, 
decisions  about  trying  resuscitation,  and  resource  utilization  in  the  month  prior  to 
death.  In  contrast  to  our  work  and  Schneiderman's,  Chambers  et  al.  reported  a  sub- 
stantial effect  of  advance  directives  on  hospital  charges  at  one  hospital,  though  that 
study  does  not  allow  one  to  infer  that  the  advance  directives  caused  the  savings  be- 
cause one  cannot  separate  decisions  to  forgo  aggressive,  treatment  from  the  forces 
which  led  to  having  an  advance  directive. 

If  further  studies  confirm  a  substantial  cost  savings,  the  source  will  almost  cer- 
tainly be  better  communication  between  provider  and  patient  and  more  acknowl- 
edgement of  the  limited  prospects  for  enhanced  health  with  additional  interventions. 
Certainly  there  is  much  room  for  improvement  in  communication  and  understand- 
ing. IN  SUPPORT,  less  than  half  of  the  advance  directive  documents  placed  in  the 
charts  bv  the  third  hospital  day  were  known  to  the  physician  when  interviewed  on 
the  tentn  hospital  day.  Patients  who  said  they  had  an  advance  directive  had  dis- 
cussed it  with  their  physician  less  than  40%  of  the  time.  And  patients  and  families 
routinely  projected  tnat  the  patient  was  more  than  90%  likely  to  survive  for  two 
months  or  more  when  the  patient  actually  had  less  than  a  "50-50"  chance  to  live 
so  long. 

If  advance  care  planning  is  to  improve,  we  probably  have  to  develop  ways  to  im- 
prove communication.  Recently,  we  convened  thirty-five  concerned  persons  with  ex- 
pertise in  sociology,  anthropology,  medicine,  nursing,  law,  ethics,  and  related  fields 
in  order  to  settle  on  priorities  for  research  in  this  field.  This  group  felt  strongly  that 
public  policy  urgently  needs  to  be  guided  by  reliable  evidence  as  to  the  potential  ef- 
fectiveness of  communication  in  creating  shared  decisions  and  in  shaping  those  deci- 
sions so  that  they  reflect  the  patient's  preferences  and  potential  outcomes. 

Certainly,  advance  directives  have  not  delivered  on  their  promises  of  a  blossoming 
of  effective  communication,  a  burgeoning  of  advance  care  planning  for  seriously  ill 
patients,  or  a  curtailing  of  worthless  and  undesired  life-prolonging  care  for  dying 
persons  in  hospitals.  In  nursing  homes,  the  situation  may  be  different.  Certainly, 
coincident  with  the  PSDA,  the  rates  of  "do  not  resuscitate  orders"  in  nursing  homes 
increased  greatly,  although  states  still  evidence  rates  of  DNR  that  vary  from  10  to 
70%,  a  probable  indication  of  unjustified  variation  in  practices. 

Could  advance  directives  and  the  PSDA  still  make  a  substantial  difference?  Per- 
haps. We  are  still  early  in  the  story  of  responding  to  the  PSDA  and  the  other  social 
incentives  to  enhance  the  role  of  patient  preferences  and  of  advance  care  planning 
in  the  shaping  of  care  for  dying  and  seriously  ill  persons.  However,  some  evidence 
gives  us  reason  for  caution.  First,  we  have  collected  some  800  advance  directives  ac- 
tually written  in  the  care  of  seriously  ill  persons.  Virtually  all  of  them  either  name 
the  closest  kin  as  surrogate  or  state  a  standard  "living  will"  directive.  Neither  of 
these  endeavors  can  be  expected  to  change  the  care  plan  substantially.  The  durable 
powers  of  attorney  often  name  the  same  proxies  who  would  be  used  if  there  were 
no  document  and  the  living  will  language  is  so  vague  as  to  have  no  real  force  with- 
out interpretation.  Furthermore,  our  experience  with  patients,  families,  and  physi- 
cians shows  that  many  do  not  understand  when  and  how  advance  directives  should 
be  used,  and  usually  rely  upon  them  only  when  death  is  very  near  at  hand.  Finally, 
very  few  interventions  are  actually  being  implemented  for  persons  who  are  clearly 
beyond  being  able  to  be  helped.  Only  about  one  in  every  eight  persons  who  die  in 
SUPPORT  have  an  effort  at  resuscitation,  and  these  patients  have  better  or  more 
uncertain  prognoses  or  prefer  to  have  resuscitation  tried.  Just  ten  years  ago,  a  clear 
majority  of  patients  would  have  had  efforts  to  resuscitate.  Very  few  persons  with 
very  bad  prognoses  are  kept  on  life-sustaining  treatment.  In  sum,  the  rate  at  which 
aggressive  treatment  is  thrown  at  persons  who  cannot  benefit  is  already  greatly  cur- 
tailed, so  one  cannot  expect  a  substantial  effect  of  the  PSDA  in  regard  to  savings. 

Not  only  does  PSDA  have  little  effect,  it  also  incurs  substantial  costs.  The  one  ef- 
fort to  estimate  the  costs  of  hospitals'  implementing  the  PSDA  shows  that  minimal 
compliance  (having  admissions  clerks  make  inquiry  and  having  the  minimally  re- 
quired staff  follow-up)  will  cost  the  "system"  up  to  $100  million  in  the  first  year. 


74 

While  this  may  seem  to  be  a  small  amount,  one  would  want  to  be  more  confident 
than  we  can  be  now  that  the  investment  is  yielding  something  of  importance  to  pa- 
tients, or  substantial  savings,  especially  before  requiring  this  outlay  every  year.  It 
may  be,  for  example,  that  the  good  to  be  had  through  the  PSDA  can  be  had  by  keep- 
ing it  in  place  for  a  limited  time. 

b.  State  Articulations  of  Relevant  Law 

The  PSDA  required  each  state  to  develop  an  authoritative  statement  of  the  law 
of  that  state  in  regard  to  patients'  rights  to  make  decisions  and  to  utilize  advance 
directives.  Working  with  tne  Commission  on  Legal  Problems  of  the  Elderly  of  the 
American  Bar  Association  and  the  consumer  group  Choice  in  Dying  and  with  the 
financial  support  of  the  Retirement  Research  Foundation,  my  research  group  helped 
to  develop  and  circulate  a  guidebook,  hoping  to  raise  all  the  issues  and  to  provide 
resources  to  these  highly  varying  teams.  We  interviewed  those  involved  in  the  proc- 
ess of  writing  the  interpretation  of  state  law  at  mid-course  and  when  the  documents 
were  completed  and  we  collected  all  the  resulting  documents. 

In  brier,  this  provision  of  the  PSDA  was  stunningly  effective.  Virtually  all  states 
developed  very  useful,  consumer  oriented  materials  under  the  guidance  of  unusual 
multi-professional  committees  including  governmental  and  private  participants. 
These  coalitions  have  often  been  important  in  fomenting  improvements  in  law  af- 
fecting medical  decisionmaking  generally.  A  majority  of  the  states  actually  revised 
their  statutes  to  address  some  of  the  inadequacies  that  they  identified  in  the  exist- 
ing laws.  Also,  most  states  provided  fairly  authoritative  interpretations  of  ambigu- 
ous provisions  of  state  law  which  had  the  effect  of  enabling  good  decisionmaking. 

c.  Public  and  Professional  Education 

Health  care  providers  and  the  states  were  required  to  provide  education  by  the 
PSDA.  However,  no  financing  or  other  federal  support  was  provided  and  no  enforce- 
ment provisions  were  implemented.  Some  health  care  institutions  and  some  private 
groups  have  done  substantial  educational  work  nevertheless.  The  usual  health  care 
provider  has  not  made  substantial  contributions  to  this  endeavor.  Probably  the  most 
effective  educational  intervention  was  the  publicity  over  Richard  Nixon's  advance  di- 
rective, but  much  more  could  be  done! 

Although  hard  to  quantify,  one  of  the  most  important  impacts  of  the  PSDA  has 
been  its  serving  as  a  stimulus  for  a  national  discussion  among  researchers,  advocacy 
groups,  and  the  public  regarding  end  of  life  decisonmakiing.  In  anticipation  of  the 
PSDA,  each  of  the  major  medical  journals  had  articles  about  advance  directives.  The 
PSDA  has  spurred  a  dialogue  among  multiple  disciplines  regarding  decision  making. 
For  example,  the  conference  we  hosted  involved  35  experts  from  diverse  back- 
grounds and  regions  and  was  funded  by  the  Greenwall  Foundation,  the  Haas  Fund, 
the  Kornfeld  Foundation,  and  the  Agency  for  Health  Care  Policy  and  Research.  The 
consensus  research  priorities  will  be  important  in  shaping  the  future  of  funding 
strategies,  and  this  would  not  have  occurred  without  the  focus  of  the  PSDA. 

2.  CARE  OF  DYING  PERSONS 

The  usual  person  dying  of  illness  in  the  United  States  faces  an  extraordinarily 
high  likelihood  of  dying  in  pain,  alone  and  isolated,  at  great  expense,  and  devoid 
of  meaningfulness,  grace  and  dignity.  Probably  three-quarters  of  us  will  die  in  hos- 
pitals with  our  dying  having  to  be  a  hidden  eventuality  in  a  culture  that  only  ac- 
knowledges survival  as  a  worthy  goal. 

There  is  a  widespread  myth  that  enormous  resources  are  wasted  on  the  dying. 
The  evidence  for  this  is  actually  quite  frail.  About  one  quarter  of  the  payments 
under  Medicare  are  directed  at  the  care  of  those  who  die  during  that  year.  This 
seems  to  be  a  reasonable  proportion — after  all,  persons  are  commonly  quite  sick  in 
the  year  that  they  die.  Much  of  the  care  needed  near  death  is  supportive  and  would 
be  part  of  any  reasonably  decent  minimum  standard  of  care.  Scitovsky's  study 
showed  that  the  ratio  of  medical  services  (like  hospital  care  and  physician  visits) 
to  supportive  services  (like  home  care  aides  and  nurses)  declined  very  sharply  with 
age,  so  that  the  very  old  have  much  more  expenses  for  nursing  homes  than  for  in- 
tensive care,  whereas  the  young  (even  below  70  years  of  age)  have  the  reverse  pat- 
tern of  expenditure.  .Very  few  dying  persons  now  have  resuscitation  efforts  or  ex- 
tended stays  in  intensive  care.  However,  there  may  still  be  important  opportunities 
for  savings  in  care  of  the  dying.  Preliminary  work  by  Wennberg  and  colleagues  at 
Dartmouth  shows  that  excess  capacity  in  hospitals  has  many  troubling  effects,  in- 
cluding increased  use  of  hospitals  for  dying  persons. 

Modem  medicine  has  completely  lost  even  the  basic  descriptive  knowledge  about 
dying  that  was  accumulated  at  the  beginning  of  this  century.  Indeed,  the  last  se- 
quential study  of  persons  dying  in  hospitals  was  done  in  the  first  years  of  this  cen- 


75 

tury!  Textbooks  of  that  era  attended  to  describing  the  natural  course  of  diseases 
through  to  death.  Modern  texts  often  fail  to  note  that  most  chronic  illnesses  eventu- 
ate in  death  and  they  certainly  do  not  instruct  practitioners  about  how  to  care  for 
persons  facing  their  deaths  with  each  illness.  The  need  for  research  and  education 
is  pervasive. 

We  do  not  know  how  many  of  us  will  have  pain,  or  unconsciousness,  or  disabil- 
ities, or  other  adversity,  nor  for  how  long,  nor  how  to  address  these  problems.  You 
may  find  this  hard  to  believe.  People  routinely  think  that  doctors  know  how  to  prog- 
nosticate, how  to  mitigate  pain,  and  generally  how  to  serve  dying  persons.  Nothing 
could  be  farther  from  the  truth.  This  culture  has  been  so  thoroughly  death -denying 
that  we  have  not  even  described  our  course  to  death  nor  developed  professional 
skills  in  service  to  the  dying,  except  for  the  development  of  hospice  services  for  cer- 
tain cancer  patients  in  recent  years.  It  is  probably  true  that  we  are  gradually  learn- 
ing how  to  forgo  inflicting  unjustified  technology  upon  dying  persons,  but  we  clearly 
do  not  know  how  to  see  to  it  that  most  who  die  get  excellent  care,  shaped  to  their 
needs,  and  responsive  to  their  symptoms. 

The  care  system  that  we  have  developed  has  serious  barriers  to  adequate  care  of 
the  dying.  Reimbursement  is  not  regularly  available  for  services  that  merely  miti- 
gate suffering  or  support  the  daily  needs  of  persons  who  are  too  weak  or  sick  to  care 
for  themselves.  Even  hospice  is  really  available  only  to  adults  with  solid  cancers  and 
homes  and  substantial  family  wealth.  The  usual  person  dying  and  in  need  is  an  el- 
derly woman  with  one  or  more  chronic  diseases,  few  resources,  small  families,  no 
regular  physician,  and  fears  of  homelessness,  hunger,  pain,  isolation,  and  lack  of 
control.  All  of  these  terrors  can  readily  be  mitigated,  but  doing  so  will  require  sub- 
stantial reorientation  of  the  care  system  so  that  continuity  and  support  are  prior- 
ities. To  this  end,  what  is  done  in  regard  to  the  end  of  life  must  be  integrated  com- 
pletely into  the  reforms  now  being  considered  for  the  care  system  overall. 

3.  NEXT  STEPS 

The  PSDA  has  been  an  interesting  first  step,  laying  some  groundwork  and  accom- 
plishing much.  However,  more  is  yet  to  be  done.  Communication  between  patient 
and  physician  and  the  availability  of  supportive  services  are  the  obvious  short- 
comings. There  are  no  easy,  painless,  effective  correctives  for  these  problems.  The 
following  list  shows  an  array  of  options  that  I  feel  might  offer  possibiHties.  Some 
are  quite  substantial  initiatives,  others  are  inexpensive  and  time-limited.  I  offer 
them  in  hopes  that  considering  them  will  illuminate  some  productive  avenues  for 
Federal  action  in  a  very  difficult  field. 

a.  Develop  and  require  implementation  of  measures  of  quality  of  care  affecting 
dying  persons,  specifically: 

— mandate  that  AHCPR  and  NIH  (or  regional  health  foundations)  develop  (or 
fund  the  development  of)  measures  to  assess  quality  of  care  for  dying  persons 

— mandate  that  regional  health  alliances  (or  their  equivalent  in  whatever  health 
reform  is  enacted),  or  hospitals  and  other  providers,  assess  quality  of  care  for 
the  dying  in  each  authorized  health  plan,  using  the  measures  developed  above. 

b.  Require  that  the  Secretary  of  HHS  contract  the  following: 

— with  the  lOM  and/or  appropriate  professional  groups  to  generate  guidelines  on 

good  palliative  care 
— with  teaching  institutions  to  generate  curriculum  and  evaluation  for  various 

kinds  of  students. 

c.  Make  some  Medicare  Part  A  and  graduate  medical  education  funds  under  Medi- 
care become  contingent  upon  public  and  professional  education  for  care  of  the  dying. 

d.  Change  Medicare  reimbursement  to  require  advance  care  planning  in  the  man- 
aged care  package  and  to  allow  it  to  be  billed  in  fee-for  service  Medicare. 

e.  Change  physician  experience  toward  long  term  care  of  seriously  ill  patients  by 
paying  more  for  persistent  care  by  the  same  practitioner  than  for  acute  care  by  a 
8hifi;ing  cast  and  by  mandating  training  of  generalists  through  regulating  graduate 
medical  education  payments  under  Medicare. 

f  Encourage  innovations  to  develop  Medicare  benefits  which  would  provide  man- 
aged care  of  the  broadest  scope,  but  limited  hospital  and  emergency  services. 

g.  Mandate  each  Institute  in  the  NIH  which  has  in  its  purview  one  or  more  sub- 
stantial causes  of  death  to  report  about  the  course  to  death  for  each  major  disease 
and  what  can  be  done.  When  the  knowledge  base  is  too  inadequate  to  support  this 
endeavor,  expect  the  Institute  to  make  the  generation  of  that  knowledge  a  high  pri- 
ority. 


Communications 


Statement  of  the  American  Bar  Association 
(by  john  h.  pickering  and  charles  p.  sabatino) 

Mr.  Chairman  and  Members  of  the  Committee:  My  name  is  John  H.  Pickering 
and  I  am  Special  Advisor  to  the  American  Bar  Association's  Commission  on  Legal 
Problems  of  the  Elderly.  From  1985  to  1993,  I  was  Chair,  of  that  Commission.  I  am 
very  pleased  to  submit  these  remarks  regarding  the  success  and  impact  of  the  1990 
Patient  Self-Determination  Act  (PSDA).  It  has  been  almost  four  years  since  our 
Commission's  Assistant  Staff  Director,  Charles  P.  Sabatino,  appeared  before  this 
same  committee  to  address  the  then  pending  PSDA.  Mr.  Sabatino  joins  with  me  in 
presenting  these  comments  on  behalf  of  the  American  Bar  Association. 

In  1990,  the  American  Bar  Association  supported  the  passage  of  the  PSDA,  and 
today  we  congratulate  Senator  John  Danforth  and  Senator  Daniel  Patrick  Moynihan 
for  their  decisive  and  creative  leadership  in  establishing  this  mechanism  to  inform 
individuals  of  their  rights  to  control  end-of-life  decisions.  The  PSDA  has  now  been 
in  effect  for  two  and  one-half  years.  Because  it  is  a  law  calculated  to  affect  the  pub- 
lic consciousness  and  professional  practice  through  ripples  of  information  and  dis- 
cussion over  time,  rather  than  through  dramatic  splashes,  it  is  difficult  to  point  to 
dramatic,  cause-and-effect  outcomes  of  the  Act.  However,  it  is  possible  to  identify 
significant  positive  changes  in  state  law,  medical  practice,  and  education  of  the  pub- 
lic that  have  occurred  over  this  period  of  time  as  a  result  of  the  PSDA.  Even  the 
tenaciousness  of  the  name  "Patient  Self-Determination  Act"  is  indicative  of  the  sig- 
nificance attached  to  the  legislation  by  the  medical  and  legal  communities.  Enacted 
as  part  of  the  Omnibus  Budget  Reconciliation  Act  of  1990,  the  provisions  merely 
amended  the  Medicare  and  Medicaid  program.  Yet  in  the  vernacular,  these  provi- 
sions have  become  permanently  referred  to  as  the  Patient  Self-Determination  Act. 

STATE  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  THE  LAW 

One  important  example  of  positive  change  resulting  directly  from  the  PSDA  has 
come  from  the  mandate  that  each  state  develop  a  written  description  of  the  law  of 
the  state  concerning  advance  directives  to  be  distributed  by  providers  or  organiza- 
tions under  the  requirements  of  the  Act.  In  most  states  this  prompted  a  remarkable, 
broad-based  and  fruitful  collaboration  among  state  agencies,  medical  and  health  fa- 
cility associations,  bar  associations,  and  consumer  groups.  By  the  effective  date  of 
the  PSDA  (December  1,  1991),  all  states  had  prepared  a  written  description,  and 
in  all  but  three  states  these  descriptions  were  written  in  non-technical  language  and 
accessible  to  the  general  public.  See  Joan  Teno,  et  al..  The  Impact  of  the  Patient 
Self-Determination  Act's  Requirement  that  States  Describe  Law  Concerning  Patients' 
Rights,  21(1)  J.  of  Law,  Medicine  &  Ethics  102  (1993). 

A  premier  example  of  the  kind  of  collaboration  that  resulted  from  the  PSDA  is 
represented  by  the  California  Consortium  on  Patient  Self-Determination.  Comprised 
of  some  25  diverse  groups,  the  Consortium  produced  not  only  a  simple,  readable 
statement  of  one's  rights  to  make  decisions  about  medical  treatment,  but  also  multi- 
lingual versions  of  the  statement,  plus  a  more  detailed  question-and-answer  booklet, 
model  policies  and  procedures  for  health  facilities,  training  materials  for  staffs  and 
the  community,  and  PSDA  handbooks  for  facilities. 

The  ABA's  Commission  on  Legal  Problems  of  the  Elderly  actively  supported  state 
level  efforts  to  develop  high  quality  descriptions  of  patients'  medical  decisionmaking 
rights  through  publication  of  the  Patient  Self-Determination  Act  State  Law  Guide  in 
1991.  The  Guide  was  provided  to  all  the  state  working  groups  responsible  for  devel- 
oping descriptions  of  law.  Through  the  distribution  system  of  the  American  Associa- 
tion of  Retired  Persons,  the  ABA  Commission  has  also  made  available  free  to  the 

(76) 


77 

public  a  booklet  entitled  Health  Care  Powers  of  Attorney.  The  booklet  includes  a 
sample  form  that  can  be  detached  and  used  by  readers  of  the  booklet. 

FACILITY  PRACTICES 

Facility  practices  illustrate  another  important  area  of  change  affected  by  the 
PSDA.  The  August  1993  report  of  the  Inspector  General,  Department  of  Health  and 
Human  Services,  found  that  most  facilities  are  indeed  complying  with  the  mandates 
of  the  PSDA  to:  (1)  develop  and  provide  written  materials  regarding  health  care  de- 
cisionmaking and  provide  them  to  patients  upon  admission,  (2)  develop  written  poli- 
cies and  procedures  regarding  advance  directives,  (3)  provide  staff  education,  and 
(4)  provide  community  education  on  the  subject.  While  1  percent  compliance  must 
remain  the  ultimate  criteria  for  success,  it  is  nevertheless  gratifying  to  see  the  sub- 
stantial strides  providers  have  made  in  fulfilling  the  informational  and  educational 
goals  of  the  Act. 

STATE  LAW 

The  same  report  also  reinforces  the  findings  of  other  studies,  showing  that  while 
a  large  majority  of  individuals  have  at  least  a  rudimentary  understanding  of  ad- 
vance directives,  only  about  one  out  of  five  have  written  advance  directives.  We  be- 
lieve that  one  of  the  disincentives  of  executing  advance  directives  has  been  the  com- 
plexity of  state  law  on  the  topic.  Most  states  have  enacted  two  or  more  statutes  re- 
lating to  advance  directives  and  surrogate  health-care  decisionmaking.  The  legisla- 
tion has  evolved  incrementally  in  fits  and  starts,  resulting  in  often  fragmented,  in- 
complete, and  sometimes  inconsistent  sets  of  rules  even  within  a  single  state.  In 
tracking  state  health  decisions  law  since  prior  to  the  PSDA,  the  ABA  Commission 
has  seen  encouraging  signs  of  movement  among  the  states  during  the  last  four  years 
toward  more  comprehensive,  yet  simpler,  rules  and  procedures  governing  advance 
directives  and  medical  decisionmaking  for  persons  lacking  capacity.  One  simple  but 
telling  hallmark  of  this  trend  is  the  widespread  use  of  the  generic  term  "Advance 
Directive,"  formally  coined  by  the  PSDA.  The  term  has  been  important  in  breaking 
the  narrow  "living  will"  mold  of  thinking  and  encouraging  the  public  and  providers 
to  think  about  more  comprehensive  documents  containing  both  proxy  appointments 
and  instructions.  The  term  has  become  virtually  omnipresent  in  legislation  and  edu- 
cational materials  since  1991.  For  further  information  on  state  legislative  trends,  we 
refer  you  to  the  summary  of  relevant  state  legislative  trends,  attached  to  this  testi- 
mony as  Appendix  A. 

The  recent  adoption  of  the  new  Uniform  Health-Care  Decisions  Act  by  the  Na- 
tional Conference  of  Commissioners  on  Uniform  State  Laws  in  August  of  1993  will 
further  encourage  the  trend  toward  more  comprehensive  yet  simpler  legislation  in 
this  area.  In  February  of  this  year,  the  American  Bar  Association  added  its  endorse- 
ment to  this  model  act. 

RECOMMENDATIONS  FOR  ACTION 

On  the  federal  level,  an  auspicious  opportunity  exists  within  the  context  of  na- 
tional health  care  reform  to  advance  the  original  goals  of  the  PSDA  to  ensure  that 
Americans  are  informed  and  educated  about  their  health-care  decisionmaking 
rights,  especially  with  respect  to  the  use  of  advance  medical  directives.  The  ABA 
suggests  that  the  Congress  consider  five  elements: 

First,  we  assume  that  the  basic  PSDA  requirements  will  be  made  applicable  to 
all  health  plans  under  any  health  reform  bill.  However,  in  addition  to  the  basic  re- 
quirements, the  statute  should  also  mandate  health  plans  to  offer,  as  part  of  their 
services,  periodic  opportunities  for  patients  to  discuss  end-of-life  medical  choices  and 
preferences  with  appropriate  clinicians.  This  requirement  goes  a  step  further  than 
the  current  mandate  that  requires  the  provision  of  information  to  individuals  at  the 
time  of  enrollment.  Advance  directives  work  best  when  they  enhance  direct  commu- 
nication between  patients  and  health  care  providers,  not  when  they  substitute  for 
face-to-face  communication.  A  better  focusing  of  the  PSDA  on  counseling  outside  the 
stressful  context  of  admission  will  substantially  promote  the  underlying  goal  of  the 
Act. 

Second,  the  federal  government,  through  its  medical  education  and  research  fund- 
ing programs,  should  explore  ways  to  promote  the  inclusion  of  advance  directive 
counseling  in  medical  school  curricula,  certification  programs,  and  physician  prac- 
tice standards.  Physicians  who  regularly  deal  with  dying  patients  do  not  routinely 
receive  training  in  end-of-life  counseling  to  enable  them  to  initiate  and  facilitate 
meaningful  discussions  with  patients  and  their  families  about  options  available  to 
them. 


78 

Third,  the  Congress  should  provide  adequate  funding  to  enable  the  Secretary  of 
Health  and  Human  Services  to  carry  out  effectively  the  mandate  under  the  PSDA 
to  implement  a  national  campaign  to  inform  the  public  about  advance  directives  and 
the  patient's  right  to  participate  in  and  direct  health  care  decisions. 

Fourth,  assuming  that  some  form  of  health  security  identification  card  is  included 
in  final  health  reform  legislation,  Congress  should  require  that  these  cards  contain 
a  place  to  note  the  existence  of  the  individual's  advance  directive.  Alternatively, 
Congress,  through  its  highway  funding  programs,  could  encourage  states  to  provide 
such  a  place  on  all  drivers'  licenses.  Three  states,  Illinois,  South  Dakota,  and  Texas 
have  already  taken  steps  in  this  direction.  The  goal  is  to  create  a  universal,  acces- 
sible notice  that  travels  with  the  individual. 

Fifi;h,  Congress  should  ensure  that  advance  directives  will  be  portable — that  is, 
they  will  be  recognized  across  state  lines.  Because  of  the  variability  of  state  legisla- 
tion, individuals  frequently  express  concern  about  whether  their  advance  directives, 
executed  in  one  state,  will  be  respected  in  other  states.  In  a  mobile  society  such  as 
the  United  States,  this  is  an  especially  important  concern.  As  to  actual  practice,  we 
know  of  no  empirical  evidence  indicating  whether  or  not  resistance  to  out-of-state 
advance  directives  is  truly  widespread.  Nevertheless,  the  concern  about  it  is  wide- 
spread. We  have  reviewed  the  relevant  language  of  state  advance  laws  and  found 
that,  in  most  states,  the. language  is  less  than  adequate  for  ensuring  the  effective- 
ness of  out-of-state  directives.  Because  this  is  an  issue  arising  from  interstate  travel, 
the  federal  government  is  uniquely  situated  to  deal  with  it  nationally.  The  ABA 
Commission  has  suggested  ways  to  address  portability  at  the  federal  level,  and  we 
remain  available  to  refine  possible  solutions. 

In  closing,  we  think  that  it  is  clear  that  the  PSDA  has  made  a  vital  contribution 
to  enhancing  the  knowledge,  participation,  and  control  of  individuals  over  end-of-life 
health-care  decisions.  The  ABA  remains  committed  to  these  underlying  goals  of  the 
PSDA  and  will  continue  to  be  available  to  work  with  the  Senators  and  staff  of  this 
committee  to  achieve  this  objective. 

Appendix  A 

LEGISLATIVE  TRENDS  IN  HEALTH  CARE  DECISIONMAKING 

A.  Four  Forces  Have  Fueled  the  State  Legislative  Process  on  the  Subject  of  Health- 

Care  Decisionmaking. 

1.  Medical  providers  prefer-legal  safe  harbors.  Influenced  by  a  technological, 
cultural,  and  professional  imperatives  to  keep  patients  alive,  the  medical  profes- 
sion is  more  willing  to  change  course  if  lawmakers  provide  clearly  defined  ave- 
nues or  bright  pathways.  (Irony:  most  advance  directive  statutes  are  fiUed  with 
ambiguities.) 

2.  The  consumer  movement  in  health  care  continues  to  champion  patient  au- 
tonomy and  choice. 

3.  The  1990  Nancy  Cruzan  case,  decided  by  the  U.S.  Supreme  Court,  contin- 
ues to  exert  a  profound  influence.  Even  though  dicta,  the  portions  of  the  Court's 
opinion  indicating  acceptance  of  a  constitutional  basis  for  the  right  to  refuse 
treatment  has  led  states  to  assume  it  is  so.  State  legislative  developments  have 
shown  greater  deference  to  patients'  rights. 

4.  The  Patient  Self-Determination  Act,  especially  through  its  requirement  for 
State  descriptions  of  law,  has  forced  states  to  examine  state  law  and  respond 
to  gaps  and  ambiguities. 

B.  Trends  in  Health  Decisions  Legislation  Relevant  to  the  PSDA: 

1.  Every  state  has  one  or  more  Advance  Directive  (AD)  statutes. 

a.  All  states  except  three  (Massachusetts,  Michigan,  and  New  York)  have 
statutes  providing  for  living  wills.  The  three  that  do  not  have  specific  leiving 
will  statutes  do  recognize  living  will  tjTJe  instructions  under  their  health  care 
proxy  statutes. 

b.  All  states  except  Alabama  have  some  form  of  health  proxy  statute.  Most 
address  all  health  care  decisions,  although  some  address  only  terminal  condi- 
tions. 

c.  State  Advance  Directive  legislation  has  developed  in  waves. 

Living  Will  legislation  spread  dramatically  between  1976  and  mid  80's. 
Health  Care  Power  of  Attorney  (HCPA)  or  proxy  directive  legislation  has 
surged  mostly  1989-92. 


79 

We  are  now  seeing  two  more  waves  of  materially  new  legislation:  combined 
or  comprehensive  acts,  and  emergency  medical  services  DNR  acts,  both  de- 
scribed below. 

2.  Combined  I  Comprehensive  Acts  Are  Replacing  Current  Statutes. 

States  are  beginning  to  reassess  the  piecemeal  legislation  they  have  crafted  and 
rewrite  it  into  unified  comprehensive  statutes — covering  Advance  Directives, 
even  anatomical  gifts,  surrogate  consent,  and  emergency  medical  services. 

Aim  of  Combined  or  Comprehensive  Acts:  To  recognize  a  single  combined  Ad- 
vance Directive  and  move  away  from  treating  these  as  separate  legal  instru- 
ments. 

NJ  was  the  first  to  do  in  '91,  starting  with  a  clean  legislative  slate. 

In  1992,  VA,  FL,  and  AZ  rewrote  their  statutes  to  merge  Living  Wills  and 
HCPAs  into  a  single  AD  tool.  In  1993,  MD  enacted  a  comprehensive  new 
act,  and  CT  created  comprehensive  form  but  kept  3  separate  and  somewhat 
conflicting  acts. 

In  August  1993,  the  National  Conference  of  Commissioners  on  Uniform 
State  Law  adopted  a  comprehensive  model  act  entitled  the  Uniform  Health- 
Care  Decisions  Act.  The  American  Bar  Association  endorsed  this  Act  in 
February  1994. 

3.  States  are  taking  steps  to  ensure  that  terminally  ill  persons  in  the  community 
are  not  resuscitated  against  their  wishes  by  Emergency  Medical  Services.  (EMS- 
DNR  statutes) 

These  provisions  address  Non-Hospital  Do  Not  Resuscitate  Orders  in  the  con- 
text of  emergency  medical  services  (EMS). 

a.  Background:  In  the  home  or  community,  EMS  personnel  are  generally 
required  to  institute  cardio-pulmonary  resuscitation  and  other  life-saving 
treatment  unless  a  doctor  physically  present  instructs  them  not  to  do  so. 
Without  legislation  to  permit  them  to  comply  with  Advance  Directives  re- 
questing no  resuscitation,  EMS  personnel  have  generally  not  followed  Ad- 
vance Directives. 

b.  Starting  in  1991  with  the  enactment  of  non-hospital  DNR  laws  in  IL 
and  NY,  17  states  now  have  such  provisions  as  of  January  1994.  Some  of 
these  statutes,  like  NY's  and  AZ's,  provide  very  detailed  identification  re- 
quirements, procedures  and  protocols.  Others,  like  VA's,  simply  authorize 
the  health  department  to  develop  a  process. 

The  key  issues  in  drafting  protocols  has  been:  Key  issues: 

Under  what  conditions  or  circumstances  will  refusals  of  treatment  be 
recognized  by  EMS?  Most  protocols  require  that  the  individual  be  cer- 
tified as  terminally  ill. 

How  can  individuals  who  have  valid  non-hospital  DNR  orders  be 
identified  swiftly  and  accurately  by  EMS  personnel?  States  are  experi- 
menting with  special  identification  bracelets,  color  coded  forms,  and 
computer  identification  systems. 

4.  States  are  Increasingly  addressing  "Family  Consent"  or  "Surrogate  Consent" 
in  the  Absence  of  Advance  Directives. 

a.  Family  consent  statutes  have  evolved  via  four  different  pathways: 

(1)  Informed  consent  laws  that  emerged  in  many  states  in  the  1960's  and 
70's  provided  for  family  consent  to  treatment  as  a  way  to  facilitate  access 
to  care.  They  are  usually  silent  on  the  issue  of  refusals  of  treatment. 

(2)  Some  Living  Will  statutes  included  family  consent  authority,  but 
these  statutes  are  typically  limited  to  patients  in  terminal  conditions  where 
decisions  about  life-sustaining  treatment  are  being  considered. 

(3)  New  York's  family  consent  provision  deals  only  with  do-not-resuscitate 
orders  under  the  New  York  DNR  statute.  This  decision-specific  approach  is 
unusual. 

(4)  The  growing  current  trend  is  to  include  family/surrogate  consent  with- 
in comprehensive  state  health-decisions  statutes,  like  those  described 
above. 

b.  About  30  states  have  some  form  of  family  consent  statute  (VA,  FL,  and  AZ 
were  among  first  to  realistically  merge  them  into  comprehensive  acts). 

c.  All  these  statutes  create  a  list  of  permissible  surrogates  in  order  of  priority. 
Only  recently  have  these  laws  begun  to  address  non-conventional  family  situa- 
tions, or  the  total  absence  of  available  family. 


80 

AZ,  FL,  IL,  CO,  and  MD  include  "close  friend"  in  list  of  permissible  surro- 
gates. 

AZ  also  includes  "patient's  domestic  partner"  if  the  patient  is  unmarried. 
However,  AZ  drastically  limits  the  authority  of  any  surrogate  not  actually 
appointed  by  the  patient  or  a  court.  These  surrogates  cannot  make  deci- 
sions about  nutrition  and  hydration, 
d.  States  have  not  addressed  what  to  do  if  no  surrogates  on  the  list  of  per- 
mitted family  or  friends  are  available.  A  few  states  have  taken  tentative  steps 
toward  prescribing  non-judicial  means  for  making  decisions  for  these  persons. 

5.  States  Are  Just  Beginning  to  Show  an  Interest  in  Strategies  to  Increase  Acces- 
sibility and  Notice. 

Only  three  states  have  considered  using  driver's  licenses  as  a  means  of  encour- 
aging the  use  of  Advance  Directives  and  to  make  them  easily  available  to  pro- 
viders. Also,  considering  idea  of  central  repository. 

11^1991  III.  Legis.  Serv.  P.A.  87-590  (H.B.  1446)  (West)  (amending  Ch.  95 
1/2,  par.  6-110)  (enacted  September  18,  1991,  effective  January  1,  1992); 

ISD— 1992  S.D.  Laws  S.B.  207,  approved  March  10,  1992. 
ITx— 1993  Tex.  Gen.  Laws  ch.  190  (HB  502),  enacted  5/19/93,  eff.  9/^93, 
provides  that  the  Department  of  Public  Safety  shall  print  on  the  reverse 
side  of  each  driver's  license  "Directive  to  physician  has  been  filed  at  tel.  #" 
followed  by  a  line  that  the  holder  of  the  license  may  use  to  indicate  the  ap- 
propriate telephone  number. 

ND  is  considering  the  idea  of  creating  a  central  repository  of  Advance  Direc- 

tlVGS* 

ND— Sen.  Cone.  Res.  4013,  adopted  March  15,  1993,  directs  the  state's  Leg- 
islative Council  to  "study  the  feasibility  of  establishing  a  central  repository 
for  living  wills,  documents  evidencing  anatomical  gifts,  durable  powers  of 
attorney  for  health  care,  and  other  similar  documents."  The  Legislative 
Council  is  to  report  its  findings  and  recommendations  to  the  1994  legisla- 
tive assembly. 
A  few  States  have  information  and  disclosure  provisions  roughly  parallel  to  the 
PSDA.  These  provisions  are  usually  incorporated  into  the  AD  statute. 

6.  States  Have  Not  Been  Clear  About  the  Applicability  of  Advance  Directives  to 
Mental  Health  Treatment. 

Many  Advance  Directive  statutes  apply  to  treatments  for  any  physical  or  men- 
tal condition.  However,  the  interaction  of  Advance  Directive  laws  with  mental 
health  treatment  and  commitment  laws  is  often  uncertain.  Minnesota  and  Or- 
egon have  enacted  special  Advance  Directive  provisions  for  mental  health  treat- 
ment. 

The  Minnesota  Commitment  Act  (M.$.  §253B.03)  authorizes  an  Advance 
Directive  which  applies  only  to  intrusive  mental  health  treatments,  defined 
as  "electroshock  therapy  and  neuroleptic  medication."  The  Advance  Direc- 
tive may  include  preierences,  instructions,  and/or  the  appointment  of  a 
proxy. 

The  Oregon  Declaration  for  Mental  Health  Treatment  (1993  Or.  Laws  ch. 
442)  permits  instructions  and/or  designate  an  attorney-in-fact  for  mental 
health  treatment.  "Mental  health  treatment"  is  defined  as:  "convulsive 
treatment,  treatment  of  mental  illness  with  psychoactive  medication,  and 
admission  to  and  retention  in  a  health  care  facility  for  a  period  not  to  ex- 
ceed 17  days  for  care  or  treatment  of  mental  illness."  Provisions  are  in- 
cluded for  overriding  the  principal's  wishes  in  limited  circumstances. 

C.  Key  Public  Policy  Issues 

1.  What  is  the  goal  of  Advance  Directive  legislation?  Simply  getting  everyone 
to  "have"  an  Advance  Directive  is  merely  a  triumph  of  form  over  substance.  The 
more  difficult  goal  is  getting  everyone  to  "use"  an  Advance  Directive  in  a  way 
that  enhances  involvement  in  health  care  decisionmaking.  Advance  Directives 
cannot  be  a  replacement  for  good  communication.  They  are  best  used  as  tools 
to  stimulate  and  ensure  good  communication. 

2.  Legislative  Fragmentation.  Most  states  have  two  or  more  pieces  of  legisla- 
tion addressing  different  aspects  of  health-care  decisionmaking  on  behalf  of  per- 
sons unable  to  speak  for  themselves.  Inconsistencies  and  gaps  are  common. 

3.  The  impact  of  statutory  "protections"  (e.g.,  required  formalities),  restrictions 
(e.g.,  limitations  on  decisionmaking  authority  of  proxies),  and  preconditions 


81 

(e.g.,  certification  of  terminal  illness  or  permanent  unconsciousness  by  two  phy- 
sicians) is  unclear.  Do  they  protect  vulnerable  persons  or  merely  discourage  the 
use  of  Advance  Directives? 

4.  The  Impact  of  Forms  and  Formalities.  Mandatory  forms  limit  flexibility  and 
choice.  Optional  forms  may  do  so  indirectly.  Complicated  witnessing  rules  may 
discourage  the  completion  of  Advance  Directives. 

Consider  the  tyranny  of  formalities:  the  story  of  James  Robert  Rhea's 
death,  by  reporter  Denise  Gamino  in  the  Austin-American  Statesman,  May 
15,  1992. 

Formalities  may  adversely  affect  the  portability  of  Advance  Directives. 

5.  Portability  of  Advance  Directive  Across  State  Lines.  Portability  involves 
three  issues. 

a.  Is  the  document  validly  executed? 

b.  Will  the  specific  wishes  or  instructions  in  the  Advance  Directive  be  re- 
spected in  the  site  state  if  the  instructions  are  valid  in  state  of  origin  but 
not  in  site  state. 

c.  Which  state's  presumptions  and  interpretation  rules  of  Advance  Direc- 
tives applies  when  they  differ? 

6.  Emergency  Medical  Services  Do-Not-Resuscitate  Directives.  Who  should  be 
eligible,  and  how  can  they  be  swiftly  and  accurately  identified  by  EMS  person- 
nel? 

7.  Oral  directives.  What  is  the  legal  status  of  oral  instructions  given  by  the 
individual  to  his  or  her  physician?  Should  the  law  impose  witnessing  and  docu- 
mentation requirements  on  oral  instructions? 

8.  Patients  without  Surrogates.  How  should  decisions  be  made  where  there  is 
no  close  family,  friend,  or  other  surrogate  with  a  close  relationship  to  the 
decisionally  incapacitated  patient? 

CHRONOLOGY  OF  ADVANCE  DIRECTIVE  STATUTES 
(As  of  January  1994) 


LivinK  Will  Statutes: 

76-  CA  1 

77-  AR,  ID,  NV,  NC,  NM,  OR,  TX                                                                                                                               7 

78-  ...  0 

79-  KS,  WA  2 
•80-  .  0 
'81-AL,  DC  2 
'82-  DE,  VT  2 
■83-  IL,  VA  2 
'84-  FL,  GA,  LA,  MS,  WV,  Wl,  WY  7 
'85-  AZ,  CO,  CT,  IN,  lA,  ME,  MD,  MO,  MT,  NH,  OK,  TN,  UT  13 
■86-  AK,  HI,  SC  3 
'87-  ...  0 
■88-  .  .  0 
'89-  MN,  NO,  OH  3 
'90-  KY  1 
'91-  NJ,  SD  2 
'92-  NE,  PA,  Rl  3 
'93-     ...  0 


TOTAL:  48 

Health  Care  Power  of  Attorney  Statutes:. 

'83-  CA  1 

'84-              .  0 

'8S-  ME,  UT  2 

•86-  Rl  1 

'87-  IL,  NV  2 

•88-  AK,  ID,  VT  3 

'89-  DC,  KS,  NM,  OH,  OR,  TX,  VA,  WA  8 

•90-  CT,  FL,  GA,  KY,  LA,  MA,  Ml,  MS,  NY,  SD,  TN,  WV,  Wl  13 

'91-  IN,  lA,  MO,  NH,  NJ,  NC,  ND,  WY  8 

'92-  AZ,  CO,  HI,  NE,  OK,  SC  6 

'93-  MD,  MN  2 

TOTAL:  46 


82 


Combined/Comprehensive  AOs:. 

•91-  NJ 

'92-  AZ,  FL,  OK,  VA 

■93-  MD,  (CD 

TOTAL:  

EMS/DNR  Statutes: 

'91-  IL.  NY 

'92-  AZ,  CO.  FL,  PA,  Rl,  VA,  WA 

•93-  AR,  MD,  MT,  NM,  TN,  UT,  WV.  WY 

TOTAL:  


17 


Communications  and  the  Patient  Self-Determination  Act 
Strategies  for  Meeting  the  Educational  Mandate 

Findings  of  a  Working  Group 


THE  ANNENBERG 

\^ASHCNGTON  PROGRAM 

Communications  Policy  Studies 
Sorthwestem  University 


November  9-10,  1992 
Washington,  D.C. 

Sponsored  by 


AACN 

AMERICAN  ASSOCIATION 
OF  CRITICAL  CARE  NURSES 


The  Patient  Self-Determination  Act  (PSDA)  took  effect  in  December  1991  with  the 
goal  of  ensuring  that  each  individual's  right  to  self-determination  in  health  care  decisions 
be  communicated  and  protected.   The  Act  has  three  significant  provisions. 

First,  it  requires  hospitals,  skilled  nursing  facilities,  home  health  agencies,  hospice 
programs,  and  HMOs  which  participate  in  Medicare  and  Medicaid  programs  to  distribute 
to  every  adult  patient  information  describing  his  or  her  rights  under  State  law  to  make 
decisions  concerning  medical  care,  including  the  right  to  accept  or  refuse  medical  or 
surgical  treatment  and  the  right  to  formulate  advance  directives  (e.g. ,  a  written  document 
such  as  a  living  will  or  durable  power  of  attorney).  Health  care  providers  must  also 
document  in  each  patient's  record  whether  or  not  he  or  she  has  executed  an  advance 
directive  and  must  provide  staff  and  community  education  concerning  advance  directives. 

The  second  principal  provision  of  the  Act  requires  that  states  develop  a  written 
description  of  their  laws  concerning  advance  directives  for  distribution  by  health  care 
providers.  Third,  the  Act  requires  the  Secretary  of  Health  and  Human  Services  to 
implement  a  national  campaign  to  inform  the  public  and  medical  professionals  of  each 
person's  right  to  make  decisions  concerning  medical  care,  including  the  right  to  accept  or 
refuse  medical  or  surgical  treatment,  and  the  existence  of  advance  directives. 

Strategies  for  Meeting  the  Educational  Mandate 

On  November  9-10,  1992,  The  Annenberg  Washington  Program  in  Communica- 
tions Policy  Studies  of  Northwestern  University  and  the  American  Association  of  Critical- 
Care  Nurses  convened  a  high-level  working  group  of  individuals  representing  nurses, 
physicians,  ethicists,  communications  experts,  social  workers,  patients,  lawyers, 
sociologists,  and  researchers  to  accomplish  three  objectives: 


83 


1.  Examine  the  principles  of  public  information,  communication,  and 
education  as  they  apply  to  the  PSDA; 

2.  Examine  existing  educational  models  developed  to  implement  the 
PSDA;  and 

3.  Define   educational   and    communication    strategies    to    facilitate 
nationwide  implementation  of  the  Act. 

The  working  group  was  moderated  by  Barbara  A.  Gill,  R.N.,  M.N.,  a  clinical  nurse 
specialist  and  a  Fellow  of  The  Annenberg  Washington  Program. 

This  statement  reflects  the  key  issues  identified  by  the  working  group.  It  does  not 
necessarily  reflect  the  views  of  the  sponsoring  organizations,  individual  participants,  or  the 
organizations  represented.  A  companion  volume  containing  the  papers  presented  at  the 
forum  will  be  available  from  The  Annenberg  Washington  Program.  An  earlier  white 
paper,  The  Patient  Self-Determination  Act:  Implementation  Issues  and  Opportunities,  is 
currently  available  from  The  Annenberg  Washington  Program. 


Working  Group  Recommenjdations 
The  Working  Group  Recommends: 

1.  Health  care  providers  move  beyond  legal  mandates  and  mere  compliance  with 
the  letter  of  the  law  to  treat  consideration  of  advance  directives  as  a  process, 
not  a  single  moment  in  time  (e.g. ,  the  receipt  of  written  material  or  the  signing 
of  a  document). 

To  optimally  respond,  providers  should  plan  educational  initiatives  for  a  variety  of 
times  and  settings.  There  is  a  need  to  move  away  from  the  clinical  setting,  to  introduce 
end-of-life  decisions  in  less  threatening  environments,  and  to  reach  the  many  people  who 
have  no  regular  contact  with  health  care  institutions.  Educational  initiatives  should 
embrace  community  participation. 

2.  Health  care  providers  approach  advance  directives  from  the  patient  or 
decision-maker's  point  of  view,  rather  than  that  of  a  particular  profession  or 
professional. 

The  complexity  of  self-determination  requires  the  participation  of  the  broadest 
possible  array  of  providers  as  well  as  interdisciplinary  cooperation  and  collaboration. 
Individuals  must  have  access  to  the  provider  they  are  most  comfortable  with,  whether 
lawyer,  nurse,  physician,  or  other  professional.  The  information  provided  must  be 
accurate,  relevant,  and  understandable. 


84 


3.  Health  care  providers  create  systems  for  raising  the  issue  of  end-of-life 
decision-making  that  are  sufficiently  flexible  and  broad-based  to  take  into 
account  patients'  different  sensitivities  and  needs. 

Clarifying  individual  values,  treatment  decisions,  and  identifying  the  reasons  for 
these  decisions  are  essential  ways  to  bring  forth  the  intent  of  the  law.  The  language  used 
in  the  self-determination  process,  for  example,  must  be  understandable  in  order  to  promote 
effective  dialogue  among  providers,  health  care  recipients,  and  their  significant  others. 

4.  Health  care  providers  consider  the  interaction  between  patient  autonomy  and 
other  values  in  health  care  delivery. 

While  both  autonomy  and  patient  involvement  are  extremely  important  in  health 
care  delivery,  other  values  must  be  explicitly  acknowledged.  For  example,  only  medically 
appropriate  treatment  options  should  be  offered  or  delivered  to  a  patient.  Advance 
directives  should  not  be  used  to  subjugate  the  professional  judgment  of  nurses,  physicians, 
and  other  health  care  professionals  to  the  wishes  of  patients. 

5.  Quantitative  and  qualitative  studies  are  needed  to  analyze  the  relationship 
between  motivation  to  establish  advance  directives  and  such  factors  as  age, 
gender,  culture,  dennitions  of  family,  and  individual  values. 

It  is  not  clear  what  motivates  individuals  to  establish  advance  directives.  Nor  is 
it  clear  what  motivates  professionals  to  participate  in  the  self-determination  process. 

6.  Economic  issues  must  be  addressed  when  educational  programming  for  the 
PSDA  is  planned. 

Issues  to  be  considered  include  cost  containment  by  institutions,  reimbursement  for 
professional  time,  and  financial  expenses  of  patients  and  families. 

7.  Professional  standards  for  participating  in  the  education  and  implementation 
of  the  PSDA  must  be  established. 

The  ongoing  monitoring  of  the  PSDA  process  should  utilize  a  continuous  quality 
improvement  model. 

8.  A  comprehensive,  ongoing  informational  and  educational  program  is  necessary 
to  provide  the  background  and  support  for  widespread  public  and  professional 
participation  in  the  PSDA  process. 


85 


Speakers  at  the  Forum 


Fred  H.   Gate,  J.D.,  Director  of  Research  and  Projects  and  Senior  Fellow,  The 
Annenberg  Washington  Program 

Marianne  Chulay,  R.N.,  DNSc,  FCCM,  President,  American  Association  of  Critical- 
Care  Nurses 

Susan  H.  Evans,  Ph.D.,  Research  Scientist,  The  Annenberg  School  for  Communication, 
University  of  Southern  California 

Barbara  A.  Gill,  R.N.,  M.N.,  Fellow,  The  Annenberg  Washington  Program  and 
clinical  nurse  specialist 

Joan  Killion,  M.P.A.,  Director,  The  Community  Advance  Directives  Project,  Midwest 
Bioethics  Center 

John  La  Puma,  M.D.,  Director,  Center  for  Clinical  Ethics,  Lutheran  General  Hospital 

The  Honorable  Sander  M.  Levin,  J.D.  (D-MI),  Member  of  the  House  Ways  and 
Means  Committee  as  well  as  the  Health  and  Human  Resources  Subcommittees 

Sarah  J.  Sanford,  R.N.,  M.N.,  CNAA,  FAAN,  Chief  Executive  Officer,  American 
Association  of  Critical-Care  Nurses 

Michael   S.   Victoroff,   M.D.,   Chair,   Department  of  Family  Medicine,   Aurora 
Presbyterian  Hospital 


The  American  Association  of  Critical-Care  Nurses  is  the  world's  largest  specialty 
nursing  organization  with  almost  80,000  members  and  270  chapters  worldwide.  It  is 
dedicated  to  the  implementation  of  a  patient  driven  health  care  system  where  critical- 
care  nurses  make  their  optimal  contribution.  With  its  wide  ranging  and  well  known 
education  programs  and  its  ever-increasing  ability  to  provide  scholarships  and  research 
grants,  the  association  has  directed  all  of  its  efforts  to  the  realization  of  this  vision. 


The  Annenberg  Washington  Program  in  Communications  Policy  Studies  of 
Northwestern  University  provides  a  neutral  forum,  open  to  diverse  opinion,  for 
assessingthe  impact  of  conmiunications  technologies  and  public  policies.  The  Program 
serves  as  a  bridge  between  policymakers,  industry  officials,  academics,  the  press  and 
the  public. 


The  Annenberg  Washington  Program 

The  Willard  Office  Building 

1455  Pennsylvania  Avenue,  N.W.,  Suite  200 

Washington,  D.C.   20004 

Telephone:    (202)  393-7100 

Fax:    (202)638-2745 


86 

David  M.  English, 
University  of  South  Dakota,  School  of  Law,  May  3,  1994. 

Senator  John  C.  Danforth 
U.S.  Senate, 
Washington,  DC 

Re:  Hearing  on  PSDA 

Dear  Senator  Danforth:  This  letter  and  the  enclosed  article  is  submitted  for  the 
record  for  the  May  5  hearing  on  the  Patient  Self-Determination  Act. 

While  the  PSDA  is  a  federal  statute,  it  seeks  to  effectuate  rights  under  advance 
directives,  which  are  creatures  of  state  law.  The  recently  approved  Uniform  Health- 
Care  Decisions  Act,  if  enacted  by  the  states,  will  dramatically  change  the  state  law 
on  advance  directives.  This  new  act  was  approved  by  the  Uniform  Law  Commis- 
sioners last  August,  and  by  the  American  Bar  Association  this  February.  It  has  also 
been  endorsed  by  AARP.  I  served  as  the  Reporter  for  the  Act  and  was  responsible 
for  much  of  the  drafting.  Like  the  PSDA,  the  primary  purpose  of  this  new  Uniform 
Act  is  to  facilitate  the  making  of  advance  directives. 
The  following  are  some  highlights  of  the  Act: 

— The  Act  is  comprehensive  and  addresses  topics  now  usually  dealt  with  by  sepa- 
rate statue. 

Unlike  the  statutes  in  most  states,  the  Health-Care  Decisions  Act  covers  the 
subject  of  advance  directives  in  one  place,  avoiding  a  piecemeal  approach. 
— The  Act  does  not  attempt  to  legislate  restrictions  on  the  withholding  of  life-sus- 
taining treatment. 
While  the  questions  of  when  life-sustaining  treatment  may  be  withdrawn  is  an 
issue  for  serious  consideration,  attempts  by  the  states  to  legislate  in  this  area 
have  failed.  The  complex  definitions  of  the  categories  of  patients  for  whom  life- 
sustaining  treatment  may  be  withheld  or, withdrawn  have  turned  many  state 
statutes  into  virtual  nullities.  The  Health-Care  Decisions  Act  does  not  attempt 
to  repeat  this  failure.  It  instead  leaves  the  question  of  withdrawal  of  life-sus- 
taining treatment  where  it  belongs — with  the  patient,  family,  physicians,  and 
the  standards  of  medical  ethics. 
— The  Act  keeps  execution  requirements  to  an  absolute  minimum. 

The  execution  requirements  for  an  advance  directive  in  most  states  are  both 
cumbersome  and  confusing,  requirements  that  deter  the  use  of  this  important 
device.  Under  the  Health-Care  Decisions  Act,  these  requirements  are  largely 
eliminated.  A  power  of  attorney  for  health  care  need  only  be  signed.  A  patients 
instruction  as  to  future  care  may  be  either  written  or  oral. 
The  Act  contains  many  other  provisions  other  than  those  summarized  above.  For 
a  fuller  treatment,  enclosed  is  an  article  I  have  written,  "The  Health-Care  Decisions 
Act  Represents  A  Major  Advance"  which  appeared  in  the  May  issue  of  Trusts  &  Es- 
tates. 
I  hope  this  letter  and  the  enclosed  are  of  assistance  for  your  upcoming  hearing. 


87 


The  Uniform  Laws 


The  Health-Care  Decisions  Act 
Represents  A  Major  Advance 

While  prospects  for  a  quick  and  widespread  enactment  are  uncertain, 
it  will  likely  prove  an  influential  model  for  many  years  to  come 

By  DAVID  M.  ENGUSH 

University  of  South  Dakota 
Vermillion.  SD 


Planning  for  health-care  deci- 
sion-making has  become  a  sig- 
nificant component  of  the  es- 
tate planning  practice  in  recent 
years  This  increased  attention  has 
been  fueled  by  a  variety  of  factors, 
with  changing  demographics  perhaps 
being  the  most  important.  The  num- 
ber of  induTduals  over  age  65  is  in- 
creasing each  year,  and  the  number 
over  age  85  is  increasing  at  an  even 
more  rapid  rate.  But  America's  pop- 
ulation is  not  aging  well.  People  are 
living  longer  but  more  often  in  a  con- 
dition of  chronic  disability. 

Some  well-publicized  cases  also 
have  focused  attention  on  the  issue. 
The  widespread  interest  in  living 
Wills  may  be  traced  to  the  seminal 
case  of  In  re  QuinlanJ  and  an  in- 
creased interest  in  advance  direc- 
tives generally  was  fueled  by  the 
Supreme  Court's  ruling  in  Cruzan.^ 
This  increase  m  public  mterest  has 
led  to  a  flurry  of  state  legislation. 
Quinlan  spurred  the  widespread  en- 
actment of  living  WU]  statutes,  with 
all  but  three  states  now  having  such 
legislation  on  the  books.3  Cruzan  led 
to  a  rapid  increase  in  the  number  of 
power  of  attorney  for  health  care 
statutes,  a  device  now  authonzed  in 
all  but  two  states.''  Furthermore, 
more  than  30  states  have  enacted 
statutes  allowing  family  members 


and,  in  some  instances,  close  friends 
to  make  health-care  decisions  for  in- 
•  di\iduals  who  lack  capacity. 5 

The  state  legislation  has  been  a 
mixed  blessing,  however.  Many  of 
the  health-care  statutes,  while  en- 
acted for  the  purpose  of  facilitating 
the  making  of  advance  directives, 
may  actually  inhibit  their  use.  The 
execution  requirements  are  often 
formidable.  Restrictions  on  the  type? 
of  treatment,  which  may  be  withheld 
or  withdrawn,  are  common.  There  is 
little  uniformity.  The  result  is  a  sys- 
tem of  legislation  that  is  fi-agmented. 
incomplete,  and  often  inconsistent, 
both  among  states  and  even  within 
states. 

The  Uniform  Health-Care  Deci- 
sions Act.  if  enacted  by  the  states, 
would  bring  order  to  the  present 
chaos.  The  primary  purpose  of  the 
Act.  which  was  approved  by  the  Uni- 
form Law  Commissioners  in  August. 
1993.  and  by  the  ABA  House  of  Del- 
egates in  February,  1994.  is  to  facil- 
itate the  making  of  advance  direc- 
tives. The  Act  is  comprehensive, 
addresses  decisionmaking  for  those 
who  fail  to  plan,  and  eliminates 
many  of  the  restrictions.  It  is  an  Act 
that  is  congenial  to  estate  planners, 
many  of  whom  played  a  major  role 
m  Its  drafting.^  Comprehensive  ar- 
ticles on  the  Act  will  appear  else- 


where.'^ The  purpose  of  this  article 
IS  to  describe  the  Act's  innovative 
features  as  compared  to  the  existing 
state  legislation. 

The  Act  IS  comprehensive  and  ad- 
dresses topics  now  usually  dealt  with 
by  separate  statute.  While  most 
slates  have  legislation  recognizing 
living  Wills,  powers  of  attorney  for 
health  care,  and  a  decisionmaking 
role  for  the  family,  the  states  have 
usually  addressed  these  topics  by 
separate  statute,  often  in  piecemeal 
fashion.  A  new  approach  is  begin- 
ning to  emerge,  however.  Instead  of 
enacting  separate  living  Will  and 
power  of  attorney  for  health  care 
statutes,  states  are  beginning  to 
move  toward  a  combined  approach. 
The  1991  New  Jersey  statute,  for  ex- 
ample, governs  the  creation  of  both 
living  Wills  (referred  to  as  "instruc- 
tion directives")  and  powers  of  at- 
torney for  health  care  i  referred  to  as 
"proxy  directives").*  The  more  re- 
cently enacted  acts  in  Arizona.  Flori- 
da. Maryland  and  Virginia  cover  in 
one  place  not  only  living  Wills  and 
powers  of  attorney  for  health  care 
but  fjimily  decisionmaking  as  well." 

The  Uniform  Health-Care  Deci- 
sions Act  builds  on  this  trend.  Un- 
der the  Act.  any  adult  or  emanci- 
pated minor  may  give  an  "advance 
health-care  directive."  which  refers  to 


TOl  tCTC    t    CCT^TCC 


88 


either  a  "power  of  attorney  for  health 
care"  or  an  "individual  instruction.""' 
Like  the  New  Jersey  statute,  the 
Uniform  Act  deliberately  avoids  the 
term  "living  Will."  the  drafters  con- 
cluding that  "individual  instruction" 
IS  more  accurate  and  less  confusing. 

Should  an  individual  fail  to  exe- 
cute a  power  of  attorney  for  health 
care  or  should  the  agent  not  be  avail- 
able, the  Uniform  Act  authorizes 
health-care  decisions  to  be  made  by 
a  "surrogate."  to  be  selected  from  a 
pnonty  list." 

The  Act.  while  comprehensive,  does 
not  address  alt  conceivable  issues.  In 
recent  years,  many  states  have  be- 
gun to  address  the  thorny  issue  of 
whether  and  under  what  circum- 
stances emergency  medical  services 
personnel  may  recognize  do-not-re- 
suscitale  orders.  The  Uniform  Act 
includes  do-not-resuscitate  orders 
within  the  definition  of  "health-care 
decision."'^  and.  by  extension,  au- 
thorizes an  indmdual.  or  his  or  her 
agent  or  surrogate,  to  give  such  an 
order  However,  detailed  protocols 
and  protections  are  needed  to  guide 
and  protect  EMS  personnel  in  with- 
holding resuscitation.  Given  that 
stale  legislattires  have  only  begun 
to  tackle  this  issue,  the  drafters  con- 
cluded that  It  would  now  be  prema- 
ture to  attempt  to  codify  protocols  or 
guidelines  in  model  legislation.'^ 

The  Act  also  does  not  address 
health-care  decisionmaking  for  un- 
emancipated  minors.  To  have  cov- 
ered the  full  range  of  healthcare  de- 
cisions for  unemancipated  minors, 
including  the  effect  of  differing 
parental  and  custodial  arrangements 
and  levels  of  maturity,  would  have 
made  the  Act  unwieldy.  However, 
the  drafting  committee  did  recom- 
mend that  the  Commissioners  con- 
sider developing  a  separate  uniform 
act  on  this  topic. 

The  Act  does  not  attempt  to  legis- 
late restrictions  on  the  withholding 
or  withdrawal  of  life-sustaining  treat 
mcnt  A  majontv  of  the  existing  pow- 
er of  attorney  for  health  care  statutes 
permit  a  pnncipal  to  delegate  to  an 
agent  the  authority  to  make  all 
health-care  decisions.  Although  held 
lo  a  standard  of  care,  the  agent  may 
act  for  the  principal  regardless  of  the 
nature  of  the  principal's  condition  or 
the  type  of  treatment  in  question  '^ 

The  living  Will  statutes  are  an- 
other matter.  The  complex  defini- 
tion.'; of  the  categories  of  patients  for 
whom  life-sustaining  treatment  may 


be  withheld  or  withdrawn,  and  the 
prohibitions  against  the  withdraw- 
ing or  withholding  of  certain  forms 
of  treatment,  have  rendered  many 
of  these  statutes  into  virtual  nulli- 
ties. Prompted  by  Cruran.  a  number 
of  living  Will  statutes  have  recently 
been  hberalized.  Withdrawal  or  with- 
holding of  treatment  is  permitted  not 
only  from  patients  in  a  "terminal 
condition."  but  also  from  patients  in 
conditions  of  "permanent  uncon- 
sciousness."'^ But  while  many  of  the 
living  Will  statutes  are  now  less  re- 
stnctive,  a  major  effect  of  the  recent 
amendments  is  to  add  yet  another 
layer  of  definitions  requiring  inter- 
pretation. 

The  drafters  of  the  Uniform  Act 
concluded  that  the  attempts  to  statu- 
torily prescribe  the  circumstances 
when  life-sustaining  treatment  may 
be  withheld  or  withdrawn  unduly  re- 
stnct.  are  difficult  to  apply  in  a  chn- 
ical  setting,  and  provide  an  appear- 
ance of  precision  where  none  is 
possible.  Under  the  Act.  there  are  no 
restrictions.  An  individual  instruc- 
tion and  the  authonty  which  may  be 
granted  to  an  agent  may  extend  to 
all  "health-care  decisions."  a  term 
which  is  expansively  defined  to  in- 
clude such  matters  as  approval  or 
disapproval  of  orders  not  to  resusci- 
tate, and  directions  to  provide,  with- 
hold, or  withdraw  artificial  nutntion 
and  hydration  and  other  forms  of 
health  care."" 

While  no  restrictions  are  pre- 
scribed, certain  pnnciples  of  law  and 
medical  practice  will  impose  limits, 
although  indirectly.  The  Act  autho- 
nzes  the  provision,  withholding,  or 
withdrawal  of  health  care  only  to  the 
extent  not  prohibited  by  other 
statutes  of  the  stale.'"  Furthermore, 
a  health-care  provider  or  institution 
may  decline  to  comply  with  an  indi- 
vidual instruction  or  health-care  de- 
cision that  requires  medically  inef- 
fective health  care  or  health  care 
contrary  to  generally  accepted 
health-care  standards. '*  Finally, 
agents  and  surrogates  are  subject  to 
a  standard  of  care.  An  agent  or  sur- 
rogate may  not  act  contrary  to  the 
principal's  or  patient's  express  wish- 
es, and  must  otherwise  act  in  the 
principal's  or  patient's  best  inter- 
est.'s 

The  Act  minimizes  execution  re- 
quirements. The  execution  require- 
ments for  an  advance  directive  in 
most  states  are  both  cumbersome 
and  confusing.  A  substantial  major- 


ity of  the  living  Will  statutes  require 
two  witnesses,  but  Minnesota  and 
New  Jersey  permit  either  witness- 
ing or  acknowledgment,  and  South 
Carolina  requires  both  witnessing 
and  acknowledgment. 20  There  is 
greater  variation  among  the  power 
of  attorney  for  health  care  statutes. 
Some  statutes  require  only  the  prin- 
cipal's signature.'''  Other  statutes 
follow  the  living  Will  model  by  re- 
quiring two  witnesses. 22  Finally, 
some  statutes  require  that  the  pow- 
er be  either  witnessed  or  acknowl- 
edged at  the  prmapal's  option,  others 
that  it  be  both  witnessed  and  ac- 
knowledged.23 

A  majority  of  the  living  Will  and 
power  of  attorney  for  health  care 
statutes  also  impose  witness  quali- 
fication rules.  Some  of  these  lists  are 
quite  lengthy.  Included  on. the  hsts  of 
various  states  are  relatives,  in-laws, 
intestate  heirs.  Will  beneficiaries, 
creditors,  the  designated  agent, 
health  care  providers,  and  nursing 
home  operators  and  employees.  Un- 
der some  statutes,  the  advance  di- 
rective IS  invalid  if  either  witness  is 
from  one  of  the  proscnbed  classes 
But  under  other  statutes,  a  prohib- 
ited person  may  act  as  long  as  the 
other  witness  is  independent. ^-i 

The  drafters  of  the  Uniform  Act 
concluded  that  the  cumbersome  ex- 
ecution requirements  found  under 
many  state  statutes  have  done  little 
to  deter  fraud  or  prevent  overreach- 
ing. Rather,  their  primary  effect  is 
to  deter  the  making  of  advance  di- 
rectives and  to  invalidate  defective- 
ly executed  directives  that  otherwise 
would  be  reliable  indicators  of  the 
individual's  intent.  Consequently,  to 
facilitate  the  making  of  advance  di- 
rectives, the  Act  keeps  execution  re- 
quirements to  an  absolute  minimum. 
A  power  of  attorney  for  health  care 
must  be  written  and  signed,  but  need 
not  be  witnessed  or  acknowledged. 25 
An  individu2d  mstruction  may  be  ei- 
ther written  or  oral. 26 

The  statutory  recognition  of  an 
oral  instruction,  while  relatively  rare. 
IS  found  in  both  the  1992  Virginia 
and  1993  Maryland  acts. 2'  Oral  in- 
structions are  frequent  in  clinical 
practice.  Furthermore,  case  law.  the 
Uniform  Act  itself,  and  the  statutes 
in  many  states  require  agents  and 
surrogates  to  honor  the  prmapal's 
and  patient's  express  wishes,  which 
may  include  oral  instructions.  It 
seems  nonsensical  to  require  an 
agent  or  surrogate  to  honor  an  oral 


TRUSTS  4  ESTATES  /  MAY  1 ''J 


3S 


89 


instruction  while  at  the  same  time 
denying  statutory  recognition  to  an 
oral  instruction  given  directly  to  a 
health-care  provider. 

The  1993  Maryland  act  goes  even 
further  by  authorizing  an  individual 
to  orally  designate  an  agent. ^*'  The 
Uniform  Act  does  not  go  quite  this 
far.  But  as  descnbed  below,  the  act 
does  allow  an  individual  to  orally 
designate  a  surrogate.'^* 

The  Act  contains  one  combined 
form.  The  use  of  statutory  forms  pro- 
vide a  number  of  benefits.  First,  be- 
cause the  form  is  standard  and  wide- 
ly available,  individuals  who  might 
not  otherwise  seek  professional  help 
may  be  more  inclined  to  execute  an 
advance  directive.  Second,  the  avail- 
ability of  an  officially  sanctioned 
form  will  reduce  the  reluctance  of 
health-care  providers  to  honor  a  di- 
rective Furthermore,  through  con- 
tinued use  providers  will  hopefully 
become  more  familiar  with  the  form's 
provisions  and  make  more  informed 
decisions. 

Nearly  all  living  Will  statutes  in- 
clude statutory  forms. ^o  as  do  a 
growing  number  of  power  of  attor- 
ney for  health  care  statutes.^'  The 
enactment  by  most  states  of  sepa- 
rate living  Will  and  power  of  attor- 
ney for  health  care  statutes  has.  per- 
haps not  surpnsmgly.  resulted  m  the 
enactment  of  separate  statutory 
forms.  Recently,  however,  states 
have  begun  to  enact  a  combined 
form,  one  that  allows  an  individual 
to  both  designate  an  agent  and  give 
instructions.  The  1993  Connecticut 
and  Oregon  acts  are  notable  exam- 
ples.-*- 

The  Uniform  Act.  like  Connecti- 
cut and  Oregon,  includes  a  combmed 
form  '^  Unlike  Oregon.-*''  however, 
use  of  the  form  is  entirely  optional. 
An  individual  is  also  free  to  omit  or 
modify  any  part  of  the  form.  Making 
the  form  optional  is  consistent  with 
the  principle  of  patient  autonomy, 
one  of  the  dnving  forces  behind  the 
Act  It  IS  also  of  particular  impor- 
tance to  adherents  of  certain  reli- 
gions, such  as  Christian  Science, 
whose  special  views  would  not  oth- 
erwise be  accommodated. 

The  power  of  attorney  appears 
first  on  the  form  to  ensure  to  the  ex- 
tent possible  that  it  will  come  to  the 
attention  of  a  casual  reader.  This  re- 
flects the  reality  that  the  appoint- 
ment of  an  agent  is  a  more  compre- 
hensive approach  to  the  making  of 
health-care  decisions  than  is  the  giv- 


ing of  an  individual  instruction, 
which  cannot  possibly  anticipate  all 
circumstances  which  might  arise. 

Like  most  well-drafted  attorney 
forms,  space  is  provided  for  the  in- 
dividual to  designate  up  to  two  al- 
ternate agents.  Furthermore,  the 
agent  and  alternate  agents  are  au- 
tomatically nominated  to  act  as 
guardians,  in  their  order  of  pnonty, 
should  the  need  for  guardianship  of 
the  person  arise.  The  purpose  of  this 
provision  is  not  to  encourage  the  use 
of  guardianship,  but  to  prevent  oth- 
ers from  usmg  guardianship  as  a  de- 
vice to  thwart  the  agent's  authonty. 
This  defense  is  further  buttressed  by 
the  Act's  provision  that  a  guardian 
may  not  revoke  an  agent's  authonty 
without  express  approval  of  the  ap- 
pointing court. 35 

More  unusual  is  the  provision  pro- 
viding a  box  to  check  should  the  in- 
dividual wish  the  authonty  of  the 
agent  to  become  effective  immedi- 
ately upon  execution.  Under  the  Act. 
while  the  authonty  of  an  agent  gen- 
erally becomes  effective  only  upon  a 
determination  that  the  principal 
lacks  capacity,  the  pnncipal  is  free 
to  provide  in  the  power  that  the  au- 
thonty of  the  agent  becomes  effec- 
tive immediately  or  upon  the  hap- 
pening of  some  other  event  3"' 

Because  the  vanety  of  treatment 
decisions  to  which  individual  in- 
structions may  relate  is  virtually  un- 
limited, the  instructions  part  of  the 
form  does  not  attempt  to  be  compre- 
hensive but  IS  directed  at  the  types  of 
treatment  for  which  an  mdividual  is 
most  likely  to  have  special  wishes. 
Space  IS  provided  for  the  individual 
to  express  special  wishes  regarding 
the  provision  of  pain  relief  In  addi- 
tion, artificial  nutrition  and  hydra- 
tion IS  to  be  treated  like  other  forms 
of  health  care  unless  the  individual 
checks  a  box.  Most  importantly  and 
most  problematical  to  draft,  the  form 
contains  language  specifying  the  cir- 
cumstances when  treatment  may  be 
withheld  or  withdrawn. 

Two  choices  are  provided,  a 
"Choice  Not  To  Prolong  Life.'  and  a 
"Choice  to  Prolong  Life."  The  "Choice 
to  Prolong  Life"  is  designed  for  those 
wishing  maximum  treatment.  The 
"Choice  Not  To  Prolong  Life"  will  be 
the  option  far  more  frequently  se- 
lected. Because  the  concept  of  the 
living  Will  has  become  so  mgrained. 
the  drafters  concluded  that  it  was 
appropnate  to  specify  in  this  choice 
that  the  individual's  life  not  be  pro- 


longed in  the  event  of  a  "terminal 
condition"  or  "condition  of  perma- 
nent unconsciousness."  although 
those  precise  terms  were  not  used. 
Limitmg  withdrawal  or  withholding 
of  treatment  to  these  two  categones. 
however,  would  have  codified  in  the 
statutory  form  the  very  restnctions 
which  the  drafters  had  deliberately 
avoided  in  the  statutory  text.  Con- 
sequently, the  drafters  added  a  third 
more  flexible  option.  Treatment  may 
also  be  withheld  or  withdrawn  if  "the 
likely  nsks  and  burdens  of  treatment 
would  outweigh  the  expected  bene- 
fits." This  test  is  well  known  to  the 
courts  and  is  one  which  was  advo- 
cated in  an  influential  1983  report 
of  the  President's  Commission  for 
the  Study  of  Ethical  Problems  in 
Medicine  and  Biomedical  and  Be- 
havioral Research. 3' 

The  form  also  includes  space  for 
an  individual  to  express  an  intent  to 
make  an  organ  or  tissue  donation.  It 
is  included  here  because  an  advance 
directive  is  far  more  likely  to  be  no- 
ticed than  IS  a  donor  card,  which 
rarely  comes  to  light  when  the  need 
arises. 

Finally,  the  form  provides  space 
for  an  individual  to  designate  his  or 
her  "primary  physician."  The  Act 
specifically  avoids  use  of  the  term 
"attending  physician."  which  could 
be  understood  to  refer  to  the  physi- 
cian currently  providing  treatment 
to  the  individual,  and  not  to  the 
physician  whom  the  individual 
would  select.  Among  the  functions 
of  an  individual's  pnmar>'  physician 
is  the  determination  of  whether  the 
individual  has  capacity  to  make  his 
or  her  own  health-care  decisions. 38 

The  Act  contains  a  comprehensive 
provision  on  the  authority  of  surro- 
gates. Despite  the  wider  use  of  pow- 
ers of  attorney  for  health  care  and 
living  Wills,  families  will  continue 
to  play  an  important  role  m  the  mak- 
ing of  health-care  decisions  for  an 
incapacitated  relative.  A  substantial 
majority  of  individuals  fail  to  exe- 
cute advance  directives.  For  these 
individuals,  recourse  to  the  family 
may  be  the  only  realistic  method  for 
assunng  continuity  m  decisionmak- 
ing. Guardianship  is  an  available  op- 
tion, but  the  appointment  of  a 
guardian  is  an  expensive  and  cum- 
bersome process  that  is  often  ill-suit- 
ed to  the  making  of  healthore  de- 
cisions, particularly  when  tune  may 
be  of  the  essence. 

The  traditional  reliance  of  health 


36 


TRUSTS  &  ESTATES  /  MAY  1994 


90 


providers  on  the  family,  however,  is 
often  based  on  Httle  more  than  med- 
ical custom.  While  there  is  a  recent 
and  growing  body  of  judidai  prece- 
dent  validating  a  role  for  the  fami- 
ly.'^  many  states  have  no  decision 
on  point,  and  few  of  the  cases  ad- 
dress the  issue  of  pnonty.  Perhaps 
due  to  these  uncertainties,  a  grow- 
ing number  of  states  —  over  30  to 
date  —  have  enacted  statutes  to  val- 
idate a  role  for  the  family.*" 

.Most  of  the  statutes  tend  to  be 
quite  limited  m  scope.  The  New  York 
statute,  for  example,  applies  only  to 
decisions  to  administer  or  withhold 
cardiopulmonary  resuscitation.*' 
Manv  others  address  only  the  with- 
drawal or  withholding  of  lifesus- 
laining  treatment. ■'^  Other  statutes 
empower  the  family  to  consent  to 
treatment  and  apply  to  decision- 
making from  the  onset  of  incapaci- 
ty but  fail  to  specifically  address 
withdrawal  or  withholding  of  life- 
.susiaintng  treatment.*-* 

Priority 

.A  substantial  maiority  of  the 
statutes,  however,  do  address  the  is- 
sue 01  pnonty.  The  better  and  grow- 
ing approach  is  lo  recognize  that  the 
tamiiy  mav  act  only  if  no  guardian 
or  agent  has* been  appointed  or  is 
available.**  Should  no  agent  or 
guardian  be  available,  the  statutes 
empower  the  spouse  to  make  the  de- 
cision. Adult  children  come  next. 
usuallv  followed  by  parents.  Non- 
traditional  relationships  are  not  gen- 
erallv  recognized,  but  this  is  begin- 
ning to  change.  Many  recent  statutes 
place  close  fnends"  on  the  list,  al- 
though normally  at  the  bottom.*' 
More  significantly,  Anzona  grants  a 
"domestic  partner"  a  fourth  pnonty. 
although  It  failed  to  define  the 
term.*" 

Section  5  of  the  Uniform  Act.  the 
surrogacy  provision,  addresses  the 
role  of  the  family  and  close  friends, 
and  responds  at  least  in  part  to  the 
concerns  of  those  in  non-traditional 
relationships.  The  section  is  com- 
prehensive. A  surrogate  is  empow- 
ered to  make  all  "health-care  deci- 
sions' for  the  affected  individual.  The 
nght  of  a  surrogate  to  act  is  tnggered 
by  a  determination  that  the  patient 
lacks  capacity  to  make  his  or  her 
own  health-care  decisions.  Not  all 
patients  are  covered,  however.  A  sur- 
rogate may  make  a  health-care  de- 
cision only  for  an  adult  or  emanci- 
pated minor  for  whom  no  agent  or 


guardian  has  been  appointed  or 
wnose  agent  or  guardian  is  not  rea- 
sonably available.^^ 

Contrpvr»y  Dtnt^opmd 

The  Act.  like  a  majority  of  the 
state  statutes,  prescribes  a  pnonty 
list  for  who  may  act  as  surrogate. 
Developing  the  list  proved  to  be  quite 
controversial,  however.  A  maionty 
of  the  drafting  committee  concluded 
that  the  pnonty  list  should  consist  of 
specified  family  members,  with  the 
patient  s  close  friends  trailmg  at  the 
ena.  A  maionty  of  the  Commission- 
ers thought  otherwise,  however,  and 
overruled  the  drafting  committee. 

The  commissioners  concluded  that 
a  priority  list  based  primarily  on 
closeness  of  family  relationship  does 
not  necessarily  reflect  reality.  L'n- 
mamed  mdividuals  in  cohabitmg  re- 
lationships, for  example,  are  much 
more  likely  to  prefer  that  their  com- 
panions act  on  their  behalf  For  this 
reason,  appeanng  first  on  the  pnor- 
itv  list  IS  a  new  type  of  decision- 
maxer.  the  orally  designated  surro- 
gate. This  IS  to  be  distinguished  from 
an  agent,  who  can  only  be  appointed 
in  wnting  signed  by  the  pnncipal. 


but  the  function  is  largely  the  same. 
But  because  of  the  risk  of  miscom- 
munication  of  an  individual's  oral 
statement,  some  reliability  of  proof  is 
required.  An  indhridual  may  desig- 
nate a  surrogate  only  by  personally 
informing  his  or  her  supervising 
health-care  provider.*'*  The  health- 
care provider  is  then  in  turn  obli- 
gated to  record  the  designation  in 
the  individual's  health-care  record.** 
While  the  Commissioners  recognized 
that  wntten  powers  of  attorney  are 
preferred,  they  also  recognized  that 
many  individuals  will  quite  simply 
fail  to  prepare  the  necessary  docu- 
ment. Furthermore,  oral  designa- 
tions of  decisionmakers  occur  with 
some  frequency  in  clinical  practice. 
If  an  individual  has  not  designat- 
ed a  surrogate,  or  if  the  designee  is 
not  reasonably  available,  a  rather 
standard  family  list  is  followed:  the 
spouse,  followed  by  an  adult  child, 
followed  by  a  parent,  followed  by  an 
adult  brother  or  sister.-'"  Should  all 
classes  of  family  members  decline  to 
act  or  otherwise  not  be  reasonably 
available,  a  health-care  deasion  may 
be  made  by  another  relative  or  fnend 
who  has  exhibited  special  care  and 


»0.  1CTC    t    CCTATCe 


91 


concern  for  the  p«lient  and  who  is 
famihar  with  tho  patient's  personal 
values.5' 

The  Uniform  Act  is  in  general  to 
be  effectuated  without  litigation,  and 
the  surrogacy  pnivision  is  no  excep- 
tion. A  healthcnn-  decision  made  by 
a  surrogate  is  efloctive  without  ju- 
dicial approval  ■'-'  Because  a  surro- 
gate IS  not  usuully  selected  by  the 
patient,  however,  there  has  been  no 
consent,  expressed  or  imphed,  to  this 
informality.  Some  system  of  review  is 
appropnate.  The  Act  rehes  on  notice. 
Upon  his  or  her  assumption  of  au- 
thonty.  a  surropute  must  communi- 
cate that  fact  to  the  members  of  the 
patient's  family  who  might  otherwise 
be  eligible  to  act  as  surrogate.^  No- 
tice to  the  family  will  enable  them 
to  follow  health-core  developments 
with  respect  to  their  now  incapaci- 
tated relative.  It  also  will  alert  them 
to  take  appropriate  action  should  the 
need  arise. 

Conclusion 

The  Uniform  Health-Care  Deci- 
sions Act  IS  not  the  Commissioners' 
first  venture  into  the  field  of  health- 
care decisionmaking.  But  the  previ- 
ous acts  were  quit<:  limited  in  scope. 
The  1982  Commissioners'  Model 
Health-Care  Consent  Act*^  focused 
primarily  on  the  authority  of  the 
family  to  make  health-care  decisions. 
The  Uniform  Rights  of  the  Termi- 
nally 111  Act.  in  b<»th  Its  198555  and 
1989  versions. 5''  ffxrused  exclusively 
on  the  withdrawal  or  withholding  of 
life-sustaining  treatment. 

The  Health-Care  Decisions  Act 
represents  a  major  advance  over  ex- 
isting law  and  the  pnor  uniform  acts. 
It  is  comprehensive:  it  facibtates  the 
giving  of  advance  nealth-care  direc- 
tives; It  address*-  decisionmaking 
for  those  who  have  failed  to  plan: 
and  It  eliminate.^  many  of  the  re- 
strictions. While  us  prospects  for 
quick  and  widespread  enactment  are 
uncertain,  it  will  iikely  prove  an  in- 
fluential model  f'jr  many  years  to 
come.  0 


FOOTNOTES 

1  355  A.  2d  647 -N-    :976l 

2  Cnaan  i  Dinoorj-  *4o  DepL  of  Health.  497 
U.S.  261  I1990J 

3  For  a  liat.  see  Aiac  Mei£«l.  The  Right  to  Die 
Table  11  1  iSupp  ISSft  nereinafter  The  Riftht 
to  Diel  Theeicepooaa  tfv  Massachuaetta.  Michi- 
gan, and  New  Y'ort 

4  The  Right  to  I>»  Table  lOA-1  The  excep- 
tions are  Aiabama  azkd  Ifeiuntana. 

5  The  Right  t£>  Eiie  T  BUie  8- 1 


6  Willard  H  Pednck.  of  Tempe.  Anzooa. 
■erred  aa  Re|xirt«r  fram  Au^uaL  1991  to  Auguat. 
I99i.  1  aerved  aa  reporter  from  Au^ruaL  1992.  un- 
til conpletkon.  Jaraea  N.  Zaita&an.  of  ChmgD.  1U^ 
noia.  aerwd  aa  ABA  Co-Adviaor.  Fraxkcia  J.  CoUin. 
Jr..  of  Napa.  California,  aerved  aa  Advwor  from  the 
ABA  Section  of  Real  Property.  Probate  and  Trual 
Law  Harley  J  Spitler.  of  San  Franciaco.  Califor- 
nia, served  aa  Observer  for  the  State  Bar  of  Cal- 
ifornia. Section  of  Estate  Planning.  Truat  and 
Probate  Law.  The  Act  waa  unamniously  eodoned 
by  the  Supervisor>  Counal  of  the  ABA  Secuon  of 
Real  Property.  Probate  and  Trust  Law.  at  its  Oc- 
tober. 1993.  meeting. 

7  See  David  .M  English  &  Aian  Meiael.  The 
Uniform  Heaith-Carv  Decisions  Act.  21  Est.  Plan, 
(forthcoming  1994' 

8  See  ecntmlh  N.J.  Sut  Ann.  Seca.  26:2H- 
53  to  26;2H-78  iWest  Supp.  1993  • 

9  Set  nenemUy  Anr.  Rev  Stat  Ann.  Sees  36- 
3201  to  36-3262  11993):  Fla  Stat.  Ann.  Sees 
765  101  to  765  401  iWest  Supp.  19931:  Md. 
Health-Gen  Code  Ann  Sees  5-601  to  5-618 
119941  Va  Code  Ann  Sen  54  1-2981  to  54.1- 
2993  iMichie  Supp  19931 

10  Unif  Health-Care  Decisions  Act  l-UHC- 
DA^iSec.  Ill  I 

1 1  See  UHCDA  Sec.  5.  and  inmi  notes  39-53 
and  accompan>-ing  text. 

12  LTlCDASec   Ii6i 

13  The  first  slate  sututes  addressing  the  hon- 
oring of  do-noi -resuscitate  orders  bv  EMS  per- 
sonnel were  enacted  in  1991  in  Illinois  and  New- 
York  See2!0Ili  Comp.  Stai  Ann  SO'IO  8 
ISmith-Hurd  1993i:  NY  Pub  Health  Law  Sees 
2960  to  2979  iMcKinney  1993>  As  of  January. 
1994.  17  states  have  enacted  le^nslation  on  this 
topic,  most  frequently  authonzing  a  state  agency 
such  as  the  department  of  health  to  develop  pro- 
tocols. See  Choice  in  Dvmg.  Slalules  Authoming 
Surnjfrale  Dectsionmaktng ,  Right-to-Die  Law  Di- 
gest! Dec   1993' 

14-  For  a  discussion,  see  David  M.  English. 
The  LPC  and  the  New  Durable  Pouen.  27  R 
Prop  Prob  4  Tr  J  333.  395-400   1992 

15  See  eg  .  Cal  Health  &  Safety  Code  Sec 
7186ie'  I  West  Supp.  1994 1  fpennanent  uncon- 
scious condition').  Haw  Rev  Stat.  Sec.  327D-2 
U991 'I "peraisient  vegetative  siat*^  .  deep  coma"). 
La  Rev  Stat.  Ann  Sec  40  1299  58  2)  10'  i  "pro- 
found comatose  state")  'West  1992':  Tenn.  Code 
Ann  Sec  32-11-10319)  iSupp  1993i  '"coma  or 
persistent  vegetative  state") 

16  LfHCDASec   1)6) 

17  LTlCDASec   13lc) 
IS.  UHCDASec  7(0 

19.  UHCDASec  2iel.  5ifi 

20.  Minn  Stat-  Ann  Sec  1458  03)  2  ■  i  a  1 1  West 
Supp  19941:  N.J  Stat.  Ann.  Sec  26:2H  56  )  West 
Supp  1993):SC  Code  Ann  Sec  44-77-40  iLaw 
Co-Op  Supp   1993) 

21.  See.  eg  .  755  111  Corap  Stat  Ann  45/4-10 
iSmith-Hurd  1992 1 

22.  See.  eg.  NY.  Pub.  Health  Law  Sec.  2981(21 
(McKinney  1993) 

23.  See.  e.g..  Nev.  Rev.  Stat  Sec  449  840(11 
(1991iiwitnessing  or  acknowledgment ':  .N  C  Gen. 
Stat.  Sec  32A-16(3)  (1993i  iwitoessing  and  ac- 
knowledgment ). 

24.  For  the  witness  disqualification  rules,  see 
David  M.  English,  supra  note  14.  at  369-72  'tww- 
er  of  attomev  for  health  care  statutes  >:  The  Right 
to  Die  Sec  11  9  1 1989  &  Supp  1993  .<  living  Will 
statutes) 

25  LTiCDASec  2ibl 

26  LUCDASec  2(aJ 

27.  See  Va  Code  Ann  Sec  54  I-29S3  iMichie 
Supp.  19931:  Md  Health-Gen  Code  Ann  Sec.  5- 
602id>il994i 

28.  Md.  Health-Gen  Code  Ann  Sec  o-602(d) 
11994) 

29  See  UHCDA  Sec  5(bi.  and  infra  notes  39- 
53  and  accompanying  text. 

30  The  exceptions  include  Delaware.  New 
Mexico  and  Ohio. 

31.  Acconluig  to  reaeanih  conducted  bv  Charles 
P  Sabatino.  Assistant  Director  of  the  AfiA  Com- 
mission on  Legal  Problems  of  the  Elderly.  36 
states  and  the  District  of  Columbia  aa  of  1/1/94 


had  statutory  forms  in  their  power  of  attorney  for 
health  care  statutes 

32.  Act  approved  June  29.  1993.  PA  93-407. 
1993  Conn.  Lejna  Serv.  1323  iWest  r.  Act  approved 
Aug.  31.  1993.  ch  767.  1993  Or  Laws 

33.  UHCDA  Sec  4 

34.  Use  of  the  Oregon  form  is  tnandatory. 

35  UHCDASec  6< a  1 

36  UHCDASec.  2ici 

37  For  a  discussion  of  the  case*  and  the  Pres- 
ident's Commission  report,  see  The  Right  to  Die 
Sees  4.17.  9  279  32  11989  S:  Supp  19931  The 
following  IS  the  relevant  portion  of  the  form: 

i6i  END-OF-UFE  DECISIONS  1  direct  that 
my  health-care  providers  and  others  involved  in 
my  care  provide,  withhold,  or  withdraw  treat- 
ment in  accordance  with  the  choice  1  ha\-e  marked 
below: 

I  I  lal  Choice  Not  to  Prolong  Life 
1  do  not  want  my  life  to  be  prolonged 
if  (i)  I  have  an  incurable  ano  irreversible 
condition  that  will  result  in  mv  death 
within  a  relatively  short  time  up  I  be- 
come unconscious  and.  to  a  reasotiable  de- 
gree of  medical  certainty,  i  wui  not  regain 
consciousness,  or  i  iii  i  the  likelv  risks  and 
burdens  of  treatment  would  outweigh  the 
expected  benefiu.  or 

I  I  lb)  Choice  To  Prolong  Life 

I  want  my  life  to  be  prolonged  as  long 

as  possible  within  the  limiu-  ol  generally 

accepted  health-care  standanL- 

38  UHCDASecs.  2ldi.  5(a. 

39.  See  Judith  Areen.  The  Legal  Status  of  Con- 
sent Obtained  from  Families  of -\dult  Patienu  to 
Withhold  or  Withdraw  Treatment.  238  J  Am 
Med  Assn  229  11987) 

40  For  a  list,  sec  The  Right  to  Die  Table  8-1 
iSupp  1993) 

41  NY  Pub.  Health  Law  Sec  2965(21  (McK- 
inney 1993) 

42  See.  en. .  Unif  Rights  of  the  Terminallv  III 
Actll989iSec.  7.9BU.L.A.  122    1993  Supp.  i 

43.  See.  e.g..  S.D  Codified  Law*  Sec  34-12C 
iSupp  19931 

44  See.  cff.  755  III.  Comp  Su:  .-Uin.  40/25-3 ■ 
iSmith-Hurd  1992) 

45  See.  e.g..  Fla  Sut.  Ann  Sev  T65  401il"g' 
(West  Supp  1993).  755  111  Como  Stat.  Ann 
40/25<aii7iiSmith-Hurd  1992 

46  See  Am  Rev  Stau  Ann.  sec  a6-3231lA>4< 
11993). 

47  UHCDASec  5i a) 

48  UHCDASec.  51  b) 

49  UHCDASec  7lbi 

50  UHCDASec.  51b  1. 

51  UHCDASec  5ici 
52.  UHCDA  Sec  5(gl 

53  LTlCDASec  5id) 

54  9U  LA.iPt.  I)453ll9Sr 

55  9BULA  609  1 1987  i 

56  9B  U.L_A  109  1 1993  supp 


David  M.  English,  a  professor 
of  law  at  the  Universm  of  South 
Dakota,  served  as  a  Reoorter  to 
the  drafting  committee  on  the 
Uniform  Health-Care  Decisions 
Act.  He  currently  serves  as  Chair 
of  the  Section  on  Aging  and  the 
Law  of  the  Association  of  Ameri- 
can Law  Schools  and  a^  Chair  of 
the  Special  Committee  on  Organ 
and  Tissue  Donation  of  the  ABA 
Section  of  Real  Propert>.  Probate 
and  Trust  Law. 


31 


TRUSTS  4  ESTA-^i  ■  MAY  1 994 


92 


I'dnnn  mi  Health  Law 


\niciii  an  Hill'  Asscciiiiioii 


^*^SH  E  A  L  T  H 
?  hL  a  W  Y  E  R 


Patient  Care  Issues 


The  Patient  Self-Determination  Act: 
Implementation  Issues  and  Opportunities 


Fred  H.  Cute  and  Barbara  A.  Gill 

More  and  more  it  is  arguable  that  we 
plav  Cod  b\-  subjecting  people  lo 
unwanted  and  sometimes  unnecessary/ 
treatment,  treatment  that  unnaturally 
prolongs  the  dying  process.  Our 
health  care  system  has  become 
obsessed  with  extending  life,  at  times 
neglecting  the  canng  component  of 
medicine  and  trampling  on  the  rights 
of  patients. 

—  Senator  John  C.  Danforth 
iR-Mo.) 
The  Patient 
Self-Determination  Act 

Expcns  esumate  that  approximately 
10.000  Amencans  currently  exist  in  a 
persistent  vegetative  state.  The 
majonty  of  people  in  this  country  will 
at  some  point  dunng  their  lifetimes  be 
unable  lo  paructpate  in  medical 
treatment  decisions  affecting  their 
own  care.  Chronic  or  degenerative 
ailments  have  replaced  infectious 
diseases  In  this  century  as  the  pnmary 
cause  of  death  in  the  Western  world. 
According  to  medical  ethicisi  Joseph 
Retcher.  80  percent  of  Amencans 
who  die  m  hospitals  are  "likely  to 
meet  their  end  ...   in  a  sedated  or 
comatose  state:  betubed  nasally. 


abdominally  and  Intravenously;  and 
far  more  like  manipulated  objects  than 
like  moral  subjects.'  " 

As  the  baby-boom  generauon  ages 
and  medical  technology  conunues  to 
develop,  more  and  more  people  will  at 
some  point  during  their  lifetimes  be 
incapacitated.  This  is  not  a  problem 
only  for  the  elderly  Nancy  Cruzan 
was  only  25  when  tragedy  struck. 
Knowing  these  facts,  it  would  seem 
unavoidable  that  every  person  in  the 
United  States,  regardless  of  age. 
should  have  the  meaningful 
opportunity  to  make  some  provision 
for  decision-making  about  his  or  her 
health  care  in  the  likely  circumstance 
that  he  or  she  is  incapacitated. 

This  IS  the  intent  of  the  Pauent  Self- 
Detenrunation  Act    The  Act.  Senate 
Bill  1766.  was  introduced  in  the 
Senate  in  October  1989  by  Senators 
John  C.  Danforth  (R-Mo.)  and  Daniel 
Patrick  Moymhan  (D-N.Y.).  Rather 
than  legislatively  create  rights  for 
patients  to  make  health  care  decisions 
even  if  unconscious  or  incapacitated. 
the  bill  reflected  a  bipanisan  effort  to 
assure  that  patients  are  given 
information  about  the  extent  to  which 
those  nghts  already  exist  under 
applicable  state  law.  As  stated  in  the 


Act  Itself,  the  goal  is  "to  ensure  that  a 
patient's  right  to  self-determinauon  in 
health  care  decisions  be 
communicated  and  protected."  The 
bill  passed  the  Senate — and  a 
companion  bill  passed  the  House  of 
Representatives — as  pan  of  the  deficit 
reduction  package  and  with  little 
comment  from  either  legislators  or  the 
press.  It  was  signed  into  law  by 
President  Bush  on  November  5.  1990. 
The  Act  has  four  significant 
provisions. 

Obligations  of  Certain  Health 
Care  Providers 

First  the  Act  requires  hospitals, 
skilled  nursing  facilibes.  home  health 
(connnued  on  page  3) 


Volume  6.  Number  I 


Spriiifi  1992 


93 


agencies,  hospice  programs  and 
HMOs,  which  panicipate  in  Medicare 
and  Medicaid  programs,  to  maintain 
wnnen  policies  and  procedures 
guaranieeing  that  every  adult 
receiving  medical  care  be  given 
wnnen  information  concerning  patient 
involvement  in  treatment  decisions. 
Specifically,  the  informauon  must 
describe  (i)  "an  individual's  nghts 
under  State  law  (whether  statutory  or 
as  recognized  by  the  courts  of  the 
State)  to  make  decisions  concermng 
such  medical  care,  including  the  nght 
to  accept  or  lefuse  medical  or  surgicai 
treatment  and  the  nght  to  formulate 
advance  directives"  (defined  as  a 
wntten  document  such  as  a  living  will 
or  durable  power  of  attorney):  and  (ii) 
"the  wntten  policies  of  the  provider  or 
orgamzauon  respecung  the 
implementauon  of  such  nghts." 

This  wntten  information  must  be 
provided  by  hospitals  'at  the  ame  of 
the  individual's  admission  as  an 
inpatient. "  by  nursing  faciliues  'at  the 
time  of  the  individual's  admission  as  a 
resident. "  by  a  home  health  agency  "in 
advance  of  the  individual  cormng 
under  the  care  of  the  agency, "  by  a 
hospice  program  "at  the  time  of  initial 
receipt  of  hospice  care."  and  by  an 
HMO  "at  the  urae  of  enrollment  of  the 
individual." 

In  addiuon  to  distnbuting  this 
wnnen  information,  the  health  care 
provider  must  also  document  in  each 
patient's  medical  record  whether  or 
not  he  or  she  has  executed  an  advance 
directive.  Health  care  providers  are 
forbidden  to  'condiuon  the  provision 
of  care  or  otherwise  discnrmnate 
against  an  individual  based  on 
whether  or  not  the  individual  has 
executed  an  advance  directive." 

The  Act's  second  pnncipal 
provision  requires  the  health  care 
providers  enumerated  above  "to 
provide  (individually  or  with  others) 
for  education  for  staff  and  the 
community  on  issues  concerning 
advance  directives  "  The  Act  notes, 
however,  that  it  is  not  intended  to 
"prohibit  the  application  of  a  State  law 


which  allows  for  an  objecbon  on  the 
basis  of  conscience  for  any  health  care 
provider  or  any  agent  of  such  provider 
which,  as  a  matter  of  conscience, 
cannot  implement  an  advance 
directive." 

Obligations  of  States 

The  third  pnncipal  provision  of  the 
Act  requires  that  states  "develop  a 
wrinen  description  of  the  law  of  the 
State  (whether  statutory  or  as 
recognized  by  the  courts  of  the  State) 
concerning  advance  directives  that 
would  be  dismbuted  by  providers." 

Obligations  of  the  Secretary  of 
Health  and  Human  Services 

The  fourth  and  final  sigmficant 
provision  of  the  Act  requires  the 
Secretary  of  Health  and  Human 
Services,  "no  later  than  6  months  after 
the  date  of  enactment  of  this  section. 
(to]  develop  and  implement  a  national 
campaign  to  inform  the  public  of  the 
opuon  to  execute  advance  directives 
and  of  a  patient's  nght  to  participate 
and  direct  health  care  decisions."  This 
secuon  of  the  Act  also  requires  the 
Secretary  to  "develop  or  approve 
nationwide  informaaonal  matenals 
that  would  be  di;  tnbuted  by  the 
providers  .  .    to  inform  the  public  and 
the  medical  and  legal  profession  of 
each  person  s  nght  to  make  decisions 
concermng  medical  care,  including  the 
nght  to  accept  or  refuse  medical  or 
surgical  treatment,  and  the  existence 
of  advance  direcnves."  The  Secretary 
IS  also  required  to  work  with  the  states 
in  prepanng  matenal  descnbing 
applicable  state  law.  to  mail 
information  to  Social  Secunty 
recipients,  and  to  add  a  descnption  of 
the  new  law  to  the  Medicare 
handbook. 

In  summary,  the  Act  focuses  on 
education  and  communication,  not  the 
creauon  or  modificauon  of  substanuve 
legal  nghts.  Each  state  must  provide 
informauon  about  its  laws  which 
govern  advance  directives.  Each 
health  care  provider  receiving 
Medicare  or  .Medicaid  funds  must 


assure  that  such  informauon  is 
distributed  on  a  umely  basis,  along 
with  informauon  on  the  insutuuon's 
own  policies  regarding 
implementauon  of  advance  direcuves. 
The  health  care  provider  must  also 
assure  that  each  pauent's  medical 
record  reflects  whether  he  or  she  has 
completed  a  living  will  or  designated 
a  proxy  decision-maker.  Finally,  while 
covered  health  care  providers  must 
provide  educauon  for  their  staffs  and 
the  commumty  at  large,  the  Secretary 
of  Health  and  Human  Services  is 
required  to  develop  and  implement  a 
nauonwide  educauon  campaign  and 
appropnate  informauon  matenals. 

The  Legal  Instnunents  for 
Advance  Health  Care  Decision- 
Making 

The  Panent  Self-Determinauon  Act 
defines  "advance  direcuve  "  as  "a 
wnnen  instruction,  such  as  a  living 
will  or  durable  power  of  anomey  for 
health  care,  recognized  under  State 
law  .  . .  and  relaung  to  the  provision 
of  such  care  when  the  individual  is 
incapacitated. "  There  are  three  general 
types  of  legal  instruments  currendy 
available  that  meet  the  Act's 
definition. 

Living  Wills 

The  most  widely  available 
instrument  for  recording  future  health 
care-related  decisions  is  the  living 
will.  The  Distnct  of  Columbia  and  all 
but  five  states  have  enacted  living  will 
statutes,  under  which  a  competent 
adult  may  prepare  a  document 
providing  direcuon  as  to  his  or  her 
medical  care  if  he  or  she  is 
incapacitated  or  otherwise  unable  to 
make  decisions  personally.  Courts  in 
other  states — such  as  New  York — 
have  authonzed  the  use  of  living  wills 
in  the  absence  of  action  by  state 
legislatures.  Only  Massachusetts. 
Michigan.  Nebraska  and  PennsyWama 
have  apparently  made  no  provision  for 
living  wills. 

Though  legally  available  in  almost 
every  junsdiction  and  widely 


94 


supported  by  both  health  professionals 
and  the  public — 95  percent  of  those 
asked  in  one  recent  survey  reported 
thai  they  would  like  some  form  of 
advance  directive — living  wills  have 
thus  far  had  apparently  linle  impact  in 
climcai  practice.  As  of  1987  only  nine 
percent  of  Amencans  had  completed  a 
living  will.  More  recent  data  suggest 
that  as  many  as  15  percent  of  the 
public  may  have  some  form  of 
advance  directive.  But  even  for  that 
small  percenuge.  the  effectiveness  of 
most  living  wills  IS  significantly 
dinumshed  by  at  least  three  factors. 
First,  many  living  wills,  particularly 
older  ones,  use  vague  and  ambiguous 
language  (refemng,  for  example,  to 
"heroic  measures").  Second,  health 
care  teams  seldom  ask  and  are  rarely 
told  whether  their  pauents  have  living 
wills. 

Finally,  there  is  substantial    . 
confusion  in  many  stales  about  the 
scope  of- living  wills — when  do  they 
apply  and  may  they  be  used  to  justify 
withholding  or  withdrawal  of  nutrition 
and  hydration''  It  is  not  clear  in  those 
states  which  provide  for  living  wills 
whether  a  form  other  than  that 
provided  in  that  state's  living  will 
statute  is  valid.  Moreover,  in  a  number 
of  states,  living  will  laws  may  conflict 
with  health  proxy  laws,  apparently 
giving  a  health  proxy  greater  rights 
than  the  patient  himself  or  herself 
would  have  been  permitted  to 
exercise.  After  the  Supreme  Court's 
decision  in  Cruzan  .  there  is 
substantial  doubt  whether  a  living  will 
may  be  restncted  by  state  law  from 
applying  to  nuintion  and  hydration, 
but  the  issue  remains  unresolved. 

Durable  Power  of 
Attorney/Health  Care  Proxy 

A  general  durable  power  of  attorney 
enables  any  compeieni  individual  to 
name  someone  to  exercise  decision- 
making authority,  under  specified 
circumstances,  on  his  or  her  behalf 
All  Slates  and  the  Distncl  of  Columbia 
provide  for  a  general  durable  power  of 
aitomev  The  Disinci  of  Columbia 


and  all  but  seven  states — Alabama. 
Alaska.  Arizona.  Hawaii.  Maryland. 
Nebraska  and  Oklahoma —  have  gone 
further  to  provide  for  powers  of 
attorney  specifically  for  health  care 
decision-making.  Under  these 
provisions,  the  state  authorizes  the 
appointment  of  an  individual 
specifically  to  make  personal  health 
care-related  decisions  for  another 
person  who  is  incapacitated.  Many 
state  legislatures  have  adopted  forms, 
which  include  specific  choices  for  the 
conditions  under  which  life-sustaining 
treatment  may  be  withdrawn;  or  an 
individual  may  specify  different 
conditions  altogether.  The  individual 
who  may  be  appointed  to  exercise  the 
power  of  anomey  is  usually  a  spouse, 
parent,  adult  child  or  other  adult. 

Durable  powers  of  anomey  have 
actually  had  limited  impact  with 
regard  to  life-support  decisions.  The 
proxy  decision-maker  may  not  be 
known  to  the  physician.  The  decision- 
maker may  not — in  fact  studies 
suggesL  frequently  does  not — know 
what  the  person  for  whom  the 
decision  is  being  made  would  want  m 
a  specific  situation.  Drs.  Linda  and 
Ezekiel  Emanuel  wnte:  "Furthermore, 
the  proxy's  ethical  and  psychological 
burden  may  be  overwhelming"  In  the 
context  of  withdrawal  of  life-suppon. 
the  willingness  to  act  "decreases  from 
70%  to  46%  when  the  decision  is  not 
for  oneself  but  rather  for  a  relative." 

Advance  Care  Medical  Directive 

A  third  option  for  advance  health 
care  decision-making  is  the  medical 
directive,  a  hybrid  of  the  living  will 
and  the  durable  power  of  attorney. 
Under  a  medical  direcuve  an 
individual,  in  consultation  with  his  or 
her  physician,  relatives  or  other 
personal  advisors,  provides  precise 
instructions  for  the  type  of  care  he  or 
she  does  or  does  not  want  m  a  number 
of  scenarios.  The  individual  may  also 
use  the  medical  directive  to  appoint  a 
proxy  decision-maker  to  help  interpret 
the  application  of  the  specific 
instructions  or  fill  in  unanticipated 


gaps.  The  directive  then  becomes  pan 
of  the  patient's  permanent  medical 
record. 

Medical  directives  have  limitations: 
they  may  be  more  time-consuming  to 
complete,  and  they  are  more  likely  to 
require  the  assistance  of  a  medical 
expert.  Some  people,  such  as  the  34 
million  Amencans  without  health 
insurance,  do  not  have  regular  contact 
with  medical  professionals;  many 
others  are  likely  to  find  such  personal 
discussions  difficult  or  uncomfortable. 
On  the  other  hand,  precisely  because 
of  the  need  for  the  participation  of  a 
health  care  professional  in  this 
discussion,  medical  direcuves  are  far 
more  specific,  and  someone — a  nurse, 
physician,  relative  or  friend — is  more 
likely  to  know  of  the  document  s 
existence  if  and  when  it  is  needed. 

Implementation  of  the  Patient 
Self-Determination  Act 

The  Pauent  Self-Determination 
Act's  requirements  became  binding  on 
health  care  provider  organizations 
receiving  Medicare  or  Medicaid 
funding  on  December  I.  1991.  without 
further  acuon  by  the  Secretary  of 
Health  and  Human  Services  or  other 
federal  or  state  officials.  The  precise 
requirements  for  implementation, 
however,  are  not  clear  from  the  text  of 
the  Act  Itself  fair  and  equitable 
enforcement  of  the  .Act  is  therefore 
impossible  until  those  requirements 
are  specified. 

It  is  reported  that  the  Health  Care 
Financing  Administration,  the  division 
of  the  Department  of  Health  and 
Human  Services  that  is  responsible  for 
administenng  the  Medicare  and 
Medicaid  system,  is  preparing 
implementation  regulations,  but  it  has 
yet  to  release  any  drafts.  As  a  result, 
though  health  care  providers  covered 
by  the  Act  will  be  required  to  comply 
with  Its  terms,  specific  compliance 
and  enforcement  of  that  compliance 
will  be  impossible 

In  addition,  the  .Act  burdens  each 
state  with  providinc  a  written 
summarv  of  its  laws  soveming 


95 


advance  directives.  The  majority  of 
states  apparently  did  not  meet  the 
December  1st  deadline.  Similarly, 
because  the  Act  contains  no  provision 
for  funding,  the  Department  of  Health 
and  Human  Services  itself  has  not  met 
us  other  obligations  under  the  Act,  to 
work  with  states  in  developing  those 
materials  and  to  develop  a  nationwide 
educauonai  program. 

The  slow  response  of  the 
Department  of  Health  and  Human 
Services  and  many  states  has  not  been 
reflected  by  most  of  the  non- 
governmental entities  who  are  subject 
to  the  Act.  On  the  contrary,  the  Act 
has  sparked  a  wide  variety  of 
energetic  and  creative  responses  by 
both  health  care  providers  and 
professional  organizauons.  The 
following  provides  a  brief  summary  of 
the  broad  variety  of  types  of  responses 
to  the  Act. 

Individual  Health  Care  Provider 
Responses 

Based  on  a  sample  of  219  U.S. 
hospitals  pnor  to  passage  of  the 
Patient  Self-Determination  Act,  the 
Amencan  Hospital  Association 
reports  that  67  percent  had  a  formal 
policy  regarding  advance  directives; 
but  only  four  percent  of  hospitals 
rouunely  asked  paoents  if  they  had  an 
advance  directive.  With  passage  of  the 
Act.  of  course,  both  of  those  figures 
are  certain  to  change:  all  hospitals 
receiving  Medicare  or  .Medicaid 
funding  will  be  required  both  to  have 
a  policy  regarding  advance  directives 
and.  as  pan  of  that  policy,  to  ask  every 
patient  upon  admission  whether  he  or 
she  has  completed  on  advance 
directive. 

Although  this  change  may  seem 
simple  to  accomplish,  implementation 
of  the  Act  by  hospitals  and  other 
health  care  providers  poses  many 
practical,  medical,  legal  and  ethical 
issues,  many  of  which  are  detailed  m 
the  next  section.  Within  institutional 
health  care  settings,  these  issues  are 
addressed  and  managed  through 
instiiutional  protocols.  The  goal  of 


these  protocols,  like  all  insocudonal 
protocols,  is  to  assist  staff  in  making 
rational  and  consistent  decisions 
regarding  patient  care,  particularly  in 
the  face  of  complex  issues  and 
relationships.  In  most  basic  terms, 
these  protocols  state  the  policy  of  the 
institution  and  identify  who  within  the 
instituuon  is  responsible  for  doing 
what  to  whom,  how  those  acnons 
must  be  documented,  and  how  they 
are  related  to  other  institutional 
protocols.  Protocols  focus  on  how  a 
decision  is  to  be  made  or  policy 
earned  out,  not  on  the  substance  or 
the  outcome  of  those  decisions  or 
actions. 

According  to  the  Office  of 
Technology  Assessment's  1988 
Report  on  Insritutional  Protocols  for 
Decisions  About  Life-Sustaining 
Treatments,  thoughtful  institution2d 
protocols  should:  decrease  staff 
uncertainues  about  the  practices 
perrmned  by  the  institution;  reduce 
stress  and  conflict  among  health  care 
professionals,  pauents  and  families; 
reduce  "ad  hoc"  decision-making 
procedures  and  arbitrary  decisions; 
increase  the  involvement  of  patients 
and  their  families  in  decisions  about 
treatment;  and  improve  the  accuracy 
of  decisions  about  treatment. 

In  response  to  the  Patient  Self- 
Detenmnabon  Act  and  other  forces, 
such  as  the  "patient  rights  standards" 
under  development  by  the  Joint 
Commission  on  Accreditation  of 
Healthcare  Organizations,  individual 
hospitals  are  developing  and  refining 
institutional  protocols  regarding 
advance  directives.  These  protocols 
are  evolving  through  a  variety  of 
processes  involving  medical  and 
nursing  staff,  administration, 
admining  depanments,  patient 
representatives,  clergy,  legal  counsel, 
ethics  committees,  and  working 
groups  established  specifically  for  the 
purpose  of  drafting  protocols  on 
advance  directives.  As  nught  be 
expected  in  view  of  the  legal 
requirements  imposed  by  the  Act, 
these  processes  are  yielding  similar 


protocols. 

For  example,  one  major  university 
hospital  has  promulgated  a  draft 
policy  concerning  the  Patient  Self- 
Determinauon  Act  with  six 
substantive  secuons:  Purpose.  Policy, 
Persons  Affected,  Definitions. 
Responsibilities,  and  Cross- 
References.  Under  the  heading 
"Policy,"  the  hospital  identifies  three 
themes  common  in  advance  direcuve 
protocols: 

{Encourage  use  of  advance 
directives]  It  is  the  policy  of  the 
Hospital  to  encourage  the 
execution  of  advance  directives  by 
patients,  in  order  to  support  patient 
autonomy  and  advance  patient 
nghts, 

[Comply  with  slate  law]  The 
Hospital  shall  not  discriminate 
against  patients,  based  on  whether 
or  not  the  pauent  has  executed  an 
advance  directive.  The  Hospital 
shall  ensure  compliance  with 
[state]  law  respecting  advance 
directives. 

[Place  responsibility  for  initiating 
discussion  on  the  Attending 
Physician]  It  is  the  responsibility 
of  the  Attending  Physician  to 
initiate  discussion  with  his/her 
patient  concerning  advance 
directives,  when  relevant  to  the 
pauent  s  medical  care.  This 
responsibility  caimot  be  delegated. 
The  Hospital  shall  make  available 
resources,  including  persons 
knowledgeable  concerning 
advance  directives,  to  assist 
Attending  Physicians  in  carrying 
out  this  responsibility. 
The  majonty  of  the  advance 
direcuve  protocol  is  compnsed  of  the 
section  headed  "Responsibilities"  and 
designates  the  duties  with  regard  to 
advance  directives  of  the  medical 
staff,  admitting  department,  nursing 
staff,  human  services  department, 
patient  representative  department,  and 
hospital  administrauon.  The  most 
interesting  feature  of  the  assignment 


96 


of  duties,  again  common  in  individual 
msucutionaJ  protocols  concerning 
advance  direcuves.  is  that  the 
admitting  department  is  responsible 
for  assunng  and  documenung 
technical  compliance  with  the  Acu 
while  the  medical  staff  is  responsible 
for  iniiiaung  and  participating  in 
substanuve  discussions  with  patients 
concerning  advance  direcuves. 

In  addiuon  to  developing 
insatuuonal  protocols,  many  health 
care  providers  are  developing  their 
own  brochures  and  educational 
matenals  for  patients,  staff  and  the 
community  at  large.  Although  few  of 
these  anempt  to  characterize  the 
current  status  of  state  law  regarding 
advance  du-ecuves.  many  include 
either  generic  hving  will  and  health 
care  proxy  forms,  or  the  forms  set 
forth  in  applicable  state  statutes  A 
number  of  instituuons  are  also 
preparing  audiovisual  matenal. 
panicularly  short  video  segments,  to 
be  used  when  introducing  patients  to 
advance  du'ccuves  or  in  staff  and 
community  educauon  programs. 

Collaborative  Health  Care 
Provider  Responses 

One  notable  effect  of  the  Patient 
Self-Determinauon  Act  has  been  the 
development  of  collaborative  efforts 
by  health  care  providers.  Diverse, 
often  competing  institutions,  have 
joined  together  to  prepare  model 
protocols,  forms,  and  informational 
matenals  to  be  given  to  pauents.  staff 
and  the  public.  Each  institution  must 
comply  with  the  terms  of  the  Act  as  an 
individual  matter,  but  these 
cooperative  activiues  are  efficient  and 
cost-effective — the  type  of 
communication  the  Act  was  designed 
to  foster 

In  many  instances,  individual 
hospitals  and  other  health  care 
providers  have  joined  together  under 
the  auspices  of  local  and  state  hospital 
associations  For  example,  in  the 
District  of  Columbia.  17  hospital 
members  of  the  District  of  Columbia 


Hospital  Association  have  Joined  with 
nursing  homes  and  HMOs  to  create  a 
task  force  charged  with  developing 
uniform  standards  of  implementation 
In  California.  25  organizations — 
including  hospitals,  skilled  nursing 
facilities,  hospice  and  home  health 
providers,  HMOs,  professional  and 
consumer  groups,  and  state 
government  agencies — ^joined  together 
to  form  the  California  Consortium  on 
Patient  Self-Determinauon.  The 
Consomum  has  developed  a  variety  of 
written  matenals.  mcluding  two 
brochures  for  patients  and  a  PSDA 
Handbook  to  provide  relevant 
information  to  health  care  providers  in 
California.  The  Consortium  has  also 
taken  an  acuve  role  in  developing 
traimng  matenals  and  community- 
onentcd  educauon  programs  about  the 
Paueni  Self-Determinauon  Act  and 
advance  direcuves  generally 

Some  insutuuons  have  developed  a 
brochure  or  other  matenal  concerning 
advance  direcuves  and  made  them 
widely  available  to  other  insutuuons. 
For  example,  the  Mary  Black 
Foundauon.  associated  with  Mary 
Black  Hospital  in  Spartanburg.  South 
Carolina,  developed  a  senes  of  video 
segments  hosted  by  Spencer  Chnsuan 
of  ABC's  Good  Morning  Amenca. 
entitled  Make  Your  Wishes  Known. 
Separate  versions,  accompanied  by 
both  training  manuals  and  brochures, 
are  available  for  use  by  ( 1 1  hospital 
and  nursing  home  in-patienis;  (2) 
hospital  and  nursing  home  staff;  (3) 
physicians  with  pauents:  (4|  attorneys 
with  clients;  (5)  businesses  with 
employees;  (6)  inpatient  television 
systems  in  hospitals;  and  Oi  television 
stations  as  public  service 
announcements.  This  senes  is  an 
excellent  example  of  an  innovative, 
cooperative  response  to  the  Act. 
involving  both  public  and  private 
institutions  and  combining  expenise 
in  communications,  marketing,  and 
health  care. 


Professional  Organization  and 
Research  Institution  Responses 

A  number  of  national  professional 
societies  and  organizauons 
specializing  in  medical  ethics  and  law 
and  medicine  have  contnbuted  both  to 
the  discussion  over  advance  directives 
and  to  practical  strategies  for 
implemenung  the  Pauent  Self- 
Determinauon  Act.  For  example,  the 
Amencan  Hospital  Associauons 
guide  to  advance  direcuves.  Put  It  in 
Wniing.  onginated  pnor  to  passage  of 
the  Act.  but  It  includes  informauon 
about  the  Act  and  its  requirements 
applicable  to  hospitals,  as  well  as  two 
secuons  detailing  Communicauons 
Strategies  and  Commumcauons  Tools 
for  educaung  pauents.  staff,  the  public 
and  the  media  about  advance 
directives  The  guide  also  provides 
sample  living  will  and  power  of 
anomey  forms,  and  the  texts  of  three 
AHA  documents  concerning  ethics 
committees,  patients'  nghts.  and 
patients  choice  of  treatment  opuons. 
The  Amencan  Hospital  Association 
has  also  prepared  a  ten-minute  video 
tape  with  accompanying  wnnen 
matenals.  Advance  Directives: 
Guaranteeing  Your  Health  Care 
Rights,  and  other  educational 
matenals 

The  Amencan  Association  of 
Retired  Persons,  both  on  its  own  and 
in  cooperation  with  the  Amencan  Bar 
Association  and  the  Amencan  College 
of  Physicians,  has  prepared  a  senes  of 
publicauons  dealing  with  end-of-life 
decisions,  as  well  as  living  will  and 
power  of  attorney  forms  Many  of 
these  matenals  were  prepared  pnor  to 
passage  of  the  Act.  but  they  have  been 
widely  cited  and  reproduced  in 
response  to  the  Act 

Choice  in  Dying  (formerly  Concern 
for  Dying/Society  for  the  Right  to 
Die),  based  in  New  York  City,  has 
prepared  and  distnbuted  a  vaneiy  of 
educational  and  informational 
resources  concerning  advance 
directives  and  the  so-called  nght  to 
die  cenerallv.  includine  more  than  ten 


97 


million  living  will  forms.  Choice  in 
Dying  will  provide  anyone  who  asks. 
without  charge,  a  copy  of  a  genenc 
living  will  and  a  copy  of  the  living 
will  form,  if  any.  provided  tor  in  the 
state  law  of  the  requester.  Choice  in 
Dying  also  distnbutes  a  variety  of 
video  tapes  on  end-of-life  decisions. 
Conclusion 

Supponers  of  the  Pauent  Self- 
Determination  Act  proclaim  it  as  the 
emancipator  of  free  choice  and  open 
discourse  on  the  subject  of  a  pauent's 
nght  to  choose  the  extent  of  medical 
treatment  he  or  she  desires.  The  Act's 
focus  IS  on  education  and 
communication — the  importance  of 
which  IS  increasingly  recognized  in 
medicine,  particularly  with  regard  to 
cntical  health  care  decisions  such  as 
the  withdrawal  or  withholding  of  life- 
support.  The  Pauent  Self- 
Deterrmnauon  Act.  however,  does  not 
resolve  any  of  the  complex  issues 
surrounding  end-of-life  decisions.  In 
fact,  the  Act  poses  many  clinical, 
ethical  and  legal  quesuons  that  must 
be  answered  if  we  are  to  realize 
Senator  Danforth's  hope  of  providing 
all  Amencans  with  the  inl'ormaoon 
necessary  to  guarantee  them  the 
dignity  of  deciding  their  own  fate. 

Sources  for  Further  Information 

.Amencan  .Association  of 

Cntical-Care  .Nurses 

101  Columbia 

Aliso  Viejo.  CA  92656 

(714)362-2000 

American  Association  for  Retired 

Persons 

1909  K  Street.  N.W. 

Washington.  DC.  20049 

(202)434-2277 

.Amencan  Bar  Association 
Commission  on  Legal  Problems 
of  the  Elderly 
1800  M  Street.  N  W 
Washington.  DC.  20036 
(202) 331-2200 


American  Hospital  Associauon 
840  N  Lake  Shore  Dr. 
Chicago.  IL  606 1 1 

(312)280-6424 
(800)  AHA-2626 

Amencan  Nurses'  Associauon 
2420  Pershing  Road 
Kansas  City.  MO  64108 

(816)474-5720 

Amencan  Sociery  of  Law  &  Medicine 
765  Commonwealth  Ave. 
Boston,  MA  02215 
(617)262-4990 

The  .Annenberg  Washington  Program 

.Morthwestem  University 

The  Willard  Office  Building. 

Suite  200 

1455  Pennsylvania  Ave..  N.W. 

Washington.  D.C.  20004 

(202)393-7100 

Facsimile  (202)  638-2745 

Choice  in  Dying 

( formerly  Concern  for  Dying/ 

Society  for  the  Right  to  Die) 

250  West  57th  St. 

.New  York.  NY  10107 

(212)246-6962 

Senator  John  C.  Danfonh  (R-Mo.) 
249  Russell  Building 
Washington.  DC.  20510 
(Elizabeth  L.  McCloskey, 
Legislauve  Assistant) 

The  Hasungs  Center 

255  Elm  Road 

Briarchff  Manor.  NY  10510 

(914)762-8500 

Midwest  Bioethics  Center 
410  Archibald.  Suite  106 
Kansas  City.  MO  641 II 

(816)756-2713 

National  Center  for  State  Courts 
300  Newport  .Avenue 
Williamsburg.  VA  23187-8798 
(804)253-2000 
Facsimile  (804)  220-0449 


Nauonal  Reference  Center 
for  Bioethics  Literature 
Kennedy  Institute  of  Ethics 
Georgetown  University 
Washington.  DC.  20057 
(800)  MED-ETHX 
(202) 687-3885 

Pacific  Center  for  Health  Policy 

and  Ethics 

University  of  Southern  California 

Los  .Angeles.  CA  90089-007 1 

(213)740-2541 

Facsimile  (213)  740-5502 

Selected  Bibliography 

A  Mailer  of  Choice:  Planning  Ahead 
for  Heaiih  Care  Decisions 
(available  from  the  Amencan 
Association  of  Retired  Persons,  in 
cooperauon  with  the  Amencan  Bar 
Associauon  and  the  Amencan 
College  of  Physicians). 

Advance  Direciive  Protocols  and  the 
Patient  Self-Determination  Act:  A 
Resource  Manual  for  the 
Development  of  Institutional 
Protocols  (available  from  Concern 
for  Dying). 

.Annas.  iWancy  Cruzan  and  the  Right  to 
Die.  N.  E.NG.  J.  .Med.  323:670 
(1990). 

Bren.  Limiiaiions  of  Listing  Specific 
Medical  Interventions  in  Advance 
Directives.  J.A.M.A.  266:825 
(1991). 

Capron.  ed..  Medical  Decision- 
Making  and  "the  Right  to  Die  " 
after  Cruzan.  Symposium  Issue.  L.. 
Med.  &  Health  Care.  vol.  19.  nos. 
l-2(Spr.-Sum.  1991)  (available 
from  Amencan  Society  of  Law  & 
Medicine). 

Capron.  77if  Patient  Self- 
Deiermination  Act:  Not  Now. 
Hastings  Ce.n.  Rep.  (Sep. -Oct. 
1990). 


98 


3  9999  05903  729  9 


Cruzan  \:  Director.  Missouri  Dept.  of 

Health.  491  V.S._.  IIOS.  Cl 
2841  (1990). 

Dams.  Southerland.  Garren.  Smith. 
Hielema.  Packard.  Egner.  Patnck,  A 
Prospective  Study  of  Advance 
Directives  for  Ufe-Susiaming  Care. 
N.  Eng.  J.  Med.  324:882  (1991). 

Emanuel.  Barry.  StoeckJe.  Enelson. 
Emanuel,  Advance  Directives  for 
Medical  Care — A  Case  for  Greater 
Use.  N.  Eng.  J.  Med.  324:889 
(1991). 

Emanuel  and  Emanuel.  Living  Wills: 
Past  arut  Present.  J.  CUNJCAL 
Ethics  1:9(1990). 

Emanuel  and  Emanuel.  The  Medical 
Directive:  A  New  Comprehensive 
Advance  Care  Document.  J. A.M. A. 
261:3288(1989). 

Guidelines  for  State  Court  Decision 
Making  m  Authorizing  or 
Withholding  Life-Sustaining 
Medical  Treatment  ( available  from 
the  National  Center  for  State 
Courts). 

Hare  and  Nelson.  Wilt  Outpatients 
Complete  Living  Wills?.  J.  Gen. 
Inteio.  Med.  6:41  (1991). 


Footnotes 

Copynght  1991  Th<  Anncnberf  Washington  Piof  ilm 
in  Comniunicaiion&  Policy  Siudin  of  Nonhwejlem 
LniversiiN   This  inicle  is  excerpiect  Irom  The 
AnnenOerg  WashinfTOn  Propim  s  White  Paper.  Thf 
Poiirni  Sflf-Deitrminalion  Act  Implementation  Itjuei 
and  Opponuntnts  (1991 ) 

fred  H  Caie.  J  D  .  is  Oinctor  of  Reseafch  and 
Projccu  uvi  a  Senior  Fello*  of  The  Annenbcrf 
Washington  Program  in  Cotnmunicaiiom  Policy 
Studies  of  .Nonhwesieni  Univenit>'.  Associate 
Professor  of  La«  at  Indiana  University  School  of  Lj»  - 
Bloofiiinglon.  and  Of  Counsel  to  the  Washington.  D  C 
la«  firm  of  Fields  &  Director  Barbara  A  Gill.  R  .S  . 
M  N  .  IS  a  clinical  nurse  speciaiist:  a  Fellow  of  The 
Annent»erg  w  ashington  Pn>gram:  and  a  member  of  the 
adiunci  (acultv  of  the  L'nivcnitv  of  Kansas  School  of 
Nursing 


Howe.  Advance  Directives  After 
Cruzan:  Are  More  Too  Many?.  2 
Md.  J.  COfTTEMP.  L.  ISSIJES  299 
(1991). 

LaPuma,  Orrentlicher,  Moss.  Advance 
Directives  on  Admission:  Clinical 
Implications  and  Analysis  of  the 
Patient  Self-Determination  Act. 
J.A.M.A.  266:402(1991). 

McCamck,  Living  Wills  and  Durable 
Powers  of  Attorney:  Advance 
Directives  Legislation  and  Issues 

(1990)  (available  from  Kennedy 
Insatute  of  Ethics). 

Meisel.  Legal  Myths  About 
Terminating  Life  Support.  ARCH. 
Intern.  Med.  151:1497  (1991). 

Miles  and  August  Courts.  Gender 

and  "the  Right  to  Die.  "  Law , 
Medicme  &  Health  Care.  vol.  18. 
nos.  1-2  (Spring-Summer  1990) 
(available  from  the  Amencan 
Society  of  Law  &.  Medicine i. 

Practicing  the  PSDA.  SpeciaJ 
Supplement.  Hastings  Cen.  Rep.. 
vol.  2I.no.  5(1991). 

Put  It  in  Writing — A  Guide  to 
Promoting  Advance  Directives 

(1991)  (available  from  the 
Amencan  Hospital  Association). 


Fatliman.  The  Ltberoiton  of  Loth  a^  Crork\.  Life 
M«c.  Dec   I9S6.  uT^ffixHuifJoKptlFlclchcri 

Omiti^uj  Budget  Reconciliaiion  Aa  of  1990.  Pub  L 
No.  101-508  4206.  ;75l    104  Sut  13S«(I990| 

Cntzan  \   Cftreetrtr  Miuottn  Dept  of  Health.  49''  L'.S 
_  IIOS  Cl  »41  119901 

Emanuel  and  EntaiHicl.  The  Medteal  Direcrive  A  Nm 
Comprehensive  Advance  Care  t>ocitment.  J  A. MA 
261  3:88(1989) 

The  authors  gnlefully  aclcnowledge  the  generous 
cooperation  of  the  Amencan  Association  of  Retired 
Persons.  Amencan  Nurses   Assoaauori.  Judith  A/een. 
Georgetown  University  Law  Center  E^  BatzJer  Dare 
Hospice.  Center  for  Health  Law  and  Ethics.  University 
of  New  Mexico.  Richard  Childrrss.  Richard  L 
Roudebush  Veteran  s  Administration  .Medical  Center. 
Myra  Chnstopher.  Midwest  Bioelhics  Center.  Ezeluel 


Rouse.  Advance  Directives:  Where 
Are  We  Heading  After  Cruzan '.  L.. 
Med.  &.  Health  Care.  vol.  18.  no 
4  (Winter  1990)  (available  from  the 
Amencan  Society  of  Law  & 
Medicinei. 

Sabauno.  Health  Care  Powers  of 
Attorney — An  Introduction  and 
Sample  Form  (1990)  (available 
from  the  Amencan  Bar 
Association). 

Sachs.  Stocking.  Miles,  Failure  of  an 
Intervention  to  Promote  Discussion 
of  Advance  Directives.  J  Am. 
Geriatric  Soc' y  38:3  (1990). 

Weir  and  Gostin,  Decisions  to  Abate 
Life -Sustaining  Treament  for 
Nonautonomous  Patients.  J.A.M.A. 
264:1846(1990). 

White  and  Fletcher.  The  Patient  Self- 
Determination  Act.  J.A.M.A. 
266:410(1991). 


J  Emanuel.  Beth  Isnel  Hmpttil.  Lindi  L  Emanuel. 
Harvanl  Medical  School.  Alexandra  Gekai.  Amencan 
Hospiui  Associauon.  Jennifer  C  Jonlan  and  James  K 
McBain  Indiana  Univenm  School  of  La*- 
Bloominfton.  Pamcia  D  Kjng.  Nonnwcstcm  MemonaJ 
Hospiul.  Joan  H  Lewis.  Dismci  of  Columbia  Hospital 
Auociaiion  Daniel  Maier  and  David  Orrentlicher. 
Amencan  Mcdicai  Association.  Elizabeth  L 
McOoskey.  Office  of  Senator  John  C  Dan/orth.  Alan 
Meisel.  Center  for  Mcdicai  Ethics.  Lmveniry  of 
Pittsburgh:  the  National  Center  for  Suie  Couru.  Nicole 
Y  Nolan.  The  Anncnberf  Wuhinpon  Proyram 
Nanene  Robinson.  Indiana  (Jniversiiv  Medical  Center. 
Fenella  Rouse.  Cho»ce  m  Dying  (formerly  Concern  for 
Dying/Socicfy  for  the  Right  to  Diei.  Cindy  Hylton 
Rushion.  Johns  Hopkins  Children  s  Center.  Charles 
Sabauno.  Commiwion  on  Legal  Problems  of  the 
Elderly.  Amencan  Bar  Association  Sarah  Sanford. 
Amencan  Associaiion  of  CnucaJ-Care  Nurses  Susan 
M  Wolf.  The  Hastings  Center,  and  Janice  B  Yost. 
Mary  Black  Foundation 


99 

Statement  of  Mathy  Mezey,  R.N.,  Ed.D.,  F.A.A.N.;  Gloria  C.  Ramsey,  R.N., 
B.S.N.,  J.D.;  and  Ethel  Mitty,  R.N.,  Ed.D.  New  York  University,  School  of 
Education,  Division  of  Nursing 

introduction 

Mr.  Chairman,  Senator  Danforth  and  members  of  the  United  States  Committee 
on  Finance,  we  thank  you  for  the  opportunity  to  submit  written  statements  regard- 
ing the  implementation  of  advance  directives  and  its  impact  on  the  care  of  persons 
at  the  end  of  Hfe.  Under  health  care  reform,  a  critical  role  of  the  federal  govemrnent 
is  to  ensure  that  a  fundamental  right  of  all  persons— the  right  of  self  determina- 
tion— is  not  abridged. 

Our  longstanding  interest  (see  Appendix  A)  ^  as  well  as  our  experiences  in  long 
term  and  community  health  services  are  germane  to  the  issues  before  the  Commit- 
tee. This  is  reflected  in  the  research  described  below. 

STUDY:  IMPLEMENTATION  OF  THE  PATIENT  SELF  DETERMINATION  ACT 

The  Division  of  Nursing  at  New  York  University  is  conducting  research  to  evalu- 
ate the  impact  of  the  Patient  Self  Determination  Act  ("PSDA")  on  hospitals  and 
nursing  homes  in  New  York  City.  This  project,  funded  by  the  Greenwall  Foundation, 
an  organization  with  a  special  interest  in  bioethics  and  medical  decisionmaking,  has 
two  components:  (1)  institutional  survey  of  hospitals  and  nursing  homes  in  New 
York  City;  and  (2)  a  consumer  survey,  (see  Appendix  B)  ^ 

FINDINGS 

I.  THE  LETTER  OF  THE  LAW  IS  BEING  MET  IN  HOSPITALS  AND  NURSING 
HOMES 
Hospitals  and  nursing  homes  are  providing  patients  with  written  information 
about  their  rights  under  state  law;  providing  written  policies  regarding  those  rights; 
documenting  in  the  medical  record  whether  the  patient  has  an  advance  directive; 
avoid  discrimination  on  the  basis  of  presence  or  absence  of  an  advance  directive;  and 
providing  some  staflF  and  community  education.  However,  because  the  PSDA  pro- 
vides only  "procedural  guidelines"  for  implementation  but  does  not  provide  the  de- 
lineation of  roles  for  health  care  professionals  in  meeting  its  legislative  mandates, 
facilities  have  considerable  latitude  and  discretion  in  meeting  those  mandates.  For 
example,  who  will  assume  responsibility  for  dissemination  of  the  information;  who 
will  assist  in  executing  the  directive;  who  will  witness;  and  who  will  provide  docu- 
mentation in  the  medical  record  vary  according  to  state  and  health  care  setting. 

//.  THE  PSDA  IS  WORKING  DIFFERENTLY  IN  NURSING  HOMES  THAN  IN 
HOSPITALS. 

Nursing  Homes  are  meeting  the  spirit  as  well  as  the  letter  of  the  law.  In  addition, 
we  found  the  following: 

(a)  In  nursing  homes,  the  PSDA  appears  to  be  have  a  greater  impact  than  in  hos- 
pitals. This  is  noted  by  the  attempts  being  made  to  inform  residents  about  their 
rights  pursuant  to  state  law  to  execute  an  advance  directive  and  the  number  of  resi- 
dents who  actually  execute  a  directive. 

(b)  Social  Workers  are  the  nursing  home  professionals  who  are  responsible  for 
meeting  the  mandates  of  the  PSDA.  We  recommend  that  any  further  education  re- 
garding advance  directives  in  nursing  homes  should  be  directed  to  the  social  worker. 

(c)  Due  to  the  increasing  number  of  nursing  homes  with  Ethics  Committees,  these 
bodies  could  be  useful  in  conflict  resolution,  and  policy  development. 

///.  THE  PSDA  NEITHER  CREATES  NOR  CHANGES  THE  PREVAILING  FED- 
ERAL OR  STATE  REQUIREMENTS  FOR  INFORMED  CONSENT  TO  MEDI- 
CAL CARE  OR  DETERMINATION  OF  MENTAL  CAPACITY. 

There  is  evidence  to  suggest  that  people  are  not  being  asked  about  advance  direc- 
tives because  they  are  perceived  to  lack  decision  making  capacity.  This  decision  is 
made  on  its  face  and  absent  a  comprehensive  medical  assessment. 

RECOMMENDATIONS 

1.  Develop  specific  guidelines  regarding  staff  and  community  education.  Recon- 
sider the  flexibility  inherent  in  the  PSDA  in  as  much  as  staff  and  community  edu- 
cation must  be  ongoing,  i.e.,  done  prior  to  admission. 


^Appendxes  have  been  retained  in  the  Committee  files. 


100 

2.  Identify  the  rights  of  the  patients/residents  with  and  without  capacity,  and  the 
rights  of  the  resident  who  lacks  capacity  and  who  does  not  have  a  directive. 

3.  Add  a  requirement  that  the  advance  directive  must  be  placed  in  a  specific  place 
in  the  chart. 

4.  Seek  and  publicize  "best  practices."  Identify  institutions  that  are  doing  well  and 
make  their  policies  and  procedures  available  for  other  institutions  to  review.  Per- 
haps this  may  be  facilitated  by  the  Office  of  Technological  Assessment. 

COMMENTS 

In  response  to  Senator  Rockefeller  comments  regarding  the  role  of  the  nurse,  we 
have  found  in  some  institutions  such  as,  University  Hospital  Case  Western  Reserve, 
that  nurses  are  solely  responsible  for  implementing  the  PSDA.  The  leadership  in 
these  institutions  feel  that  because  the  nurse  spends  more  time  with  the  patient 
than  any  other  health  care  professional,  the  nurse  should  approach  the  patient 
about  advance  directives. 

CONCLUSION 

Mr.  Chairman,  we  commend  you  for  holding  a  hearing  on  the  PSDA  and  end  of 
life  issues.  We  appreciate  the  efforts  members  of  the  Committee  and  Senator  Dan- 
forth  have  made  in  continuing  their  commitment  to  bioethical  issues.  We  join  you 
in  support  of  this  effort. 

o 


85-568   (104) 


ISBN    0-16-046916-3 


9  780160"469169 


90000